Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2525 Old Lake Mary Rd (a)SHOEMAKER coiSTRUC 2525 oll Y-1 LAI�E Ldl-j MARY Rr\-OAD FL 3`77/1 SR. 46 SHT. NO. DESIGN CODES: CS FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: �o FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE: 2004 EDITION w/ 2005 & 2006 REVISIONS U V) NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE: o f --• _ 06 THIS STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO MEET OR EXCEED S � cC rn SECTIONS BUILDING TYPE. TYPE: METAL INSULATED NON -SPRINKLED COVERED ENTRY 192 S.F. OFFICE AREA: 2586 S.F. WAREHOUSE AREA: 3110 S.F. TOTAL UNDER ROOF: 5888 S.F. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING PER FBC TABLE 601 IS "ZERO" D BUILDING HEIGHT IS 28' S-3 OCCUPANCY. S-4 REQ'D. NUMBER OF EXITS: CR. 46A ce 3 SR. 46 200 FT. MAX. DISTANCE TO EXIT PROVIDED: 60 FT. TENANT OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS M-1.2 25TH ST. / H.E. THOMAS) 56 OCCUPANTS FI)JURE COUNT: SITE REQ'D., NUMBER OF WATER CLOSETS: 1/25 NUMBER OF WATER CLOSETS PROVIDED: 3 LOCATION 1/40 VICINITY MAP N.T.S. 0 (Y/ BUILDING DATA SHT. NO. DESIGN CODES: CS FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: 2004 EDITION w/ 2005 & 2006 REVISIONS FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE: 2004 EDITION w/ 2005 & 2006 REVISIONS FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE: 2004 EDITION w/ 2005 & 2006 REVISIONS NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE: 2005 EDITION NAPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE: 2004 EDITION THIS STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO MEET OR EXCEED THE 120 MPH WIND LOAD REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1609 OF THE 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. SECTIONS BUILDING TYPE. TYPE: METAL INSULATED NON -SPRINKLED COVERED ENTRY 192 S.F. OFFICE AREA: 2586 S.F. WAREHOUSE AREA: 3110 S.F. TOTAL UNDER ROOF: 5888 S.F. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING PER FBC TABLE 601 IS "ZERO" S_2 BUILDING HEIGHT IS 28' S-3 OCCUPANCY. S-4 REQ'D. NUMBER OF EXITS: 2 NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 3 MAX. DISTANCE TO EXIT REQUIRED: 200 FT. MAX. DISTANCE TO EXIT PROVIDED: 60 FT. TENANT OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS M-1.2 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY (1 PER 100 S.F.) 56 OCCUPANTS FI)JURE COUNT: M-3,0 REQ'D., NUMBER OF WATER CLOSETS: 1/25 NUMBER OF WATER CLOSETS PROVIDED: 3 REQ'D. NUMBER OF LAVATORIES: 1/40 NUMBER OF LAVATORIES PROVIDED: 3 REQ'D. NUMBER.OF DRINKING FOUNTAINS: 1/100 NUMBER OF DRINKING FOUNTAINS PROVIDED: 2 SHEET INDEX SHT. NO. ITEM CS COVER SHEET SP SITE PLAN a,S LIFE SAFETY PLAN CLI u- Q FIRST FLOOR PLAN 2 SECOND FLOOR PLAN 3 ELEVATIONS & ROOF PLAN r� j u- v� SECTIONS 5 SECTIONS 6 OPT. CUPOLA DETAILS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 8 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS S-0 STRUCTURAL NOTES S -.l FOUNDATION PLAN S_2 FOUNDATION DETAILS S-3 LINTEL PLAN & DETAILS S-4 FRAMING DETAILS P-1 PLUMING NOTES & ISOMETRIC P-2 PLUMING PLAN M-1.0 MECHANICAL LEGEND & NOTES M-1.1 MECHANICAL SPECS M-1.2 MECHANICAL SPECS M-2.0 MECHANICAL PLAN M-3,0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M-3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS M-3.2 MECHANICAL DETAILS E-1.0 SITE PLAN E-1.1 SITE PLAN LIGHTING E--2.0 ELECTRICAL PLAN E-3.0 - LIGHTING PLAN E-4.0 SYSTEMS PLAN E-5.0 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM E-5.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-5.2 ELECTRICAL DETAILS REVISIONS T --i ui�'-'N � m 0000 T -i N O'0n(O CLI u- Q 0-�� r� j u- v� loll a aTi 2t �, 1°� pF ,, 'y¢1{� gqyyµµpp Ij 111, 1 , rY u�i rJ Ln irk ;`•,h�,,,,.;.,,",,,,ar�i1�` U uj rip, V Lu W tV. w oi F H m a u m .. O 4� . j Wn z c�i 0 w � <° u.. LJ u REVISIONS 0 1-� LJ (D t5 U-) Zr*N1 �rb7 0 <LLJu- .a u 06 n � W W U- �)-n Ln w o 0 4 L w rq a SHEF'i' NUMBER Cc 33 Z,s OF PLOT DATE: May 08, 2008 COVER SHEET Al 11 9{ • � � 4( -/ EA EN M - 6 Ci ai C= I C20(21'R) C25(27'R) 150.36' SILT FENCE POND LAYOUT TABLE Z CD u C22 0 FIRE RADIUS POINT 4 C21(33 R) 138.36. 151.03' 1 rc" < U CURVE & RADIUS NORTH EAST 6:1 2:1 PATI I N ( r SEMI OLE A4 44 C1(5'R) C5(15'R) C9(33'R) C13(43.5'R)53.20' LOADING 133.04' Oa C17 r� C22(33 R) -72.20 157.04' C2(5'R) C6(15'R) C10(33'R) C14(43.50'R) -53.20' 79.06' I C26 43 LOADING C9 41.75 ATI N CONTR EXCAVATION CTOR C23(33'R) --•77.20' 50.32, C2 � I C3(5'R) C7(15'R) C11(33'R) C15(43.5'R) 120.36' 79.06' 18.0' 1Q.Q' 20' I C5 `- I MA JEUVER SPACE 61 40 C4(5'R) C8(15'R) C12(33'R) C16(43.5'R) 120.27' 133.0' WAREHOUSE Cl C1 ® C26(33'R) 144.36' C12 0 STORMWATE ASI C17(33'R) -71.20' 151.04' w z I z 37 C18(33'R) -72.20' 56.32' o I C8 r N 32 C19(21'R) C24(27'R) 11 1 U6' 44 31' I Al 11 9{ -J I C3 w C7 I Q 0� I _ DIRECTIONALLY DRILL 6" DR11 HDPE GREENSTRIPE I i C1.1 CASING. INSTALL 2" DR -11 HDPE GREENSTRIPE FORCE MAIN. r� C20 C15 STA. 65+47.97 I Q B/L' CONST. CR 46A� I C25 4 STA. 108+50.00 CK B/L CONST. OLD LAKE MARY RD. I I C19 / I I C24 - RIGHT TURN LA E AND SIDEWALK TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY C.R. 46A, P ASE III CONTRACTOR OLD LAKE MARY G30Q® - � - I it N SITE PLAN NOTES: C. PROPOSED BUILDINGS ARE FOR STORAGE OF Z. PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY LINES ARE TO BE 1. VERIFY EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. I I I GOODS REQUIRED BY THE INDIVIDUAL BUSINESSES THAT MAINTAINED BY THE CITY OF SANFORD THROUGH THE WILL RENT SPACE; METER. WASTEWATER FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED BY A. CONCURRENCY: THIS PROJECT IS REDEVELOPMENT OF THREE HOMES TO ANTHE OWNER. INDUSTRIAL PARK. THE MARKET SERVED IS ONE OF SUB -CONTRACTORS WITH I I I li'.J9 C� �--F- -f I o I D. PROPOSED BUILDING DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN PICKUP AND OCCASSIONAL BOX TRUCKS. WATER AND SEWER NEEDS ARE I I / I o I ON�THIS PLAN. HEIGHTS WILL VARY FROM 14 TO 30 AA. FIRE CORNEPROTECTION T FACILITIES CT DRIVEWAY ANDCONSIST OF EXISTING OLD EXPECTED TO BE A DEMINIMUS INCREASE OVER THE FORMER HOME SITES. THE SITE IS SERVED BY A COUNTY ROAD. STORM IMPROVEMENTS ARE I I LAKE MARY ROAD. PROPOSED TO ENLARGE A COUNTY STORMWATER POND TO SERVE THIS I I , E. PROPOSED GROSS FLUOR AREA OF BUILDINGS: A PROJECT. APPLICATION MADE & FEE PAID MAY 19, 2006: SANDY NEMINSKI. I I 0 PROPOSED OFFICE WAREHOUSES: 17,327 SQ. FT. BE RECLAIMED. WATER SYSTEM EXISTS APPROXIMATELY PARCEL ID. NUMBER 02-20-30-300-0280-0000 0 I TOTAL PROPOSED BUILDINGS: 17,327 SQ. Fr. 1600' SOUTH AND IS NOT CONSIDERED AVAILABLE. B. PRINKING WATER, SANITARY SEWER, AND FIRE PROTECTION, ARE PROVIDED FUTURE DEVELOPMENT PARCEL � (20.1 %) BY THE CITY OF SANFORD. IRRIGATION WATER IS PROVIDED BY WITHDRACC.SQLID WASTE SERVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY WAL I I I FROM THE STORMWATER POND. STORM DRAINAGE IS PROVIDED BY A SHAREpI I I I o I F. SEE THE METAL BUILDING PLANS FOR FLOOR ONSITE DUMPSTERS. WET DETENTION SYSTEM WHICH SHARES A PLANNED OUTFALL TO THE COUNTY'S PLANS. I I I o DD. NO EXISTING DUMPSTER ON SITE. LOCKHART-SMITH CANAL. N O� G. ONE DWELLING UNIT PROPOSED. 2. GENERAL INFORMATION: I I < I EE. PROPOSED TOPOGRAPHY IS SHOWN ON THE Q Z.2\ H. OPEN SPACE: 34,504 SQ. FT. ( 40.1% GRADING PLAN BY SPOT ELEVATIONS IN LIEU CONTOURS. A. DEVELOPMENT NAME IS: SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL PROVIDED, 20% REQUIRED ) ADDRESS IS 2529 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD FF. INDEX OF DRAWINGS: cn a_ P SITE PLAN ACREAGE 1S 2.02 ACRES I I I m 0- : 1. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. SCALE IS 1 "=30'. A. K. SHOEMAKER FAMILY -i SURVEY I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP z w O 2 DEMOLITION PLAN THE NORTH ARROW IS SHOWN BELOW THE PLAN. THE EXISTING ZONING 1S COUNTY AG. ©Q J. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PLA 3 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN PREPARATION AND/OR REVISION DATES ARE IN TITLE BLOCK. I _ K. SETBACK SUMMARY: REQ'D. PROVIDED: 4 UTILITY N TAX PARCEL ID'S ARE 02-20-30-300-0240-0000: w f SIDE 20 20 6 PAVING, GRADING & DRAINAGE DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0250-0000U -:�) z FRONT 25' 25' a; F- n 1 7 PUMP STATION DETAILS 02-20-30-300-025A-0000 a D Q REAR 20 20 8 WALL DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0280-0000 pETUQ 1---DETOU3 CITY OF SANFORD DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0290-0000 L. OUTDOOR STORAGE IS NOT PROPOSED. Q B. PROPERTY OWNER: SECRETARIAT STABLES INC. M. ON-SITE VEHICULAR CIRCULATION SHOWN. GG. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ASEMINOLE .COUNTY RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT AND HOLD A P 0 BOX 1885 I PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BEFORE STARTING SANFORD FLORIDA, 32772-1885 I N. FOR DRIVEWAY, APPROACHES AND CURB CUT WORK. CONTACT JIM ALLEN, DEVELOPMENT REVIEW 407- 322-3103 DIMENSIONS, SEE THE SITE PLAN. DIVISION 407-665-7409 FOR INFORMATION ON SETTING OWNER'S AGENT: DEAN SHOEMAKER, PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING, ISSUANCE OF COUNTY SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION INC. I I 0. EXTERIOR PARKING SPACES WILL TOTAL 34, PERMITS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 407-322-3103 ARCHITECT: METAL BUILDING PROVIDER I P. PARKING MATRIX HH. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TO BE DETERMINED BUILDING OFFICE WAREHOUSE THE RESTORATION OF ANY TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT CIVIL ENGINEER: LARRY A. ROBERTS, P. E. LEFT 200 SF 1,600 SF INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FIBER, LOOP SENSORS, ROBERTS ENGINEERING INC. I 2 MIDDLE 2,545 SF 3,622 SF PULL BOXES, CONDUIT, TRAFFIC SIGNALS, AND CABINETS. 5764 NORTH ORANGE BLOSSOM TRAIL #140 I I. `� - - RIGHT 800 SF 8,560 SF ANY ITEMS DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE ORLANDO, FL 32810 RESTORED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION UNLESS 407-810-8485 I TOTALS 3,545 SF 13,782 SF OTHERWISE AGREED UPON BY THE COUNTY TRAFFIC .SURVEYOR: BLAIR KITTNER, P.L.S. ANIMAL HOSPITAL REQ'D: 18 12 ENGINEER. KITTNER SURVEYINGING INC. PROVIDED: 34 2597 S. SANFORD AVE. II. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR SIGHT -DISTANCE SANFORD, FL 32773-4606 SPACES DESIGNED FOR HANDICAP TRIANGLES. 407-322-2000 ACCESSIBILITY ARE SCATTERED THROUGHOUT FOR TENANT H. ALL SOIL IS SHOWN IN THE SEMINOLE CO. SOIL SURVEY AS MYAKKA FLEXIBILITY. S JJ. INSTALL 8" (MIN.) THICK, #57 STONE SCUFF PAD C. VICINITY MAP IS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. AND EAU GALLIE SANDS ON MIRAFI SN140 FILTER FABRIC AS HATCHED. Q. LANDSCAPED ISLANDS PROPOSED THROUGHOUT D. LEGAL DESCRIPTION: I I I. THERE IS NO CURRENT DEFINED DRAINAGE PATTERN. THE SITE AS SHOWN. 3� KK. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN SILT FENCE CONTINUOS. BEGIN 420 FEET SOUTH OF A POINT 25 FEET" SOUTH AND 1336.2 FEET EAST OF TEH NORTHWEST CORNER OF SECTION 2, J. THERE IS NO 100 -YEAR FLOOD PLAIN ON THE SITE. R. SIDEWALK IS PROPOSED ACROSS THE ENTIRE LL. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN FILTER FABRIC UNDER CAST TOWNSHIP 20 SOUTH, RANGE 30 FAST (SAID POINT BEING 420 / FRONTAGE. IRON GRATES. FEET SOUTH OF THE INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF / K. THERE ARE NO SURFACE WATERS CURRENTLY WITHIN 50 FEET OF THE Q GENEVA AVENUE WITH THE EAST LINE OF LAKE MARY ROAD SITE. SEMINOLE COUNTY IS PERMITTED TO CONSTRUCT A STORMWATER POND S. TYPICAL PAVEMENT SECTIONS ARE SHOWN ON MM. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES St-IOWN ARE FOR TREATMENT OF CR 46A RUNOFF ADJACENT SITE. SITE PLANS TO EXP AS SHOWN ON PLAT RECORDED IN DEED BOOK 167, PAGE 433 SHEET 6. MINIMUM. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED TO OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA),' AND ) / THE PERMITTED POND FOR TREATMENT OF ITS RUNOFF. CORRECT FIELD CONDITIONS. RUN THENCE EAST 210 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 210 FEET; THENCE / T. ALL SIGNAGE & MARKINGS IN RIGHTS-OF-WAY WEST 420 FEEET; THENCE NORTH 216 FEET; THENCE EAST 210 L. NO WETLANDS EXIST ON THIS SITE. SHALL COMPLY WITH FDOT ROADWAY . & TRAFFIC DESIGN FEET TO 'THE POINT OF BEGINNING.STANDARDS, MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND THE SEMINOLE COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT 3. EXISTING coNDrrloNs M. EXISTING TREES SHOWN ON THE DEMO PIAN. CODE. STOP BAR SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC PER FDOT A. QLD LAKE MARY ROAD IS A SEMINOLE COUNTY R/W. N. THERE ARE NO EXISTING SIGNS, A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT WILL BE SECTION 711-2. STOP SIGN SHALL BE 30"x30" HIGH SUBMITTED IF THE OWNER REQUESTS. INTENSITY GRADE REFLECTIVE MEDIA ON 080 GA. SR,46 B. THE ONLY KNOWN EASEMENTS ARE BLANKET EASEMENTS FOR THE ALUMINUM BLANKS. CONVENIENCE OF THE POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES. 4. ADJACENT CONDITIONS: t U. SEE SHEET 5 FOR THE LANDSCAPING PLAN. C. UTILITY PROVIDERS: FLORIDA POWER : ATTN. ROBERT CLARK A. ALL ZONING OF THIS TRACT AND THE SURROUNDING TRACTS ARE >> O "' TELEPHONE: BELL SOUTHCOUNTY AG. V. EXISTING TREE PROTECTION SPECIFIED ON THE 0- ❑ CITY OF SANFORD: ATTN. PAUL MOORE (407) 330-5669 DEMOLITION PLAN. C 6 ¢>, N B. NO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES.i I�_, SR.46 D. EXISTING BUILDINGS: 3 HOUSES AND 10 SHEDS W. NO DEVELOPMENT SIGNS PRESENTLY PLANNED. _ TOTAL EXISTING BUILDINGS: 5475 SQ. FT. (6%) C. ONLY ADJACENT CURB CUT IS A PLANNED DRIVEWAY TO SERVE THE IF A SIGN IS REQUESTED IT WILL BE REQUESTED BY T SHARED WET DETENTION POND. SEPARATE PERMIT APPLICATION. �-ZD E. EXISTING VEHICULAR USE AREAS ARE BEST SEEN ON THE DEMO PLAN. (671 SQ. FT.) 5. PROPOSED BUILDINGS/DEVELOPMENT X. LIGHTING SHALL BE SHOWN ON A SEPARATE PLAN. O o" F. OTHER IMPERVIOUS SURFACES: NOT APPLICABLE. A. THE ONLY PROPOSED BUILDINGS ARE THE ROPOSED OFFICE Y. ALL PAVEMENTS ON SITE SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER. WAREHOUSES. G. TOPOGRAPHY IS SHOWN ON BY SPOT ELEVATIONS ON THE GRADING & VICINITY MSP DRAINAGE PLAN. B. SEE THIS SITE PLAN FOR THE LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED BUILDINGS. si CSX R.R. R/W • � � 70 - EA EN M - C4 Ci ai C= I C20(21'R) C25(27'R) 150.36' 57.47' Z CD u C22 0 FIRE <m 4 C21(33 R) 138.36. 151.03' 1 0 < U j Q o 6:1 2:1 PATI I N ( r SEMI OLE CC. SHOEMAKER'S LOADING C13 Oa C17 r� C22(33 R) -72.20 157.04' ¢ 11 , 30 LOADING C9 CONTRACTOR EXCA ATI N CONTR EXCAVATION CTOR C23(33'R) --•77.20' 50.32, � I 120, 6' .5' 10.5' 18.0' 1Q.Q' 20' 10' C5 I MA JEUVER SPACE c.a MANEUVER SPACE WAREHOUSE C1 ® C26(33'R) 144.36' 157.03' 1 0 w z I -J I C3 w C7 I Q 0� I _ DIRECTIONALLY DRILL 6" DR11 HDPE GREENSTRIPE I i C1.1 CASING. INSTALL 2" DR -11 HDPE GREENSTRIPE FORCE MAIN. r� C20 C15 STA. 65+47.97 I Q B/L' CONST. CR 46A� I C25 4 STA. 108+50.00 CK B/L CONST. OLD LAKE MARY RD. I I C19 / I I C24 - RIGHT TURN LA E AND SIDEWALK TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY C.R. 46A, P ASE III CONTRACTOR OLD LAKE MARY G30Q® - � - I it N SITE PLAN NOTES: C. PROPOSED BUILDINGS ARE FOR STORAGE OF Z. PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY LINES ARE TO BE 1. VERIFY EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. I I I GOODS REQUIRED BY THE INDIVIDUAL BUSINESSES THAT MAINTAINED BY THE CITY OF SANFORD THROUGH THE WILL RENT SPACE; METER. WASTEWATER FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED BY A. CONCURRENCY: THIS PROJECT IS REDEVELOPMENT OF THREE HOMES TO ANTHE OWNER. INDUSTRIAL PARK. THE MARKET SERVED IS ONE OF SUB -CONTRACTORS WITH I I I li'.J9 C� �--F- -f I o I D. PROPOSED BUILDING DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN PICKUP AND OCCASSIONAL BOX TRUCKS. WATER AND SEWER NEEDS ARE I I / I o I ON�THIS PLAN. HEIGHTS WILL VARY FROM 14 TO 30 AA. FIRE CORNEPROTECTION T FACILITIES CT DRIVEWAY ANDCONSIST OF EXISTING OLD EXPECTED TO BE A DEMINIMUS INCREASE OVER THE FORMER HOME SITES. THE SITE IS SERVED BY A COUNTY ROAD. STORM IMPROVEMENTS ARE I I LAKE MARY ROAD. PROPOSED TO ENLARGE A COUNTY STORMWATER POND TO SERVE THIS I I , E. PROPOSED GROSS FLUOR AREA OF BUILDINGS: A PROJECT. APPLICATION MADE & FEE PAID MAY 19, 2006: SANDY NEMINSKI. I I 0 PROPOSED OFFICE WAREHOUSES: 17,327 SQ. FT. BE RECLAIMED. WATER SYSTEM EXISTS APPROXIMATELY PARCEL ID. NUMBER 02-20-30-300-0280-0000 0 I TOTAL PROPOSED BUILDINGS: 17,327 SQ. Fr. 1600' SOUTH AND IS NOT CONSIDERED AVAILABLE. B. PRINKING WATER, SANITARY SEWER, AND FIRE PROTECTION, ARE PROVIDED FUTURE DEVELOPMENT PARCEL � (20.1 %) BY THE CITY OF SANFORD. IRRIGATION WATER IS PROVIDED BY WITHDRACC.SQLID WASTE SERVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY WAL I I I FROM THE STORMWATER POND. STORM DRAINAGE IS PROVIDED BY A SHAREpI I I I o I F. SEE THE METAL BUILDING PLANS FOR FLOOR ONSITE DUMPSTERS. WET DETENTION SYSTEM WHICH SHARES A PLANNED OUTFALL TO THE COUNTY'S PLANS. I I I o DD. NO EXISTING DUMPSTER ON SITE. LOCKHART-SMITH CANAL. N O� G. ONE DWELLING UNIT PROPOSED. 2. GENERAL INFORMATION: I I < I EE. PROPOSED TOPOGRAPHY IS SHOWN ON THE Q Z.2\ H. OPEN SPACE: 34,504 SQ. FT. ( 40.1% GRADING PLAN BY SPOT ELEVATIONS IN LIEU CONTOURS. A. DEVELOPMENT NAME IS: SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL PROVIDED, 20% REQUIRED ) ADDRESS IS 2529 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD FF. INDEX OF DRAWINGS: cn a_ P SITE PLAN ACREAGE 1S 2.02 ACRES I I I m 0- : 1. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. SCALE IS 1 "=30'. A. K. SHOEMAKER FAMILY -i SURVEY I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP z w O 2 DEMOLITION PLAN THE NORTH ARROW IS SHOWN BELOW THE PLAN. THE EXISTING ZONING 1S COUNTY AG. ©Q J. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PLA 3 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN PREPARATION AND/OR REVISION DATES ARE IN TITLE BLOCK. I _ K. SETBACK SUMMARY: REQ'D. PROVIDED: 4 UTILITY N TAX PARCEL ID'S ARE 02-20-30-300-0240-0000: w f SIDE 20 20 6 PAVING, GRADING & DRAINAGE DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0250-0000U -:�) z FRONT 25' 25' a; F- n 1 7 PUMP STATION DETAILS 02-20-30-300-025A-0000 a D Q REAR 20 20 8 WALL DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0280-0000 pETUQ 1---DETOU3 CITY OF SANFORD DETAILS 02-20-30-300-0290-0000 L. OUTDOOR STORAGE IS NOT PROPOSED. Q B. PROPERTY OWNER: SECRETARIAT STABLES INC. M. ON-SITE VEHICULAR CIRCULATION SHOWN. GG. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ASEMINOLE .COUNTY RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT AND HOLD A P 0 BOX 1885 I PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BEFORE STARTING SANFORD FLORIDA, 32772-1885 I N. FOR DRIVEWAY, APPROACHES AND CURB CUT WORK. CONTACT JIM ALLEN, DEVELOPMENT REVIEW 407- 322-3103 DIMENSIONS, SEE THE SITE PLAN. DIVISION 407-665-7409 FOR INFORMATION ON SETTING OWNER'S AGENT: DEAN SHOEMAKER, PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING, ISSUANCE OF COUNTY SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION INC. I I 0. EXTERIOR PARKING SPACES WILL TOTAL 34, PERMITS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 407-322-3103 ARCHITECT: METAL BUILDING PROVIDER I P. PARKING MATRIX HH. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TO BE DETERMINED BUILDING OFFICE WAREHOUSE THE RESTORATION OF ANY TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT CIVIL ENGINEER: LARRY A. ROBERTS, P. E. LEFT 200 SF 1,600 SF INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FIBER, LOOP SENSORS, ROBERTS ENGINEERING INC. I 2 MIDDLE 2,545 SF 3,622 SF PULL BOXES, CONDUIT, TRAFFIC SIGNALS, AND CABINETS. 5764 NORTH ORANGE BLOSSOM TRAIL #140 I I. `� - - RIGHT 800 SF 8,560 SF ANY ITEMS DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE ORLANDO, FL 32810 RESTORED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION UNLESS 407-810-8485 I TOTALS 3,545 SF 13,782 SF OTHERWISE AGREED UPON BY THE COUNTY TRAFFIC .SURVEYOR: BLAIR KITTNER, P.L.S. ANIMAL HOSPITAL REQ'D: 18 12 ENGINEER. KITTNER SURVEYINGING INC. PROVIDED: 34 2597 S. SANFORD AVE. II. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR SIGHT -DISTANCE SANFORD, FL 32773-4606 SPACES DESIGNED FOR HANDICAP TRIANGLES. 407-322-2000 ACCESSIBILITY ARE SCATTERED THROUGHOUT FOR TENANT H. ALL SOIL IS SHOWN IN THE SEMINOLE CO. SOIL SURVEY AS MYAKKA FLEXIBILITY. S JJ. INSTALL 8" (MIN.) THICK, #57 STONE SCUFF PAD C. VICINITY MAP IS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. AND EAU GALLIE SANDS ON MIRAFI SN140 FILTER FABRIC AS HATCHED. Q. LANDSCAPED ISLANDS PROPOSED THROUGHOUT D. LEGAL DESCRIPTION: I I I. THERE IS NO CURRENT DEFINED DRAINAGE PATTERN. THE SITE AS SHOWN. 3� KK. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN SILT FENCE CONTINUOS. BEGIN 420 FEET SOUTH OF A POINT 25 FEET" SOUTH AND 1336.2 FEET EAST OF TEH NORTHWEST CORNER OF SECTION 2, J. THERE IS NO 100 -YEAR FLOOD PLAIN ON THE SITE. R. SIDEWALK IS PROPOSED ACROSS THE ENTIRE LL. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN FILTER FABRIC UNDER CAST TOWNSHIP 20 SOUTH, RANGE 30 FAST (SAID POINT BEING 420 / FRONTAGE. IRON GRATES. FEET SOUTH OF THE INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF / K. THERE ARE NO SURFACE WATERS CURRENTLY WITHIN 50 FEET OF THE Q GENEVA AVENUE WITH THE EAST LINE OF LAKE MARY ROAD SITE. SEMINOLE COUNTY IS PERMITTED TO CONSTRUCT A STORMWATER POND S. TYPICAL PAVEMENT SECTIONS ARE SHOWN ON MM. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES St-IOWN ARE FOR TREATMENT OF CR 46A RUNOFF ADJACENT SITE. SITE PLANS TO EXP AS SHOWN ON PLAT RECORDED IN DEED BOOK 167, PAGE 433 SHEET 6. MINIMUM. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED TO OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA),' AND ) / THE PERMITTED POND FOR TREATMENT OF ITS RUNOFF. CORRECT FIELD CONDITIONS. RUN THENCE EAST 210 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 210 FEET; THENCE / T. ALL SIGNAGE & MARKINGS IN RIGHTS-OF-WAY WEST 420 FEEET; THENCE NORTH 216 FEET; THENCE EAST 210 L. NO WETLANDS EXIST ON THIS SITE. SHALL COMPLY WITH FDOT ROADWAY . & TRAFFIC DESIGN FEET TO 'THE POINT OF BEGINNING.STANDARDS, MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND THE SEMINOLE COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT 3. EXISTING coNDrrloNs M. EXISTING TREES SHOWN ON THE DEMO PIAN. CODE. STOP BAR SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC PER FDOT A. QLD LAKE MARY ROAD IS A SEMINOLE COUNTY R/W. N. THERE ARE NO EXISTING SIGNS, A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT WILL BE SECTION 711-2. STOP SIGN SHALL BE 30"x30" HIGH SUBMITTED IF THE OWNER REQUESTS. INTENSITY GRADE REFLECTIVE MEDIA ON 080 GA. SR,46 B. THE ONLY KNOWN EASEMENTS ARE BLANKET EASEMENTS FOR THE ALUMINUM BLANKS. CONVENIENCE OF THE POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES. 4. ADJACENT CONDITIONS: t U. SEE SHEET 5 FOR THE LANDSCAPING PLAN. C. UTILITY PROVIDERS: FLORIDA POWER : ATTN. ROBERT CLARK A. ALL ZONING OF THIS TRACT AND THE SURROUNDING TRACTS ARE >> O "' TELEPHONE: BELL SOUTHCOUNTY AG. V. EXISTING TREE PROTECTION SPECIFIED ON THE 0- ❑ CITY OF SANFORD: ATTN. PAUL MOORE (407) 330-5669 DEMOLITION PLAN. C 6 ¢>, N B. NO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES.i I�_, SR.46 D. EXISTING BUILDINGS: 3 HOUSES AND 10 SHEDS W. NO DEVELOPMENT SIGNS PRESENTLY PLANNED. _ TOTAL EXISTING BUILDINGS: 5475 SQ. FT. (6%) C. ONLY ADJACENT CURB CUT IS A PLANNED DRIVEWAY TO SERVE THE IF A SIGN IS REQUESTED IT WILL BE REQUESTED BY T SHARED WET DETENTION POND. SEPARATE PERMIT APPLICATION. �-ZD E. EXISTING VEHICULAR USE AREAS ARE BEST SEEN ON THE DEMO PLAN. (671 SQ. FT.) 5. PROPOSED BUILDINGS/DEVELOPMENT X. LIGHTING SHALL BE SHOWN ON A SEPARATE PLAN. O o" F. OTHER IMPERVIOUS SURFACES: NOT APPLICABLE. A. THE ONLY PROPOSED BUILDINGS ARE THE ROPOSED OFFICE Y. ALL PAVEMENTS ON SITE SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER. WAREHOUSES. G. TOPOGRAPHY IS SHOWN ON BY SPOT ELEVATIONS ON THE GRADING & VICINITY MSP DRAINAGE PLAN. B. SEE THIS SITE PLAN FOR THE LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED BUILDINGS. si CSX R.R. R/W 1 H C v OFFICE 1Q. 18.0' 10. 7.5 6 z 50'-0"x50'-11" o (n w w Q a U Lc 2 a cn V) z C2 tVC6 I Q UP UP t(] L� w O Q C10 2r,,' 5N ,Lo0 14 C18 9 SP CES @ 0'x` 0, b S 4 C23 I^0 HC( P) + 1 HC SPACE POND LAYOUT ORIGIN rNOTE LL LANDSCAPE AREA ,o a S 5' SIDEWALK BY SHOEMAKER --j ' o 61iq 0.C8 CC£q - Ral �-p,fq ^ `q a DEDICATE 9' TO R/W AND CONSTRUCT SWALE & SIDE WALK cv 113..10 EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY -L .HC �i�HC� _ eR-1 30' LOADING LOADING o Q� 20.45' 0 0 io 00 (o n 60' x 70 - EA EN M - Ci ai C= U L 0 CD u C22 0 FIRE <m 4 W f" TRUCK U j Q o n- op PATI I N ( r n Cl -- -1 20.0' LOADING C13 Oa C17 r� , 30 LOADING C9 120, 4rrmo 54' 52' 20' 10' C5 I MA JEUVER SPACE 10' MANEUVER SPACE WAREHOUSE C1 ® 54'x67'-1 " 1 H C v OFFICE 1Q. 18.0' 10. 7.5 6 z 50'-0"x50'-11" o (n w w Q a U Lc 2 a cn V) z C2 tVC6 I Q UP UP t(] L� w O Q C10 2r,,' 5N ,Lo0 14 C18 9 SP CES @ 0'x` 0, b S 4 C23 I^0 HC( P) + 1 HC SPACE POND LAYOUT ORIGIN rNOTE LL LANDSCAPE AREA ,o a S 5' SIDEWALK BY SHOEMAKER --j ' o 61iq 0.C8 CC£q - Ral �-p,fq ^ `q a DEDICATE 9' TO R/W AND CONSTRUCT SWALE & SIDE WALK cv 113..10 EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY -L .HC �i�HC� _ eR-1 30' LOADING LOADING o Q� 20.45' 0 0 io 00 (o n 60' x xw U C= U L 0 CD u 0 <m W f" U o n- op N ( r -- -1 20.0' NOTE LL I cn rn z m UNINC. SEMINOLE COUNTY �t .0, , U�� I LANDSCAPE AREA o S W c7 NOTE LL Q rtw 21 6" THRMO YELLOW WITH 6" SEPARATION ---24" THERM STOP BAR "-6'x1' THERMO SPECIAL EMPHASIS BARS, 12" SEPARATION 2& PROPERTY APPRAISER ID NUMBERS: 02-20-30-300-0240-0000,02-20-30-300-026,1-0000, 02-20-30-300-025A-0000, 02-20-30-300-0281-0000, 02-20-30-300-0290-0000 SEMINOLE COUNTY APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION THIS APPROVAL IS SUBJECT OT SPECIFIC CONFORMANCE TQ THE SEMINOLE COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE AND ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPERS TO CORRECT ANY DEFECTS IN 'T1 -IE PLANS OR THE FACILITY AS CONSTRUCTED WHICH RESULTS IN A FAILURE TO MER'T APPLICBLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. ADMINISTRATIVE ACCEPTANCE OF THE DEVELOPER'S PIANS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY CODE REQUIREMENTS NOR DOES IT RELIEVE THE DEVELOPER OF RESPONSIBILITY TO MEET THOSE REQUIREMENTS. THIS SPECIFIC APPROVAL IS VALID FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FORM THE DATE BELOW. APPROVED. SEMINOLE COUNTY DEVELOPMENT REVIEW DEPARTMENT DATE mmimmommmm REVISIO"s BY 6 JUNE 2006 LR V E 0 C 0 Cil O C00 N q � C o ..L.! �✓ L0 IL_ (o 00 Co co It Q, C O ° o a 0 d: CCk w LO L� LL_ DRAWN LAR C= U 0 u 0 V E 0 C 0 Cil O C00 N q � C o ..L.! �✓ L0 IL_ (o 00 Co co It Q, C O ° o a 0 d: CCk w LO L� LL_ DRAWN LAR EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS. SEE SHEET E3.0 LIFE SAFETY PLANHH SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" -1 co t� M � N ® • 0 r""ti m [X]LL�� L1 ® X �0 (B u - V7 > i ol WN Mf 11 Rm y o Ln LnLu rfl.Al� yiP �R.it� Lu V , rr-11 r ✓ y} aE4 t14 ((1] H a W W 17)Lo W n Z ❑ u�ui J u- a u REVISIONS 0 <L c)0� ZD Z) m V) uj uu ce 0"d Lu u Q L U —j Z X00" Q z L , G V O a 0. SHEET NUMBER LS OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 08, 2008 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 9 Ln A 4 B 4 � s j� Ln N co M M T--1 r 00 ANN X m M m��� ; -� v; 0 O c © LCL, U7 l h i�Zil�4i�•°i � j, � ifl � N 1p '- Ln O P 6'-0" (T w V w Z z w 50'-8" � Ir I I V, Lu;,� 58'-8" m 5 Q g 2'-8" 4'-0" 4'-0" Z jj,-Q,, i 6'-0" 4'-0" 6'-011 4'-Q" /'-411. 41-011 41.811 O 2�_0" 41„01' `J W � '7 121-Q" 2'-8" 16'-0" p 2'-V" 16'-011 ,1 21-8q REVISIONS REFER TO SHEET FOR PORCH DETAILS 0 0 �I FSI W 0 � 12'W x 12' H OVERHEAD 16'W x 12'H OVERHEAD V) 16'W x 12'H OVERHEAD uj m 0 uj u0 0� Old o ��e 0 Uw® LL 0 W u- U-) 0 0 N zLn b rq Lu r-, a a SHEET NUMBER . OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 12, 2008 FIRST FLOOR 3070 M Vj _ Ml 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. o CD 1101111 111 FiTi 11 1 1111111 1 1 F — A --- c� 16'-0" 8'-6" l3'-10" o LL � o WORKCL coN Lco ; 9 =q 2868 PKT 10 O N CONFERENCE T-1 OFFICE 6 BATH OFFICE 7 _ Q t0 - V LLJ ,NI N REFER TO SHEET 2 xxxxx FOR EXHIBIT'A' uD kn N REFER TO SHEET 4 —,— FOR FILE ROOM _lit j BEARING WALL 3068 LINE OF 2ND FLR. ABV. o _ FILES DETAILS LINE OF FLR. ABV. — - - _ — ^ -. - - - - - - - I -I --- - -. - - -- N p II _ - - - - - - - - - - .-� _... - - - - - - - - - - - - -2ND ` _ — — — — — — = maa M BI -LEVEL N v� DRINKING d — FOUNTAIN 1 3068 BEARING WALL — --! 3068,-,,. I I I 15-10" 4'-0" 6'-p'� i i 101811 7'-8" 6'-2" 3'-10'I — . n I I 13'-O" ii 11'-2" i i 20'-0"— a o io C N LOBBY COPY FAX BREAK AREA °° WAREHOUSE D/W DBL SINK REF. 11 9 Lu I x I I Ln — WALL @ 42" i ra - - - ------------ ---------I---- -I -o- -o- ------ -- _ _ A.F.F. RECEPTION L J 3 6� Q I = 4 I BATH 3 II , QO ____-.-.-------------------___ - 00 AD -;--- I- ; �. — I = a En � 6'-2" tD ---- ---__- -- --- -- n BATH 2 — 30683Q68 3068 LINE OF 2ND FLR. ABV. - - —10 11 Ill I 10 1777 - BEARING WALL 7-177, BEARING WALL — 11-0 11-4 11-4 13 -0„ 9 -4 _ c� I SEE SHEET 2 — o ”- I FOR ACCESSIBLE - o0 rn o N BATH DETAILS W OFFICE 1 OFFICE 2 0 OFFICE 3 OFFICE 4 OFFICE 5 z 7v ® I d '� e LOCATE ON INTERIOR x I — o SIDE OF CMU WALL UP oI Q HOSE d ml o BIBB I — 7771 op Lu Lu m 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. 4040 F.G. q Q]JAR Y " a. 3070110 *FYI ol 12'W x 12'H OVERHEAD 16'W x 12'H OVERHEAD 16'W x 12' H OVERHEAD 15'-4" 4'-011 6'-8" 4'-0„ 8'-8" 4'-0" 14'-0" 2'-0" 4'-8" 12'-0" 2'-8" 16'-0" 2'-8" 16'-011 21-811 Ir 56'-8" 58'-8" 115'-4° iI A B WALL LEGEND FIRST FLOOR PLAN 4 4 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ..:..,,; INTERIOR FRAME WALL INTERIOR FRAME WALL (BEARING) H AREA TABULATION 8" CMU WALL (8'-0" HIGH) COVERED ENTRY 192 S.F. OFFICE SPACE 2586 S.F. 8" CMU WALL (9'-4" HIGH) WAREHOUSE 3110 S.F. 8" CMU WALL (10'-0" HIGH) TOTAL UNDER ROOF 5888 S.F. s j� Ln N co M M T--1 r 00 ANN X m M m��� ; -� v; 0 O c © LCL, U7 l h i�Zil�4i�•°i � j, � ifl � N 1p '- Ln O P -i (T w V w Z z w MH Ir I I V, Lu;,� m Q g W Z . 0 Z Lu LN(7 w w r-, W � o X REVISIONS 0 0 FSI W 0 b m ::, 0 V) uj m 0 uj u0 0� Old o ��e 0 Uw® LL 0 W u- U-) 0 0 N zLn b rq Lu r-, a a SHEET NUMBER . OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 12, 2008 FIRST FLOOR 5'-10"Ln N c) Ln Ns A00 NN 1'-6'. 3._0.. 1._4.. X m M ® ®•4, n BATH Z � LL CD Co W/C in------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ - Ll. 0 -- �„ , ;_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ u x n-------------- -� .o 1 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMPI NEn SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" BATH 2 I I T71r �IF � N(w yl' I 6'-0" 51'-4" ' 3'-6" 1009.3 Stair treads and risers.d- ILn Exceptions:v7 / / 54" MIN. z 12" 42" MIN. U / MAX o o, T.P. HOLDER F 7 77 fH15 AREA'i0 7. Industrial equipment access stairs and landings that serve as a component of i, U BE USED FOR the means of egress from the involved equipment and do not serve more than 20" LU VOICE DAT SECURITY people shall be permitted to have a minimum clear width of 22 inches (559 mm), A/ minimum tread depth of 10 Inches (254 mm), maximum riser height of 9 inches {" ,�. V LU (229 min), minimum headroom of 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm), and a maximum I � �� P � I Y z_ z Q Go height between landings of 12 feet (36 576 mm). I r " ' ��°°° I �� � V) V MECH. ROOMT-1 00 o`� ijgi FRAMED n 1012.2 Height. MIRROR DN Guards shall form a protective barrier not less than 42 Inches (1067 mm) high, i A/H A/H A/H measured vertically above the leading edge of the tread, adjacent walking surface or adjacent seatboard. PAPER TOWEL i____ 1012.3 Opening limitations. DISPENSER fi I ; I 511-4T' I. 6 -0Open guards shall have balusters or ornaffiental patterns such that a 4 -inch -diameter 9 36" MIN. 6" -1 (102 mm) sphere cannot pass through any opening up to a height of 34 inches ' (864 mm). From a height of 34 inches (864 mm) to 42 inches (1067 mm) above the °q MAX STAIR NOTE: adjacent walking surfaces, a sphere 8 inches (203 ruin) in diameter shall not pass. ' ' 'i 17 RISERS @ 7-5/8" Exceptions: 16 TREADS @ 10" I. The triangular openings formed by the riser, tread and bottorn rail at the open C7 '� TOTAL RISE: 10'-10" side of a stairway shall be of a maximum size such that a sphere of 6 inches (152 mm) r' In diameter cannot pass through the opening. a O o OO ; - I .I H ' GH - i ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------____________________________________________________________ _______________: I i (Y1 N N / ti N I ------ 1 (D� w Q ' o SECOND FLOOR. P N Uj SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" z ® 0 ,ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM ELEVATIONSP SCALE: 1/2" V-0.. w H � Lfl �JuJ LL . 4L lL U REVISIONS EXHIBIT "All SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" BATH 1 NOTES FOR ADAPTABILITY: CL BATH 1. REMOVE CONC. FROM LEAVE OUT SHADED AREA INDICATES CONC. N AREAS (2) LEAVE OUT. CONC. THIS AREA 2. RECONFIGURE PLUMBING AS SHOWN. TO BE SEPARATE POUR FROM MAIN 3. REPOUR CONC. SLAB, SEE SHADED � FOUNDATION POUR. (TYP. 2 AREAS) \ �\ 4. ADD 2 AREAS. (2)X4 FRAME WALL L FOR PLUMBING. < � \i (IF REQUIRED) ONF ,I,/ CYi 5. ADD BLOCKING TO WALLS FOR GRAB 1� BARS (IF REQUIRED) 6. RELOCATE 2868 DOOR (IF REQUIRED) 7. RE -SET PLUMBING FIXTURES AS SHOWN. FFICE 6 FILE5 OFFICE 7 0 <LJJ LL xLU 0 LU 0 1 .. .. 3068. U 13�A.M..I di0� z L 0 a ------------------------ ---- - { -w- -� - SHEET NUMBER C ----.-- ----- , y Future _Adaptability Plan Private Bath 1 (1f 1Zequired) 2 of 33 PLOT DATE: May 08, 2008 SECOND FLOOR ----------------- .Tib -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- 1 i --------------------------- ---- 1 _ 1 _ mlQCDl� cD L(7 ' r1 Ln 1 i1. O u k S ,T-10._8,1 4•-U" i T PITCH ------------ ---- ; N' x:5:12 ;-----. RIDGE 1 --- - - I RIDGE FOR OPT. CUPOLA i REFER TOSHEETUPOLA I ! J, `i IJ t y �• 1 LL, U ' r U w 1 d z W DETAIL ' ____________ I N U 6" {L eF RKS REFER TO SHEET 6 h D' w Q UN � ri Z yU_,� � X-0- z-o,CL 4 CL r / II a --------------ry --------------- � z ROOF PLAR SCALE: 1/8" = V-0° EASTELEVATION. SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" NN DOWNSPOUT TYP. ALL PLACES SHOWN NORTH SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" A Al n" Ql-411 JT TYP. SOUTH ELEVATION iaiPincE sNowN SCALE: 1/8" = 11-011 101-411 REFER TO SHEET 5 FOR PORCH & COLUMN DETAILS VN T' --i L-] 00 m M, T -i _ O _ mlQCDl� cD �a i1. O u k S T T N' z u! P�^k� ( Ln !yFL�,1a�' llm �1 J, `i IJ t y �• 1 LL, U ' r U w 1 d z W N U {L eF RKS REFER TO SHEET 6 h D' w Q FOR PORCH & COLUMN J UEFARS A Al n" Ql-411 JT TYP. SOUTH ELEVATION iaiPincE sNowN SCALE: 1/8" = 11-011 101-411 REFER TO SHEET 5 FOR PORCH & COLUMN DETAILS VN T' --i L-] 00 m M, T -i 00 0 mlQCDl� cD O -� d i1. O u k c '® LL (u 01 �--� M P�^k� ( Ln !yFL�,1a�' llm �1 J, `i IJ t y �• 1 LL, U ' r U w 1 d z W N U {L eF RKS h D' w Q 1 11. � tiilfRY J m r / a uj � z `o Lu w Ln I'll z Z Ln U/ a Lu J ® O J LL u REVISIONS O < 15 (r) m ZD0> C2 � LIJe A \ I U -j LL O <N.. U L ® u- U LL 0 ® O [ill z Lu 0 cx CL SHEET NUMBER 3 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 08, 2008 ELEVATIONS I I CD pttt� 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 TOP N DBL TOP PLATE � N FOR BEARING MTL. RUNNER 00 00 I WALLS ONLY. 9'-6" A.F.F. rL 9'-6" A.F.F. _ X •, M TOP OF WALL TOP OF WALL - — - — - — 9'-0" A.F.F. _ _ 9'-0" A.F.F. L� ®f`. ~ -TYP: CLG. HGT, — TYP. CLG. HGT, �- ACOUSTICAL TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE O v cXII ,� CEILING CEILING _ > LL 5 12611 _ La 12 II 5 „ � .; 011, 1/2" GYP. BOARD 1/2" GYP, BOARDMECH. ROOM E V Lu uj 16" FLOOR SYSTEM _ r 2X4 STUDS @ 24" O.C. 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 MTL. W/ 3/4" DECKING HGT: `Y kk 1 O.C. FOR BEARING CHANNEL STUDS 12'-0"EAVE WALLS) @ 24" O.C. v O i W ,�� r y _ Lu f— ,r 1/2 GYP. BOARD 1/2' GYP. BOARD Q 3'-411� : ACOUSTICAL TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE p rx CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. CANT. CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. F CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. Q_j)w�a` .., u z w - o FFI E RECEPTIONQ FF E a U- --- ch a Lu 2x4 P.T. PLATE FOR BEARING WALL: USE 1/2" x 8" ANCHOR BOLT W/ 2" X 1/8" 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 MTL, INTERIOR INTERIOR FLAT WASHER 6" FROM ENDS THEN 32" CHANNEL TRACK 5" CONIC, SLAB REFER BRG. WALL BRG, WALL O.C. OR 5/8" x 7" WEDGE BOLT 6" FROM TO FOUNDATION PLAN ENDS THEN 24" O.C. FOR SPECS. 0'-0" FIN FLR. 0'-0" FIN. FLR. J.• _77-, 'v v rr(I�� rr Ill rrr rr p 11 TIE [I1.. - - tE T1 111 111 SEE FOUNDATION SEE FOUNDATION L PLAN FOR SPECS. PLAN FOR SPECS, frr � rrr rrl — �r BUILDING SECTION A -A z TYPI AL INTERIOR. WALL SECTION ALT. INTERIOR WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' " C� SCALE: 3/4" V-0" WOOD FRAMING SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" METAL FRAMING w ,i? Lo 44- w J Q .. < U- 16" FLOOR SYSTEM ( U W/ 3/4" DECKING REVISIONS 6X6 10/10 SHEET WIRE MESH , 2" BRG, FOR TOP OF BLOCK_ MSR PANEL 9'-4" A.F.F. — ,� . • -:T • -;; . =;- • _,- t :; • ,;,, �. "r _ t!� 2x8 P.T. CONT. W/ 12 ACOUSTICAL TILE 1/2"x8" GALV. ANCHOR CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. #5 CONT. TYP. EPICORE MSR DECK BOLTS AT 48" O.C. 5 EACH SIDE. W/ CONC. ABV. MECH. ROOM BEYOND 2X P.T. FURRING OR ..Z.. CHANNEL 3068 d.J - DOORL A H 1/2" GYP. BOARD _ i i------------------ -------- - i WALL STAIR NOTE: i IGH HALF � REFER TO SHEET 2 r ; ' " 17 RISERS @ 7_ 5/8 , � 3/4 PECKING , FOR ADDITIONAL STAIR 16 TREADS @ 10" AND HANDRAIL INFO, „ ; @LANDING TOTAL RISE: 10 -10 OFFICE 6 - FILE STORAGE -QPY/FAX AREA r-----------1� '--------------------, o L�LJ 16 - ---- Lu #5 WALL REINF. W/_ 15 - - U- I I POURED CELL LAP 30" 14 �\\\\ w MIN, W/ FOOTER DWL. •13 _ (SEE FOUNDATION PLAN 12 c_7 FOR LOCATIONS) 1 — - z ¢ w 10 w n 9 z d w Q u- 8" CMU WALL (STRUCK BLOCK 8_ z o Y U W/ PAINTED FINISH. TYP. OF 7 j a O 3070 o � - INTERIOR SIDE OF FILE STORAGE.) 3068 6 °p v 00 p DOOR m �. 0 DOOR _5_ `° � � W/ 2070 0 U- � U) 3 4_ S.L. a 0 z 4 z U- ~ L� #�5 FTG. DWL. W/ STANDARD HOOK r - - w �/ I B 5 CON .SLA REFER11�1_ C 0 TO FOUNDATION PLANImil[IIIInil ' - FOR SPECS. — a71 °C 0'-0" FIN. FLK. (3) 2X12 #2 SYP rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr - TTT - - - — - — - — - — 2X4 P.T. THRUST SHEET NUMBER �Y. �Y. BLOCK SEE FOUNDATION i PLAN FOR SPECS. NN BUILDING SECTION - OF 33 (3) #5 CONT, SPACED SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 20'� EQUALLY SECTION FILE STOMGE PLOT DATE: May 08, 2008 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" BLDG SECTIONS ,I. i 'i 3040 F.G. 304Q F.G.,, 3040 F.G. ,, 3040 F.G. 12 5 16-0" EAVE HGT. -@ WAREHOUSE REFER TO METAL BLDG MFGR. SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL & ROOF INFORMATION WALL PANEL BY ROOF BY. KIRBY MTL. BLDG. MFGR. REFER TO METAL BLDG MFGR. SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL & ROOF INFORMATION I i i I , I 12 5 12'-0" EAVE HGT. @ OFFICE i 11'-2" EAVE HGT. ROOF & SOFFIT BY KIRBY MTL. 10'-0" TOP OF BLDG, MFGR. BLOCK ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. i I COLUMN BY KIRBY, I MTL. BLDG. MFGR. 1X8 P.T. BUCK 8" CMU WALL TEXTURED CEMENTITIOU$ FINISH SOLID POUR COURSE AT WINDOW LOCATIONS 2X P.T. FURRING OR "Z" CHANNEL V FOAM BOARD i 0'-0" FIN. FLR. 1/2" GYP. BOARD ASSUMED GRADE 711 JRF�rT ' rr Fr rrr SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SPECS TYPICAL WALL SECT ION @.OFFICE SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" , 24" O.H. i 8" MTL. PURLIN BY KIRBY MTL. BLDG. MFGR. SIMPSON MSTC28 �- (12) 16d SINKERS 8x18x24 DECO BEAM ��- SIMPSON SP6 STUD TO 6'/4" HFlRDIPLANK LAP TOP DBL TOP PLATE @ ��- EACH STUD. SIDING. INSTALL PER MFGR'S INSTRUCTIONS WEATHER BARRIER �- R19 INSULATION 1/2" PLYWOOD �. ✓ 2x8 STUDS @ 16" O.C. GALV. MTL FLASHING \ HU9 (10) 10d x 1-1/2" \\ 2x10 P.T. BLOCKING I � ROOF PANEL BY KIRBY W/ (2) 12d TOENAILS � EACH END. MTL. BLDG. MFGR. 2x10 P.T. RAFTER @ 16" O.C. 2x6 P.T. CEILING JOIST I @ 16" O.C. - 1x6 P.T. FURRING @ 16" O.C. OFFICE EAVE PROVIDED BY KIRBY 5-1/2" SYN. BEADBOARD - 2x6 P.T. LEDGER CONT. BLDG. MFGR. BY AZEK OR STUCCO SIMPSON SP6 STUD TO MTS 20 (14) 10d BOTTOM PLATE @ EACH 12'-0" EAVE HGT_ �-- STUD. I Cu-) OFFICE I - 16" FLOOR SYSTEM , � W/ 3/4" DECKING I 11'-3" BEARING _ 111-211EAVE HGT. - @ PORCH @ CANOPY T 2x8 P.T. SUB -FASCIA I 6" CROWN MOLDING BY AZEK i 2x P.T. BLOCKING I1 z A. 9'-4" TOP OF _ COLUMN A.F.F. (2) - 2X12 #2 SYP W/ 1/2" FLITCH PLATE. PROVIDE _ - AC4 (14) 16d TO WOOD ' POST I IJ 2x8 P.T. CONT, W/ ^' 00 M M ACOUSTICAL TILE � KIRBY MTL. BLDG. 0 '0 M 1/2"x8" GALV.,ANCHOR L1-, co ® I,-, c7 MFGR. o Cl_ O V BOLTS AT 48" U.C. r�OL�C n� 16" CRAFTSMAN STYLE ,�'i i i ,rCl�dF72IR51`), „„gg p. , i COLUMN (6'4" HIGH) INSTALL "N C, 10'4" TOP OF :� Ln .-i Ln id U & FLASH PER MFGR. SPECS I _ BLOCK T N 4x4 P.T. #2 COLUMN BY KIRBY 113 dk f p I SYP POST ZD ca MTL. BLDG. MFGR. STUCCO STOP ABU44 W/ 5/8" ATR** I (l a & (12) 16d NAILS 1-1/2" BELOW TOP c z ., O a N OF MASONRY -•-J Ln Lnz Lu a Q Q i LL REFER TO WALL cn REVISIONS SECTION THIS SHEET I 8" CMU WALL I) INFORMATION ' i TEXTURED CEMENTITIOUS 0 T-4" TOP OF PED. �LIJ® FINISH cy rn ZD D STONE VENEER <' M _ Lu 06 :5 ce I uj Lu 8" CMU PEDESTAL. REFER - LL 0 w TO FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZE 0 -0 FIN. FLR. & LOCATION. I a. ' ASSUMED GRADETrr PLOT DATE: May 12, 2008 PORCH & WALL SECTIONS ` :' : 0'-0" FIN. FLR. ff _,jN - r ` _rr= J j7I z m El IL 111111 ju 1-4 t,::. -Ill IL I I rr Fri rrr SEE FOUNDATION PLAN (rr rrr — ri-r I I -Cr rrr FOR SPECS TVPT�AL WALL SECTION a WAREHOUSE SCALE: 3/4" = V-0., PLAN FOR SPECS. 4) #5 EACH WAY 12 5 12'-0" EAVE HGT. @ OFFICE i 11'-2" EAVE HGT. ROOF & SOFFIT BY KIRBY MTL. 10'-0" TOP OF BLDG, MFGR. BLOCK ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. i I COLUMN BY KIRBY, I MTL. BLDG. MFGR. 1X8 P.T. BUCK 8" CMU WALL TEXTURED CEMENTITIOU$ FINISH SOLID POUR COURSE AT WINDOW LOCATIONS 2X P.T. FURRING OR "Z" CHANNEL V FOAM BOARD i 0'-0" FIN. FLR. 1/2" GYP. BOARD ASSUMED GRADE 711 JRF�rT ' rr Fr rrr SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SPECS TYPICAL WALL SECT ION @.OFFICE SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" , 24" O.H. i 8" MTL. PURLIN BY KIRBY MTL. BLDG. MFGR. SIMPSON MSTC28 �- (12) 16d SINKERS 8x18x24 DECO BEAM ��- SIMPSON SP6 STUD TO 6'/4" HFlRDIPLANK LAP TOP DBL TOP PLATE @ ��- EACH STUD. SIDING. INSTALL PER MFGR'S INSTRUCTIONS WEATHER BARRIER �- R19 INSULATION 1/2" PLYWOOD �. ✓ 2x8 STUDS @ 16" O.C. GALV. MTL FLASHING \ HU9 (10) 10d x 1-1/2" \\ 2x10 P.T. BLOCKING I � ROOF PANEL BY KIRBY W/ (2) 12d TOENAILS � EACH END. MTL. BLDG. MFGR. 2x10 P.T. RAFTER @ 16" O.C. 2x6 P.T. CEILING JOIST I @ 16" O.C. - 1x6 P.T. FURRING @ 16" O.C. OFFICE EAVE PROVIDED BY KIRBY 5-1/2" SYN. BEADBOARD - 2x6 P.T. LEDGER CONT. BLDG. MFGR. BY AZEK OR STUCCO SIMPSON SP6 STUD TO MTS 20 (14) 10d BOTTOM PLATE @ EACH 12'-0" EAVE HGT_ �-- STUD. I Cu-) OFFICE I - 16" FLOOR SYSTEM , � W/ 3/4" DECKING I 11'-3" BEARING _ 111-211EAVE HGT. - @ PORCH @ CANOPY T 2x8 P.T. SUB -FASCIA I 6" CROWN MOLDING BY AZEK i 2x P.T. BLOCKING I1 z A. 9'-4" TOP OF _ COLUMN A.F.F. (2) - 2X12 #2 SYP W/ 1/2" FLITCH PLATE. PROVIDE _ - AC4 (14) 16d TO WOOD ' POST I IJ 2x8 P.T. CONT, W/ ^' 00 M M ACOUSTICAL TILE � 4/4 SYN. BOARD BY AZEK 0 '0 M 1/2"x8" GALV.,ANCHOR L1-, co ® I,-, c7 CEILING @ 9'-0" A.F.F. o Cl_ O V BOLTS AT 48" U.C. r�OL�C n� 16" CRAFTSMAN STYLE ,�'i ,rCl�dF72IR51`), „„gg p. , i COLUMN (6'4" HIGH) INSTALL "N C, :� Ln .-i Ln id U & FLASH PER MFGR. SPECS I fl `L � Z z 'I'�d U N 4x4 P.T. #2 'r F 8 Qr 113 dk f p I SYP POST ZD ca i ABU44 W/ 5/8" ATR** I (l a & (12) 16d NAILS LL1 c z ., O a N Lu -•-J Ln Lnz Lu a Q Q LL REFER TO WALL cn REVISIONS SECTION THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL I) INFORMATION ' i 0 T-4" TOP OF PED. �LIJ® cy rn ZD D STONE VENEER <' M _ Lu 06 :5 ce uj Lu 8" CMU PEDESTAL. REFER - LL 0 w TO FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZE �.�"1 N ® \..✓ & LOCATION. a. ' 5 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 12, 2008 PORCH & WALL SECTIONS 0'-0" FIN. FLR. - r ` _rr= J j7I z m El IL 111111 IL :iff`. Fri rrr f1T (rr rrr — ri-r I I -Cr rrr REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SPECS. 4) #5 EACH WAY 36" SQ. (W/ SINGLE COLUMN) 36" x 72" (W/ DOUBLE COLUMN) PORCH. SECTION OFFICE SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" ^' 00 M M 00 fus -O (V 0 '0 M L1-, co ® I,-, c7 o Cl_ O V r�OL�C n� ,�'i ,rCl�dF72IR51`), „„gg p. , ti nnU�� F�WWHg�N- ! ° "N C, Ln .-i Ln id U s„ ss r w `L � Z z 'I'�d U N 'r F 8 Qr 113 dk f p J ZD ca a LL1 c z ., O a N Lu -•-J Ln Lnz Lu a Q Q LL u cn REVISIONS 0 �LIJ® cy rn ZD D <' M Lu 06 :5 ce uj Lu LL 0 w w z-. �.�"1 N ® \..✓ 0 a. SHEET NUMBER 5 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 12, 2008 PORCH & WALL SECTIONS EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS INDICATED REFLECTED ON ELECTRICAL PLANS. SEE SHEET E3.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" \O/ REFLECTED CEILING PLA Ln '� N 00 i L L ® �] u- 2 z w p s O d- 0 X 4' 1 .0 (n REFLECTED CEILING PLA y r' p 84 L L rr' r haw' 2 z w + 4' 1 0 J H co W w Q p Z Z W z F� (D Ln L z Q o u - Z a U REVISIONS UJ (r)LU. n O<'LLL u C � Lu®0 U X00" z Ln � c� G r, a SHEET NUMBER 7 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 09, 2008 REFLECTED CEILING PLA GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES MAXIMUM WATER TO CEMENT RATIO WHEN NO BACK-UP DATA IS AVAILABLE: DESIGN LOADS: AREA SUPERIMPOSED LIVE LOAD a) 4000 PSI, 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH +/- W/C ROOF 20 PSF m RATION, 0.44 MAXIMUM (NOJ-AIR-ENRAINED), 0.36 FLOOR PSF j ft Ln L MAXIMUM (AIR -ENTRAINED.) AREA DEAD LOAD D ® b 3000 PSI 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH + W C ) � /- / ROOF 35 PSF RATION, 0.58 MAXIMUM (NON -AIR -ENTRAINED), 0.47 FLOOR 75 PSF MAXIMUM (AIR -ENTRAINED). EXT. FLOOR 55 AND 85 PSF 18, REINFORCING BAR COVER: WIND 120 MPH MWF, ASCE 7-02 r2 FOOTINGS MWF 34 PSF, COM. AND CLAD. 38 PSF X b) EXPOSURE C; INTERNAL PRESSURE COEF. COLUMNS 1-) 1 b1/2" 0.55,-0.55; IMPORTANCE 1 (n c) BEAMS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND d) SLABS 3/4" INTERIOR, 1-1/2" EXTERIOR SUBMITTALS PER COVER SHEET NOTES. GC SHALL NOT BE I 1 19. CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 90 MINUTES OF BATCH RELIEVED OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN TIME. SHOP DRAWINGS OR MIX DESIGNS BY THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW 20. PROVIDE COMMERCIAL FORM COATING COMPOUNDS THAT WILL THEREOF. NOT BOND, STAIN OR ADVERSELY AFFECT CONCRETE SITE WORK SURFACES. WET FORMS BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. 21. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED IN PLACE USING DESIGN SOIL BEARING PRESSURE = 2000 P.S.F. Lu z INTERNAL VIBRATORS. (CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY) a A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY OR QUALIFIED FIELD TEST LU 22. REPAIR AND PATCH DEFECTIVE AREAS WITH CEMENT MORTAR COMPANY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING: IMMEDIATELY AFTER REMOVAL OF FORMS, EXCEPT WHERE REINFORCING IS VISIBLE. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER a) ONE DENSITY TEST FOR EACH 2,000 S.F. OF FOR EVALUATION OF EXPOSED REINFORCING. COMPACTED SUBG D COMPACTED CT RA E AND C MPACTE FILL REVISIONS b) ONE DENSITY TEST AT EACH COLUMN FOOTING 23. PROVIDE 3/4" CHAMFERS ON ALL EXPOSED CORNERS OF c) ONE DENSITY TEST PER 50 FEET OF WALL FOOTING COLUMNS, BEAMS AND WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY 24.PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL BEAM AND WALL FOOTING TO OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND CORNERS TO MATCH HORIZONTAL BARS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE SIDES OF FOOTINGS MAY BE EARTH -FORMED IF THE 25. SUBMITTALS: EXCAVATION CAN BE KEPI" VERTICAL, CLEAN AND STABLE, a) SUBMIT PROPOSED CONCRETE MIX DESIGN PRIOR OTHERWISE PLYWOOD FORMS MUST BE USED. TO CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BACKUP DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301-96 CHAPTER 4, SECTION 4.2.3, EXCLUDING SECTION 4.2.3.4B. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE b) SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF REINFORCING BARS SHOWING NUMBER, SIZE AND LOCATION, INCLUDING BAR LISTS AND BEND CONCRETE TO BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH THE FOLLOWING DIAGRAMS. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS: c) SUBMIT FORMWORK AND SHORING DRAWINGS TO a) FOOTINGS, SLAB -ON -GRADE 3000 PSI LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT WHEN REQUIRED BY b) MASONRY WALL TIE BEAMS 3000 PSI FLORIDA THRESHOLD LAW. c) COLUMNS 4000 PSI 26 ALL BUILDING D S SLAB -ON -GRADE AN SITE SLA ON GRADE SHALL BE AT CONCRETE SHALL BE READYMIX PER ASTM C94 LEAST 4" THICK, REINFORCED WITH 6x6 #10/10 W.W.F., ON 5 LU MIL_ BAPOR VARRIER, WITH SAW -CUT CONTROL JOINTS AT a) PORTLAND CEMENT ASTM C 150 ¢ 20'-0" O.C. EACH WAY INCLUDING HOUSEKEEPING PADS AS b) AGGREGATES ASTM C 33 (3/4" MAX.) z REQUIRED. SEE PLANS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. c) NO CALCIUM CHLORIDE ASTM C 260 d) AIR ENTRAINING ASTM494 O 0 27. SLOPE ALL WALKWAYS AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. e) WATER REDUCING .0 f) FLYASH C618-78 CLASS F (20 SHEET NUMBER y) WATER MAX. BY WEIGHT) S-0 OF 33 FIBROUS REINFORCING CLEAN &POTABLE May 09, 2008 ALTERNATE TO W.W.F. IN SLAB -ON -GRADE REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A 615 GRADE 60 1. REINFORCING FIBERS TO BE VIRGIN 100 % POLYPROPYLENE REQUIRED SLUMP RANGE= 3" TO 5" COLLATED FIBRILLATED FIBERS, SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED. WELDED FABRIC: ASTM A185. FURNISH IN SHEETS NOT FOR USE IN CONCRETE, CONTAINING NO REPROCESSED OLEFIN ROLLS. MATERIALS, WITH THE FOLLOWING PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS: MOISTURE BARRIER: 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE, LAP 6" AND a) SPECIFIED GRAVITY: 0.92 TAPE ALL JOINTS. b) MODULES OF ELASTICITY: 500-700 KSI PROVIDE PROPERLY TIED SPACERS, CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, ETC,, c) TENSILE STRENGTH: 70-110 KSI AS REQUIRED AND NECESSARY TO ASSEMBLE, PLACE AND d) LENGTH: 3/4" MIN. SUPPORT ALL REINFORCING IN PLACE. USE WIRE BAR TYPE SUPPORTS COMPLYING WITH CRSI RECOMMENDATIONS, USE 2. REINFORCING FIBERS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE FOLLOWING PLASTIC TIP LEGS ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: a) "FIBERSTRAND 100", EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPANY ALL BEAMS, SPANDRELS AND SLABS SHALL BE POURED b) "FIBERMESH", FIBERMESH, INC. MONOLITHICALLY, EXCEPT FOR REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION c) "GRACE FIBERS", W.R. GRACE AND COMPANY JOINTS, PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION JOINT LOCATIONS SHALL d) "FORTA ECONO-NEI-", FORTA CORPORATION BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL: 3. FIBERS TO BE ADDED IN MANUFACTURER'S APPROVED CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, AMOUNT WITH A MINIMUM OF 1.5 LBS PER CUBIC YARD. SLEEVES AND SLAB RECESSES AS REQUIRED BY OTHER 4. CONCRETE TO BE MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIBER TRADES BEFORE CONCRETE IS PLACED. NO SLEEVE, OPENING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR UNIFORM AND OR INSERT MAY BE PLACED IN BEAMS, JOISTS OR COLUMNS COMPLETE DISPERSION OF FIBER BUNDLES INTO SINGLE UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. MONOFILAMENTS WITHIN CONCRETE, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EMBEDDED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT 5. REINFORCING FIBERS ONLY TO BE USED IN CONCRETE NOT LIMITED TO ANCHOR BOLTS, BOLT CLUSTERS, WELD SLAB -ON -GRADES, AND NOT IN TOPPING SLABS. PLATES, ETC., BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH REBAR, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED CONCRETE MASONRY FINISHES. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED IMMEDIATELY AFTER 1. HOLLOW LOAD BEARING UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM FINISHING OPERATION SIN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE C90, NORMAL WEIGHT, TYPE II, MINIMUM NET COMPRESSIVE FOLLOWING METHODS: UNIT STRENGTH = 2000 PSI. (NET AREA COMPRESSIVE a) APPLY A 30 % SOLIDS LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING MASONRY STRENGTH FM = 1500 PSI. CHEMICAL CURING COMPOUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE M OR S AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM G-309. ASTM C270 (PROPORTION OR PROPERTY SPECIFICATION). b) PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MOISTURE TO CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER 3. COARSE GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476: DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF ALL FORMWORK, SHORING a) 2500 PSI AT 28 DAYS AND RESHORING. DESIGN SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A b) 1/4" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LICENSED FLORIDA ENGINEER. c) 8" - 11" SLUMP A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY OR MATERIAL SUPPLIER 4. CODES AND STANDARDS: SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE TESTS ON SITE, ACI 530/ASCE 5 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" a) CYLINDER STRENGTH TESTS - ASTM C39+/- 1 SET ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY OF FOUR CYLINDERS FOR EACH 50 CUBIC YARDS OR STRUCTURES" FRACTION THEREOF. TEST ONE CYLINDER AT 7 DAYS AND TWO AT 28 DAYS. HOLD THE FINAL CYLINDER IN 5, A REINFORCED MASONRY BOND BEAM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN RESERVE, ALL MASONRY WALLS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AT EACH b) SLUMP TEST - ASTM C143 FLOOR. USE GALVANIZED MESH -TYPE CELL CAPS. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL BEAM CORNERS TO MATCH ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY HORIZONTAL BARS. TO OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, BOND BEAMS SHALL BE A RESTRICT THE ADDITION OF MIX WATER AT THE JOB SITE. DO DOUBLE COURSE OF MASONRY KNOCK -OUT BLOCK WITH (2) NOT ADD WATER WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL #5 BARS IN EACH COURSE. CONTRACTOR AND DO NOT EXCEED SLUMP LIMITATIONS OR 7. VERTICAL BARS SHALL BE HELD IN POSITION AT THE TOP THE TOTAL ALLOWABLE WATER TO CEMENT RATIO. USE COLD AND BOTTOM OF BAR AND AT 8'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM WITH A WATER FROM THE TRUCK TANK AND REMIX TO ACHIEVE MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 1/2" FROM MASONRY, THE CLEAR CONSISTENCY. THE REPORTS SHALL INDICATE HOW MUCH DISTANCE BETWEEN BARS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN ONE WATER WAS ADDED AT THE JOB SITE. ALL TESTS SHALL BE DONE AFTER THE ADDITION OF WATER TO THE MIX. BAR DIAMETER, NOR LESS THAN 1". CENTER BARS IN WALLS U.O.N. 8. VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FILL CELLS WITH COARSE GROUT AS SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ACI 90 DEGREE STANDARD HOOKS INTO FOOTING AND ROOF TIE BEAM, LAP SPLICE VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT ABOVE FOOTING AND ABOVE EACH FLOOR LEVEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAINTAIN VERTICAL REINFORCING SHOWN ON PLANS ABOVE AND BELOW MASINRY OPENING EXCEEDING 10'-0' CLEAR. CONTINUE FOUNDATION DOWELS BELOW ALL MASONRY OPENINGS. 9. ALL REINFORCED FILLED CELLS ARE TO BE CLEAN AND FREE OF ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL OR DEBRIS. REMOVE ANY INSULATING MATERIAL FROM CELLS, INCLUDING POLYSTYRENE INSULATING INSERTS, PRIOR TO GROUT POUR. 10. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE STRAIGHT EXCEPT FOR BENDS AROUND CORNERS AND WHERE BENDS OR HOOKS ARE DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. 11. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE LAPPED 48 BAR DIAMETERS WHERE U D R SPLICE AN SHALL BE WIRED TOGETHER. 12.WHEN A FOUNDATIO DOWEL DOES 0 S NOT LINE UP WITH A VERTICAL CORE, IT SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN ONE HORIZONTAL IN SIX VERTICALS. DOWELS SHALL BE GROUTED IN TO A CORE IN VERTICAL ALIGNMENT, EVEN THOUGH IT IS IN AN ADJACENT CELL TO THE VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT. 13. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING 9 GA. GALVANIZED LADDER TYPE DUR-O-WALL OR EQUIVALENT, AT 16" O.C. - FOR COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS ONLY. PROVIDE I J 14. E HOR ZONTAL DINT REINFORCEMENT AT DOORS AND WNDOWS FOR FIRST AND SECOND BLOCK COURSE ABOVE AND BELOW APERTURES. RUN REINFORCING CONTINUOUS OR EXTEND TWO FEET FROM APERTURE EDGE - FOR COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS ONLY. 15. WIRE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED AT LEAST 6" AT SPLICES AND SHALL CONTAIN AT LEAST ONE CROSS WIRE OF EACH PIECE OF REINCORCEMENT IN THE LAPPED DISTANCE. 16. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE BOTTOM COURSE OF MASONRY IN EACH GROUT POUR WHEN THE POUR HEIGHT EXCEEDS 5'4`. CLEANOUTS MAY BE SAW -CUT 4" X 4". 17. GROUT POUR HEIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED 24'. PLACE GROUTIN T MAX. LIFT HEIGHTS. 18. CONSOLIDATE GROUT POURS AT THE TIME OF PLACEMENT BY MECHANICAL MEANS AND RECONSOLIDATE AFTER INITIAL WATER LOSS AND SETTLEMENT. 19. STORE BLOCKS ON PALLETS AND COVER WITH VISQUEEN. 20. PLACE ALL MASONRY IN RUNNING BOND WITH, 3/8 MORTAR JOINTS. PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAuE FACE SHELL MORTAR BEDDING. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL FULLY MORTAR WEBS IN ALL COURSES OF PIERS, COLUMNS AND PILASTERS, AND ADJACENT TO GROUTED CELLS. 21. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MASONRY CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS. SPACE AT 26-0" O.C. AT EXTERIOR WALLS, 32' O.C. AT INTERIOR WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 22. MASONRY INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED AGENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 530-1.5. INSPECTION SERVICES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE WORK IN PROGRESS AS WELL AS MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND PROCEDURES, 23. SUBMITTALS: a) SUBMIT PROPOSED GROUT MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. b) SUBMIT PROPOSED MORTAR MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO . CONSTRUCTION. c) SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF REINFORCING BARS SHOWING NUMBER, SIZE AND LOCATION, INCLUDING BAR LISTS AND BENDING DIAGRl,MS. d) SUBMIT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS OF PROPOSED MASONRY UNITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, MASONRY UNITS ARE TO BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C140. 24. A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY OR MATERIAL. SUPPLIER SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS ON SITE. a) SAMPLE AND TEST GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1019 FOR EACH 5000 SQ. FT. OF MASONRY. b) SLUMP TEST - ASTM C143. c) MASONRY PRISM TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E447, METHOD B. MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1) PRISMS SHALL BE STACK BOND, ONE UNIT LONG AND THICK WITH A FULL MORTAR BED. 2) LIMIT HEIGHT/THICKNESS RATIO FROM 1.33 - 5.00. 3) PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE JOINT. ONE SET OF 3 PRISMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH 5000 SQ, FT. OF WALL. 25. PROVIDE 8" DEEP PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE LINTELS OVER ALL MASONRY OPENINGS NOT SHOWN TO HAVE A STRUCTURAL BEAM. MINIMUM END BEARING = 8". LINTEL WIDTH TO MATCH MASONRY WIDTH. CARPENTRY 1. DIMENSIONED LUMBER SHALL BE DRESSED S4S, AND SHALL BEAR THE GRADE STAMP OF THE MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION. 2. ALL LUMBER SHALL BE SOUND, SEASONED, AND FREE FROM WARP. 3. ALL LUMBER SHALL BE SOUTHERN PINE 0. 2 GRADE OR BETTER, WITH 19 % MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT U.O.N. 4. ALL LUMBER IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 5. PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE IMPREGNATED WITH A CCA SALT TTREATMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.S. TT -W-571 AND BEAR THE AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS INSTITUTE QUALITY MARK LP -2. 6. PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE DFPA CD WITH EXETERIOR GLUE. ALL ROOF SHEATHING TO BE INSTALLED WITH PLYCLIPS. 7. INSTALL BRIDGING IN ALL FLOOR OR ROOFJOISTS AT 8'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM. INSTALL BLOCKING IN ALL WALL_ STUDS @ MID -HEIGHT. 8. ALL.NAILING AND BOLTING SHALL COMPY WITH AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. 1 9. ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE SHALL BE GALVANIZED AND SUPPLIED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE, FULLY NAILED. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS FOR ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 10. STUDS SHALL B DOUBLED AT ALL ANGLES AND AROUND ALL OPENINGS. STUDS SHALL BE TRIPLED AT ALL CORNERS. 11. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE BRACED WITH A DIAGONAL 1 X 4 LET INTO OUTSIDE EDGE OF 2X STUDS, UNLESS PLYWOOD SHEATHING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 12. WOOD LINTELS OVER OPENINGS SHALL BE DOUBLE 2x8 HEADERS FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0" AND DOUBLE 2x10 HEADER FROM 6'-0" TO T-0", SEE PLANS FOR SPANS GREATER THAN 7'4". ALSO PROVIDE 1/2" PLYWOOD SPACER PLATE BETWEEN BEAMS PLYS. NAIL TOGETHER WITH 16d NAILS 15 12" ON CENTER TOP AND BOTOTM. 13, ALL NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS SHALL CONSIST OF 2x4 STUDS SPACED AT 24" O.C. UNLESS GREATER IS REQUIRED BY HEIGHT, PLUMBING OR HVAC REQUIREMENTS. 2x4 STUDS DO NOT NEED TO BE DOUBLED AT THE FIRST FLOOR FOR NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS ONLY. 14. PLACE A SINGLE PLATE AT THE BOTTOM AND A DOUBLE PLATE AT THE TOP OF ALL STUD WALLS. AT INTERIOR STUD WALLS, PROVIDE EITHER HILTI DN72 (WITH 7/8 DIAMETER 5/64" THICK WASHERS) POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 0'-10" O.C., OR 1/2DIAMETER HILTI KWIC -BOLTS (EXPANSION ANCHORS) WITH 6" EMBEDMENT, AT 2'-0" O.C. RED -HEAD FASTENERS OF EQUIVALENT SIZES MAY BE USED. ALL OTHER SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEE THE SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR SPECIAL SOLE PLATE ATTACHMENT AT SHEAR WALLS. 15, WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE: a) AT INTERIOR WALLS PROVIDE 1/2" OR 5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD, PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKERBOARD AT CERAMIC TILE. PROVIDE WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT ALL PLUMBING WALLS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. EACH SIDE OF STUDS, NAILED WITH 5d. COOLER NAILS AT 7" O.C. (USE 6d COOLER NAILS FOR 5/8" WALLBOARD) AT ALL SUPPORTS. PROVIDE SOLID 2x BLOCKING AT ALL SHEET EDGES. BLOCKING IS NOT REQUIRED AT NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS. b) AT EXTERIOR WALLS SHEATH THE INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS WITH GYPSUM WALLBOARD AS NOTED ABOVE FOR INTERIOR WALLS. SHEATH THE EXTERIOR FACE OF WALLS WITH 1/2" C -DX PLYWOOD (OR 7/16" O.S.B.) NAILED WITH 10d @ 6" O.C. AT ALL EDGE SUPPORTS AND 1Ud NAILS AT 12" U.C. AT ALL INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS, BLOCKING IS NOT REQUIRED AT NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS. 16. FLOOR SHEATHING SHAL BE 3/4" TONGUE AND GROOVE PLYWOOD, GLUED AND NAILED WITH 10d NAILS AT 6" O.C. AT SUPPORTED EDGES, AND 10d NAILS AT 12" Q.C. AT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS, UNLESS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS CALL FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING THICKNESS. 17. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 5/8" O.S.B. PROVIDE ONE PLYWOOD CLIP PER SPAN BETWEEN SHEET EDGES. PROVIDE SOLID 2X BLOCKING BETWEEN SUPPORTS AT ALL HIPS, RIDGES, VALLEYS, AND CHANGES IN ROOF SLOPE. 18. NAILING SCHEDULE NUMBER CONNECTION COMMON NAIL SPACING SOLE PLATE TO TRUSS OR BLOCKING 16d 16" O.C. STUD TO SOLE PLATE, TOE NAIL 8d 4 DOUBLE STUDS, FACE NAIL 10d 24" O.C. DOUBLE TOP PLATES, FACE NAIL 10d 16" O.C. TOP PLATES LAPS AND INTERSECTIONS 10d 3 TRUSSES, LAPS OVER WALLS, FACE NAIL 16d 4 BUILT-UP CORNER STUDS 16d 24" O.C. STUDS TO SOLE PLATE, END NAIL 16d 2 19. AT ALL WALLS SUPPORTING ROOF TRUSSES, PROVIDE UPLIFT STRAPPING/CONNECTORS SHOWN ON WALL SECTIONS. 20. FASTENER SUBSTITUTIONS ALL NAILS ARE COMMON NAILS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE FOLLOWING FASTENERS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTIONS. ALL ALTERNATE FASTENERES SHALL BE SPACED AT THE SAME SPACING AS THE SCHEDULED FASTENERS. SCHEDULED FASTENER ALTERNATE FASTENER 8d COMMON NAIL 8d RING SHANK NAIL 8d SCREW SHANK NAIL 0.131 P -NAIL 8d GUN DRIVEN 2-3/8X0.113 (SEE DETAILS FOR SPACE REQUIREMENTS) 10d COMMON NAIL 10d RING SHANK NAIL 10d SCREW SHANK NAIL 0.148 P -NAIL 6d COOLER NAIL #6 X 1-1/4" TYPE S OR 2 DRYWALL SCREW PRE-ENGINEERED WD TRUSSES AND FLOOR JOISTS 1. THIS SECTION DEFINES PRE-ENGINEERED, PREFABRICATED, METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD ROOF TRUSSES AS "WOOD TRUSSES". 2, WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION", 1986 EDITION, PUBLISHED BY THE NATIONAL FOREST PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION. "DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES, TPA -86", PUBLISHED BY THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE, AND THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES LISTED IN THE MISCELLANEOUS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. THE WOOD TRUSS MANUFACTURER MUST PARTICIPATE IN A CODE APPROVED THIRD PARTY QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM SUCH AS THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE'S "QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION PROGRAM". .4. WOOD TRUSS MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR ALL LOADS SHOWN ONTHE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING: LIVE, DEAD, WIND, AND CONCENTRATED, IN ADDITION TO THE FOLLOWING LOADS: SEE MISCELLANEOUS SECTION FOR FOOR AND ROOF LIVE AND DEAD LOADS: MIN. NET ROOF UPLIFT 20 PSF MIN. NET ROOF UPLIFT @ OVERHANG 30 PSF MIN. SUPERIMPOSED ROOF DEAD LOADS: ROOF TOP CHORD 8 PSF ROOF BOTTOM CHORD 7 PSF 5. DURATION OF LOAD FACTORS: ROOF DL + LL + WL 1.33 ROOF DL + LL 1.25 6. WOOD TRUSS DESIGN SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT AREN'T LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: a) SPAN LENGTH, OVERHANG AND HAVE DIMENSIONS, SLOPE AND SPACING OF THE WOOD TRUSSES b) ALL DESIGN LOADS AND THEIR POINTS OF APPLICATION. VALLEY AND CONVENTIONAL FRAMING MUST BE CONSIDERED. c) ADJUSTMENTS TO ALLOWABLE VALUES (DURATION OF LOAD FACTORS, ETC.) d) REACTIVE FORCES AND THEIR LOCATIONS e) BEARING TYPE AND MINIMUM BEARING LENGTH Q DEFLECTIONS, SPAN AND REACTION 9) METAL CONNECTOR PLATE TYPE, GAUGE, SIZE AND LOCATION. h) LUMBER SIZE, SPECIES, GRADE AND MOISTURE CONTENT i) LOCATION AND CONNECTION DESIGN OF REQUIRED CONTINUOUS LATERAL BRACING j) TRUSS SPLICES MUST BE DETAILED. THIS INCLUDES "PIGGY BACK" TRUSSES. k) CONNECTION DETAILS: TRUSS TO BEARING, TRUSS TO TRUSS, TRUSS TO 'TRUSS GIRDER, PIGGY BACK TO TRUSS, ETC. 1) BRACING: NOTE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS BELOW. 7. DEFLECTIONS (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED): a) SPAN LIVE LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO SPAN/360 b) SPAN TOTAL LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO SPAN/240 c) REACTION LIVE LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO TRUSS BEARING HEIGHT/480 d) REACTION TOTAL LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO TRUSS BEARING HEIGHT/360, 8. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD IS NOT ALLOWABLE IN WOOD TRUSSES. 9. SUPPORTS: WOOD TRUSSES HALL 0 S BE DESIGNED WITH AT LEAST ONE HORIZONTAL ROLLER CONNECTION PER SPAN SO THAT NO HORIZONTAL REACTIONS ARE INDUCED ON SUPPORTS UNDER DEAD OR LIVE LOADS. 10. WOOD TRUSSES MUST BE CHECKED FOR WIND, WIND VELOCITY, DESIGN VELOCITY PRESSURES, AND TYPE OF STRUCTURE FOR WIND, MUST BE SHOWN ON THE SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS. 11, CONTINUOUS BOTTOM CHORD LATERAL BRACING, IS REQUIRED AT A MINIMUM SPACING OF 10' O.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BOTTOM CHORD BRACING IS CONTINUOUS FROM ONE END OF THE BUILDING TO THE OTHER END. OVERLAP CONTINUOUS BRACING AT LEAST ONE TRUSS SPACE. USE A MINIMUM OF 2X4 GRADE MARKED LUMBER AT LEAST 10' LONG, WITH 2-16d NAILS AT INTERMEDIATE AND 3-16d NAILS AT END CONNECTIONS. 12. CROSS BRACING IS REQUIRED AT MINIMUM 10' O.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOCATE CROSS BRACING AT OR NEAR THE BOTTOM CHORD BRACING. INSTALL CROSS BRACING AT EACH END AND AT 20' O.C. ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE LATERAL BRACING. CROSS BRACING IS ACCOMPLISHED BY ATTACHING DIAGONAL WEB BRACING TO OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE SAME GROUP OF SIMILAR WEB MEMBERS. SLOPE CROSS BRACING IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS AT APPROXIMATELY 45 DEREES FORMING A CROSS "X". USE A MINIMUM OF 2X4 GRADE MARKED LUMBER WITH AT LEAST 2-16d NAILS AT EACH CONNECTION. 13, TRUSS ERECTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY BRACING OF TRUSS SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION. 14. HANDLING, INSTALLATION, AND BRACING OF WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "HIB -91", PUBLISHED BY THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE. 15. ALL WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE FASTENED TO THEIR SUPPORTS WITH APPROVED HURRICANE CLIPS OR STRAPS. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER AND INSTALL HURRICANE CLIPS OR STRAPS FOR THE UPLIFT AND LATERAL FORCES SHOWN ON THE SUBMITTED WOOD TRUSS DESIGN CALCULATIONS. 17. ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE SHALL BE GALVANIZED AND SUPPLIED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE. 18. ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE IS TO BE FULLY FASTENED PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 19. PILING OF PLYWOOD ON WOOD TRUSSES IS NOT ALLOWED. 20. INSTALLATION OF BROKEN, DAMAGED, WARPED, OR IMPROERLY REPAIRED WOOD TRUSSES IS NOT ALLOWED. 21. IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED FIELD ALTERATION OF WOOD TRUSSES IS NOT ALLOWED. 22. ALL CONNECTIONS AND BRACING MUST BE INSTALLED BEFORE SHEATHING THE ROOF. 23. GABLE ENDWALL TRUSSES MUST TRANSFER LATERAL LOADS TO THE SHEAR WALLS AND/OR THE ROOF DIAPHRAGM. 24. WOOD TRUSSES THAT DO NOT MEET INTERIOR LOAD BEARING WALLS MUST BE SHIMMED, DO NOT PULL WOOD TRUSSES DOWN TO INTERIOR BEARINGS, 25. WOOD TRUSS DESIGN ENGINEER MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A COPY OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 26, SUBMITTALS: ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE EMBOSSED SEAL OF A LICENSED FLORIDA ENGINEER AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO WOOD TRUSS FABRICATION, a) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF TRUSS. b) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS ERECTION PLAN, INCLUDING CONNECTION DETAILS AND PERMANENT BRIDGING REQUIREMENTS. c) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS TEMPORARY ERECTION BRACING PLAN. C-roi 1r-ri 1aAI nCD Ln (DOM N m 00 j ft Ln L m O ® ' v 0 V iii co r,-, O O CD r2 O V X c: tL (n � C-roi 1r-ri 1aAI , jj ' j ft Ln L m O PLo r.il r Lu v 0 V iii �1 V rai, rr I Z v) U Ji 'I .M '�A` 1 ,gyp, m I 1 F- W � z a �d Lu z z M N .__� � L0 a LU ® o J V REVISIONS 0 �Lu0 U M C)� 0 n Lu 0 < W L u ce U U 0 LU UJ U_ Lr) (j) (l ¢ 00rA z U O 0 SHEET NUMBER S-0 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 09, 2008 C-roi 1r-ri 1aAI qtyy ar,', f l� 7k� IiLm T i ITS,a Q � VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE 9. ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE SHALL BE GALVANIZED AND MIN. NET ROOF UPLIFT 20 PSF - UCTURAL NOTES MAXIINIUM WATER TO CEMENT RATIO8. WHEN NO BACK-UP - DRAWINGS, FILL CELLS WITH COARSE GROUT AS SPECIFIED. SUPPLIED BY SIMPSUN STRONG TIE, FULLY NAILED. SUBMIT MIN. NET ROOF UPLIFT Cu) OVERHANG 30 PSF M SED ROOF DEAD 00 � (� N N GENERAL DTR DATA IS AVAILABLE: PROVIDE ACI 90 DEGREE STANDARD HOOKS INTO FOOTING CU SFIEEfS FUR ALL C.ONNECIIUN HARUWARE TU ENGINEER MIN, SUPERI PO N N DESIGN LOADS: a) 000 PSI 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH +/- W/C FOR APPROVAL. 4 ANp ROOF TIE BEAM. LAP SPLICE VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT LOADS: TOP CHORD 8 P1E= c r Y�r ` If CX O AREA SUPERIMPOSED LIVE LOAD `� FL�� TION 0.44 MAXIMUM (NOJ-AIR-ENRAINED), 0.36. ABOVE FOOTING AND ABOVE EACH FLOOR LEVEL UNLESS � E;�� � �f �� --- (� 10, STUDS SHALL B DOUBLED AT ALL ANGLES AND AROUND ALL ROOF BOTTOM CHORD 7 P Ff ;m> Rr ; .� ROOF 20 PSF' MAXIMUM (AIR -ENTRAINED.) NOTED OTHERWISE. MAINTAIN VERTICAL REINFORCING SHOWN OPENINGS. STUDS SHALL BE TRIPLED AT ALL CORNERS, Ff In' 'r.,1 }"' �����r� � �� � FLOOR 40 PSF b) 3000 PST, 2$ -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH +/- W/C ON PLANS ABOVE AND BELOW MASINRY OPENING EXCEEDING _ AREA DEAD LOAD D 47 10'-0' CLEAR: CONTINUE FOUNDATION DOWELS BELOW ALL 5. DURATION OF LOAD FACTORS: RATION, 0.58 MAXIMUM (NON -AIR -ENTRAINS ), 0 ROOF DL + LL + WL 1.33 CL p Q) X ROOF 35 PSF MASONRY OPENINGS. FLOOR 75 PSF MAXIMUM (AIR -ENTRAINED), il. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE BRACED WITH A DIAGONAL ROOF DL + LL 1.25 � j � 1 X 4 LET INTO OUTSIDE EDGE OF 2X STUDS, UNLESS EXT. FLOOR 55 AND 85 PSF 18, REINFORCING BAR COVER: 9. ALL REINFORCED FILLED CELLS ARE TO BE CLEAN AND FREE PLYWOOD SHEATHING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 6. WOOD TRUSS DESIGN SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT (!) WIND 120 MPH MWF, ASCE 7-02 a') FOOTINGS 3" OF ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL OR DEBRIS. REMOVE ANY AREN'T LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: MWF 34 PSF, COM, AND CLAD. 38 PSF b) COLUMNS 1-1/2 INSULATING MATERIAL FROM CELLS, INCLUDING POLYSTYRENE 12. WOOD LINTELS OVER OPENINGS SHALL BE DOUBLE 2x8 EXPOSURE C INTERNAL PRESSURE COEF. INSULATING INSERTS PRIOR TO GROUT POUR. HEADERS FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0" AND DOUBLE 2x10 a) SPAN LENGTH, OVERHANG AND HAVE DIMENSIONS, c) BEAMS 1/1/2.. 0.55,-0.55; IMPORTANCE 1 SLOPE AND SPACING OF THE WOOD TRUSSES d) SLABS 3/4 INTERIOR, 1-1/2 EXTERIOR HEADER FROM 6 -0 TO 7 -0 . SEE PLANS FOR SPANS l'+Jo .•_ w �� GS D - D5 GREATER THAN T-0". ALSO PROVIDE 1/2" PLYWOODM. b) ALL DESIGN LOADS AND THEIR POINTS OF �. ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP pRAWIN AN 19, CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 90 MINUTES OF BATCH 10, REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE ST RAIGHT EXCEPT FOR BEN APPI�CCATION. VALLEY AND CONVENTIONAL FRAMING SUBMITTALS PER COVER SHEET NOTES. GC SHALL NOT BE AROUND CORNERS AND WHERE BENDS OR HOOKS ARE SPACER PLATE BETWEEN BEAMS FLYS. NAIL TOGETHER WITH RELIEVED OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN TIME. 16d NAILS 15 12 ON CENTER TOP AND BOTOTM. MUST BE CONSIDERED. DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS.' SHOP DRAWINGS OR MIX DESIGNS BY THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW 20, PROVIDE COMMERCIAL FORM COATING COMPOUNDS THAT WILL 13. ALL NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS SHALL CONSIST OF 2x4 c) ADJUSTMENTS TO ALLOWABLE VALUES (DURATION OF LOAD FACTORS, ETC.) THEREOF. NOT BOND, STAIN OR ADVERSELY AFFECT CONCRETE 11. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE LAPPED 48 BAR DIAMETERS STUDS SPACED AT 24" Q.C. UNLESS GREATER IS REQUIRED SURFACES. WET FORMS BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. WHERE SPLICED AND SHALL BE WIRED TOGETHER. Q d) REACTIVE FORCES AND THEIR LOCATIONS " BY HEIGHT, PLUMBING OR HVAC REQUIREMENTS. 2x4 STUDS e) BEARING TYPE AND MINIMUM BE SITE WORK 12, WHEN A FOUNDATION DOWEL DOES NOT LINE UP WITH A ARING LENGTH UO NOT NEED TU BE DOUBLED AT THE FIRST FLUOR FOR t a d 21: rLL CONCRETE SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED IN PLACE USING VERTICAL CORE, IT SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN ONE NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS ONLY. DEFLECTIONS, SPAN AND REACTION .•" f'� Ln o NG PRESSURE = 2000 P.S.F. INTERNAL VIBRATORS. HORIZONTAL IN SIX VERTICALS, DOWELS SHALL BE GROUTED g) METAL CONNECTOR PLATE TYPE, GAUGE, SIZE AND f- � ���' U DESIGN SOIL BEARING IN TO A CORE IN VERTICAL ALIGNMENT, EVEN THOUGH IT IS LOCATION. (CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY) 14. PLACE A SINGLE PLATE AT THE BOTTOM AND A DOUBLE ' 22. REPAIR AND PATCH DEFECTIVE AREAS WITH CEMENT MORTAR IN AN ADJACENT CELL TO THE VERTICAL WALL PLATE AT THE TOP OF ALL STUD WALLS. AT INTERIOR STUD h) LUMBER SIZE SPECIES GRADE AND MOISTURE`` �►� OR QUALIFIED FIELD TEST E REMOVAL OF FORMS EXCEPT WHERE REINFORCEMENT. CONTENT � u' A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORYQ IMMEDIATELY AFTER WALLS, PROVIDE EITHER HILTI DN72 (WITH 7/8" DIAMETER r ''Ln", z V) COMPANY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING: REINFORCING IS VISIBLE. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR EVALUATION OF EXPOSED REINFORCING, 13. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING 9"GA, GALVANIZED 5/64" THICK WASHERS) POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT i) LOCATION AND CONNECTION DESIGN OF REQUIRED ,vi - O 1 2" DIAMETER HILTI KWIC -BOLTS CONTINUOUS LATERAL BRACING I'' a) ONE DENSITY TEST FOR EACH 2,000 S.F. OF LADDER TYPE DUR-O-WALL OR EQUIVALENT, AT 1G O.C; - 0 10 O.0 , R / R j) TRUSS SPLICES MUST BE DETAILED. THIS INCLUDES ' } , y EXPANSION ANCHORS WITH 6" EMBEDMENT AT 2'-0" O.C. j) COMPACTED SUBGRADE AND COMPACTED FILL 23. PROVIDE 3 4" CHAMFERS ON ALL EXPOSED CORNERS OF FOR COMMERCIAL APPhICATIONS ONLY. ( ) "PIGGY BACK" TRUSSES: f'•,'' 5 AT EACH COLUMN FOOTING / RED -HEAD FASTENERS OF EQUIVALENT SIZES MAY BE USED, b) ONE DENSITY TET LESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT DOORS AND k) CONNECTION DETAILS: TRUSS TO BEARING, TRUSS COLUMNS, BEAMS AND WALLS UN 14, PROVIDE HORIZONTAL J N ALL OTHER SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY f c) ONE DENSITY TEST PER 50 FEET OF WALL FOOTING AF?CHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. WNDOWS FOR FIRST AND SECOND BLOCK COURSE ABOVE AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR -TO INSTALLATION, SEE THE TRUSS, TRUSS TO TRUSS GIRDER, PIGGY BACK TO; ; BELOW APERTURES. RUN REINFORCING CONTINUOUS OR SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR SPECIAL SOLE PLATE TRUSS, ETC. ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY 24, PLCOVIpE CORNER BARS AT ALL BEAM AND WALL FOOTING �_ ur EXTEND TWO FEET FROM APERTURE EDGE - FOR I BRACING: NOTE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS BELOW TO OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND CORNERS TO MATCH HORIZONTAL BARS. ATTACHMENT AT SHEAR WALLS. ) COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS ONLY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 7. DEFLECTIONS (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED): r 7 25. SUBMITTALS: 15, WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE: a SPAN LIVE LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL -TU THE SIDES OF FOOTINGS MAY BE EARTH -FORMED IF THE 15. WIRE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED AT LEAST 6' AT ) 2 EXCAVATION CAN BE KEPT VERTICAL, CLEAN AND STABLE, a) SUBMIT PROPOSED CONCRETE MIX DESIGN PRIOR SPLICES AND SHALL CONTAIN AT LEAST ONE CROSS WIRE OF a) AT INTERIOR WALLS PROVIDE 1/2" OR 5/8" GYPSUM SPAN/360 I/ � TU CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BACKUP DATA IN EACH PIECE OF REINCORCEMENT IN THE LAPPED DISTANCE. WALLBOARD, PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKERBOARD b) SPAN TOTAL LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO OTHERWISE PLYWOOD FORMS MUST BE USED: ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301-96 CHAPTER 4, AT CERAMIC TILE, PROVIDE WATER-RESISTANT SECTION 4.2.3, EXCLUDING SECTION 4,2.3.413. SPAN/240 16. CLFANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE BOTTOM COURSE OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD AT ALL PLUMBING WALLS. SEE c) REACTION LIVE LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO b) SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF MASONRY IN EACH GROUT POUR WHEN THE POUR HEIGHT ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. EACH CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE TRUSS BEARING HEIGHT/480 REINFORCING BARS SHOWING NUMBER, SIZE AND EXCEEDS 5'-0". CLEANQUTS MAY BE SAW -CUT 4" X 4". SIDE OF STUDS, NAILED WITH 5d COOLER NAILS AT LOCATION, INCLUDING BAR LISTS AND BEND d) REACTION TOTAL LOAD: LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 7" G.C. (USE 6d COOLER NAILS FOR 5/8" WALLBOARD) CONCRETE TO BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH THE FOLLOWING DIAGRAMS. 17. GROUT POUR HEIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED 24'. PLACE AT ALL SUPPORTS. PROVIDE SOLID 2x BLOCKING AT TRUSS BEARING f-IEIGHT/360, MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS: c) SUBMIT FORMWORK AND SHORING DRAWINGS TO GROUTIN T MAX, LIFT HEIGHTS. ALL SHEET EDGES. BLOCKING I5 NOT REQUIRED AT 8. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD IS NOT ALLOWABLE IN WOOD a) FOOTINGS, SLAB -UN -GRADE 3000 PSI LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT WHEN REQUIRED BY NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS. TRUSSES. / 3000 PSI FLORIDA THRESHOLD LAW. 18. CONSOLIDATE GROUT POURS AT THE TIME OF PLACEMENT BY b) AT EXTERIOR WALLS SHEATH THE INTERIOR FACE OF � b) MASONRY WALL TIE BEAMS 4000 PSI MECHANICAL MEANS AND RECONSOLIDATE AFTER INITIAL WALLS WITH GYPSUM WALLBOARD AS NOTED ABOVE 9. SUPPORTS: WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH AT c) COLUMNS 26, ALL BUILDING AND SITE SLAB -ON -GRADE SHALL BE AT WATER LOSS AND SETTLEMENT. FOR INTERIOR WALLS. SHEATH THE EXTERIOR FACE LEAST ONE HORIZONTAL ROLLER CONNECTION PER SPAN SO CONCRETE SHALL BE READYMIX PER ASTM C94 LEAST 4" THICK, REINFORCED WITH 6x6 #10/10 W.W.F,, ON 5 OF WALLS WITH 1/2" C -DX PLYWOOD (OR 7/16 O,S.B,) MIL BAPOR VARRIER, WITH SAW -CUT CONTROL JOINTS AT 19. STORE BLOCKS ON PALLETS AND COVER WITH VISQUEEN. THAT R HORIZONTAL REACTIONS ARE INDUCED ON ca a) PORTLAND CEMENT ASTM C 150 20'_0" O.C. EACH WAY INCLUDING HOUSEKEEPING PADS AS NAILED WITH 10d @ 6" O.C. AT ALL EDGE SUPPORTS SUPPORTS UNDER DEAD OR LIVE LOADS. b) AGGREGATES ASTM C 33 (3/4" MAX.) REQUIRED. SEE PLANS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. 20, PLACE ALL MASONRY IN RUNNING BOND WITH 3/8 AND 10d NAILS CK NG12" U.C. T ALL INTERMEDIATE c NO CALCIUM CHLORIDE MORTAR JOINTS. PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE FACE SHELL SUPPORTS. BLOCKING IS NOT T REQUIRED AT NON LOAD 10. WOOD TRUSSES MUST BE CHECKED FOR WIND, WIND ASTM C 260 MORTAR BEDDING. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL FULLY BEARING PARTITIONS. ui d) AIR ENTRAINING 27. SLOPE ALL WALKWAYS AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. VELOCITY, DESIGN VELOCITY PRESSURES, AND TYPE OF MORTAR WEBS IN ALL COURSES OF PIERS, COLUMNS AND STRUCTURE FOR WIND, MUST BE SHOWN ON THE SUBMITTED e) WATER REDUCING ASTM C 494 16. FLOOR SHEATHING SHAL BE 3/4" -TONGUE AND GROOVE z C618-78 CLASS F (20 % PILASTERS; AND ADJACENT TO GROUTED CELLS. p PLYWOOD, GLUED AND NAILED WITH 10d NAILS AT 6HOP DRAWINGS. f) FLYASH O.C.O,C. AT SEE DRAWINGS FOR MASONRY CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS. 11, CONTINUOUS BOTTOM CHORD LATERAL BRACING IS REQUIRED P 2 g) WATER MAX, BY WEIGHT) FIBROUS REINFORCING SUPPORTED EDGES, AND 10d NAILS AT 12 O.C. AT CLEAN &POTABLE 1; AT A MINIMUM SPACING OF 10' O,C, UNLESS OTHERWISE Z ALTERNATE TO W.W,F. IN SLAB -ON -GRADE SPACE AT 26'-0" O.C. AT EXTERIOR WALLS, 31.' O.C. AT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS, UNLESS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS t--1 � N REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A 615 GRADE 60INTERIOR WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CALL FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING THICKNESS. NOTED. BOTTOM CHORD BRACING I5 CONTINUOUS FROM ONE w Ln 1, REINFORCING FIBERS TO BE VIRGIN 100 %POLYPROPYLENE 17. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 5/8 O.S.B. PROVIDE ONE CONTINUOUS END OF THE BUILDING TO THE OTHER END. OVERLAP `J in SLUMP RANGE = 3" TO 5 COLLATED FIBRILLATED FIBERS, SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED22. MASONRY INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A QUAL IFIED - BRACING AT LEAST ONE TRUSS SPACE. USE Fl '"k REQUIRED PLYWOOD CLIP PER SPAN BETWEEN SHEET EDGES, PROVIDE FOR USE IN CONCRETE, CONTAINING NO REPROCESSED OLEFIN AGENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 530-1.5. INSPECTION MINIMUM OF 2X4 GRADE MARKED LUMBER AT LEAST 10' Lu z � � WELDED FABRIC: ASTM A185. FURNISH IN SHEETS, NOT ll! �J ERIALS, WITH THE FOLLOWING PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS: SERVICES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE SOLID 2X BLOCKING BETWEEN SUPPORTS AT ALL HIPS, LONG, WITH 2-16d NAILS AT INTERMEDIATE AND 3-16d RIDGES, VALLEYS, AND CHANGES IN ROOF SLOPE, �' Q ROLLS, WORK IN PROGRESS A5 WELL AS MATERIALS;°EQUIPMENT, NAILS AT END CONNECTIONS. < LAP 6" AND a'. SPECIFIED GRAVITY: 0.92 AND PROCEDURES. 18, NAILING SCHEDULE MOISTURE BARRIER: 6 HIL POLYETHYLENE, NUMBER TAPE ALL JOINTS. b) VIODULES OF ELASTICITY: 500-700 KSI 23, SUBMITTALS: CONNECTION COMMON NAIL SPACING 12, CROSS 13RACING,IS REQUIRED AT MINIMUM 10' O.C, UNLESS U PROVIDE PROPERLY TIED SPACERS, CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, ETC., c) TENSILE STRENGTH: 70-110 KSI a) SUBMIT PROPOSED GROUT MIX DESIGN 1'R!OR TO SOLE PLATE TO TRUSS OR BLOCKING 16d 16" O.C. NOTED OTHERWISE, LOCATE CROSS BRACING AT OR NEAR AS REQUIRED AND NECESSARY TO ASSEMBLE, PLACE AND d) , LENGTH: 3/4" MIN. CONSTRUCTION. STUD TO SOLE PLATE, TOE NAIL 8d 4 THE BOTTOM CHORD BRACING. INSTALL CROSS BRACING AT SUPPORT ALL REINFORCING IN PLACE. USE WIRE BAR TYPE 2, REINFORCING FIBERS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE FOLLOWING b) SUBMIT PROPOSED MORTAR MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO DOUBLE STUDS, FACE NAIL lOd 24" O.C. EACH END AND AT 20' O.C. ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE REVISIONS SUPPORTS COMPLYING WITH CRSI RECOMMENDATIONS: USE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: CONSTRUCTION. DOUBLE TOP PLATES, FACE NAIL 10d 16" O.C. LATERAL BRACING: CROSS BRACING IS ACCOMPLISHED BY PLASTIC. TIP LEGS ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES: C SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF REINFORCING TOP PLATES LAPS AND INTERSECTIONS 10d 3 ATTA RING DIAGONAL WEB BRACING TO OPPOSITE SIDES OF a) "FIBERSTRANp 100", EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPANY -BARS SHOWING NUMBER, SIZE AND LOCF,TION, TRUSSES, LAPS OVER WALLS, FACE NAIL 16d 4 THE SAME GROUP OF SIMILAR WEB MEMBERS. SLOPE CROSS b', "FIBERMESH", FIBERMESH, INC. BUILT-UP CORNER STUDS 16d 24" O.C. BRACING IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS AT APPROXIMATELY 45 SPANDRELS AND SLABS SHALL BE POURED " INCLUDING BAR LISTS AND BENDING DIAGRAMS, ALL BEAMS, c) GRACE FIBERS", W.R. GRACE AND COMPANY STUDS TO SOLE PLATE, END NAIL 16d MONOLITHICALLY, EXCEPT FOR REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION d' "FORTA ECONO-NET", FORTA CORPORATION d) SUBMIT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS OF 2 DEREES FORMING A CROWS TH USE A MINIMUM IL 2X4 JOINTS. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION JOINT LOCATIONS SHALL PROPOSED MASONRY UNITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. GRADE MARKED LUMBER WITH AT LEAST 2-16d NAILS AT MASONRY UNITS ARE TO BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE 19. AT ALL WALLS SUPPORTING ROOF. TRUSSES, PROVIDE UPLIFT EACH CONNECTION. BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 3., . FIBERS TO BE ADDED IN MANUFACTURER'S APPROVED STRAPPING/CONNECTORS SHOWN ON WALL SECTIONS. AMOUNT WITH A MINIMUM OF 1.5 LBS PER CUBIC YARD, WITH ASTM C140. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, AS REQUIRED BY OTHER 4, CONCRETE TO BE MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIBER 24, A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY OR MATERIAL SUPPLIER 20. FASTENER SUBSTITUTIONS 13, TRUSS ERECTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY SLEEVES AND SLAB RECESSESPLACED, NO SLEEVE, OPENING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR UNIFORM AND SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS ON SITE. BRACING OF TRUSS SYSTEM DURING CONSTRUCTION. TRADES BEFORE CONCRETE OR INSERT MAY BE PLACED IN BEAMS, JOISTS OR COLUMNS COMPLETE DISPERSION OF FIBER BUNDLES INTO SINGLE ALL NAILS ARE COMMON NAILS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. MONOFILAMENTS WITHIN CONCRETE. a) SAMPLE AND TEST GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING FASTENERS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTIONS, 14. HANDLING, INSTALLATION, AND BRACING OF WOOD TRUSSES ASTM C1019 FOR EACH 5000 SQ. FT. OF MASONRY. ALL ALTERNATE FASTENERES SHALL BE SPACED AT THE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "HIB -91", PUBLISHED BY 5. REINFORCING FIBERS ONLY TO BE USED IN CONCRETE b) SLUMP TEST - ASTM C143, SAME SPACING AS THE SCHEDULED FASTENERS. THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE. CUNTRAC.-FOR SHALL VERIFY EMBEDDED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT SLAB -ON -GRADES, AND NOT IN TOPPING SLABS. c) MASONRY PRISM TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS 15. ALL WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE FASTENED TO THEIR NOT LIMITED TO ANCHOR BOLTS, BOLT CLUSTERS, WELD PLATES, ETC.; BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. NOTIFY ENGINEER E447, METHOD B, MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: SCHEDULED FASTENER ALTERNATE FASTENER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH REBAR. 1) PRISMS SHALL BE STACK BOND, ONE -UNIT LONG 8d COMMON NAIL 8d RING SHANK NAIL OF WITH APPROVED HURRICANE CLIPS OR STRAPS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED CONCRETE MASONRY AND THICK WITH A FULL MORTAR BED. 8d SCREW SHANK NAIL 2) LIMIT HEIGHT/THICKNESS RATIO FROM 1.33 - 5.00. 0.131 P -NAIL 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER AND INSTALL HURRICANE CLIPS FINISHES, 3} PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE JOINT. 8d GUN DRIVEN 2-3/8X0,113 (SEE OR STRAPS FOR THE UPLIFT AND LATERAL FORCES SHOWN ' ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED IMMEDIATELY AFTER 1. H': LLOW LOAD BEARING UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM ONE SET OF 3 PRISMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILS FOR SPACE ON THE SUBMITTED WOOD TRUSS DESIGN CALCULATIONS. `.J FINISHING OPERATION SIN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE C90, NORMAL WEIGHT, TYPE II, MINIMUM NET COMPRESSIVE DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH 5000 SQ. FT, OF WALL. REQUIREMENTS) UNIT STRENGTH = 2000 PSI. (NET AREA COMPRESSIVE S AIL 17, ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE SHALL BE GALVANIZED AND Cf) 0 FOLLOWING METHODS: 10d COMMON NAIL MASONRY STRENGThi FM 1500 PSI. 25. PROVIDE 8" DEEP PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE 10d RING HANK N a APPLY A 30 % SOLIDS LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING, 10d SCREW SHANK NAIL SUPPLIED BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE. CHEMICAL CURING COMPOUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE M OR S AND SHALL CONFORM TO LINTELS OVER ALL MASONRY OPENINGS NOT SHOWN TO 270 (PROPORTION OR PROPERTY SPECIFICATION). HAVE A STRUCTURAL BEAM, MINIMUM END BL=ARING = 8". 0.148 P -NAIL ASTM C ASTM C-309. 18. ALL CONNECTION HARDWARE IS TO BE FULLY FASTENED PER � � � b) PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MOISTURE TO CONCRETE IN LINTEL WIDTH TO MATCH MASONRY WIDTH. 6d COOLER NAIL / L� Lu 6 X 1-1 4 TYPE S OR 2 MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. f - ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301. COARSE GROUT SFIALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476: DRYWALL SCREW CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER J' L, N c 28 DAYS LI U PLYWOOD ON WOOD TRUSSES S 0ALLOWED. GENERA a) 2,00 PSI AT AY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF ALL FORMWORK, SHORING b 1/4" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE CARPENTRY 19, PILING F PLYWI NOT AND RESHORING. DESIGN SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A "SLUMP PRE-ENGINEERED WD TRUSSES c, 8 - 1l '7 20. INSTALLATION OF BROKEN, DAMAGED, WARPED, OR LICENSED FLORIDA ENGINEER. 1. DIMENSIONED LUMBER SHALL BE DRESSED 54S, AND SHALL AND FLOOR JOISTS IMPROERLY REPAIRED WOOD TRUSSES I5 NOT ALLOWED, A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY OR MATERIAL SUPPLIER 4. CODES AND STANDARDS: "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR BEAR THE GRADE STAMP OF THE MANUFACTURER'S SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE TESTS ON SITE, ACI 530/ASCE 5 RY STRUCTURES" ASSOCIATION. 21. IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED FIELD ALTERATION OF WOOD. w f� 0 MASON C39+ - 1 SET ACI 530.1 ASCE 6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY 2. ALL LUMBER SHALL BE SOUND, SEASONED, AND FREE FROM 1. THIS SECTION DEFINES PRE-ENGINEERED, PREFABRICATED, TRUSSES IS NOT ALLOWED. a) CYLINDER STRENGTH TESTS - ASTM / / METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD ROOF TRUSSES AS "WOOD 22. ALL CONNECTIONS AND BRACING MUST BE INSTALLED Lam. OF FOUR CYLINDERS FOR EACH 50 CUBIC YARDS OR STRUCTURES" WARP' TRUSSES". BEFORE SHEATHING THE ROOF. � U � FRACTION THEREOF. TEST ONE CYLINDER AT,7 DAYS AND TWO AT 28 DAYS. HOLD THE FINAL CYLINDER IN 5, A REINFORCED MASONRY BOND BEAM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN 3. ALL LUMBER SHALL BE SOUTHERN PINE O, 2 GRADE OR 23, GABLE ENDWALL TRUSSES MUST TRANSFER LATERAL LOADS BETTER, WITH 19 % MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT U.O.N. 2. WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND FABRICATED IN ALL MASONRY WALLS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AT EACH TO THE SHEAR WALLS AND/OR THE ROOF DIAPHRAGM. RESERVE. b SLUMP TEST = ASTM C143 FLOOR. USE GALVANIZED MESH -TYPE CELL CAPS. PROVIDE 4, ALL LUMBER IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR CONCRETE ACCORDANCE WITH THE "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION CORNER BARS AT ALL BEAM CORNERS TO MATCH FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION", 1986 EDITION, PUBLISHED BY 24, WOOD TRUSSES THAT DO NOT MEET INTERIOR LOAD BEARING 0 O N C SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL, BE SENT DIRECTLY HORIZONTAL BARS. THE NATIONAL FOREST PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION. "DESIGN WALLS MUST BE SHIMMED, DO NOT PULL WOOD 'TRUSSES . Lr) 5. PRESSURE: TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE IMPREGNATED WITH A SPECIFICATION FOR METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TO OWNER, ARCFIITEC T, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND GENERAL 6• UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, BOND BEAMS SHALL BE A DOWN TO INTERIOR BEARINGS. CONTRACTOR. CCA SALT TTREATMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.S. TT -W-571 TRUSSES, TPA -86", PUBLISHED BY THE TRUSS PLATE DOUBLE COURSE OF MASONRY KNOCK -OUT BLOCK WITH (2) AND BEAR THE AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS INSTITUTE INSTITUTE, AND THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES LISTED IN 25. WOOD TRUSS DESIGN ENGINEER MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A p RESTRICT THE ADDITION OF MIX WATER AT THE JOB SITE. DO J#5 BARS IN EACH COURSE. QUALITY MARK LP -2. COPY OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE MISCELLANEOUS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. (3-• NOT ADD WATER WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND DO NOT EXCEED SLUMP LIMITATIONS OR 7: VERTICAL BARS SHALL BE FIELD IN POSITION AT THE TOP 6, PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE DFPA CD WITH EXETERIOR 26. SUBMITTALS: ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE AMB05SEp CO SEAL OF,A LICENSED, FLORIDA ENGINEER AND .SHALL BE SHEET NUMBER THE TOTAL ALLOWABLE WATER TO CEMENT' RATIO. USE COLD AND BOTTOM OF BAR AND AT 8'-0" O.C, MAXIMUM WITH A GLUE. ALL ROOF SHEATHING TO 13E INSTALLED WITH 3. THE WOOD TRUSS MANUFACTURER MUST PARTICIPATE IN SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW 13Y THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER WATER FROM THE TRUCK TANK AND REMIX TO ACHIEVE MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 1/2 FROM MASONRY. THE CLEAR PLYCLIPS, CODE APPROVED THIRD PARTY QUALITY ASSURANCE DISTANCE BETWEEN BARS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN ONE CONSISTENCY. THE REPORTS SHALL INDICA"TE HOW MUCH PROGRAM SUCH AS THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE'S "QUALITY PRIOR TO WOOD TRUSS FABRICATION. WATER WAS ADDED AT THE JOB SITE, ALL 'TESTS SHALL BE BAR DIAMETER, NOR LESS THAN 1". CENTER BARS IN WALLS 7• INSTALL BRIDGING IN ALL FLOOR OR ROOFJOISTS AT 8'-0" O.C, MAXIMUM. INSTALL BLOCKING IN ALL WALL STUDS @ CONTROL INSPECTION PROGRAM". a) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS DESIGN CALCULATIONS DONE AFTER "THE ADDITION OF WATER TO THE MIX. U.O.N. MID -HEIGHT. FOR EACH TYPE OF TRUSS.. S-0OF 4. WOOD TRUSS MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE b) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS ERECTION PLAN, 8. ALL NAILING AND BOLTING SHALL COMPY WITH AMERICAN DESIGNED FOR ALL LOADS SHOWN ONTHE CONTRACT INCLUDING CONNECTION DETAILS AND PERMANENT INSTITUTE OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. DOCUMENTS INCLUDING: LIVE, DEAD, WIND, AND Q CONCENTRATED, IN ADDITION TO THE FOLLOWING LOADS: 1 BRIDGING REQUIREMENTS, SEE MISCELLANEOUS SECTION FOR FOOR AND ROOF LIVE c) SUBMIT SEALED WOOD TRUSS'TEMPORARY ERECTION PLOT DATE: AND DEAD LOADS: BRACING PLAN. March 28, 2008 w STRUCTURAL NOTES, '4CIG4 '"'" ��� °+1 ��....YY''! (STS-' 1t-!Y-/�^I^�� lV53 �L'bl'i 'SSaPi.t]nl� fi'� aYf��,}{Ilr fl; ...i'=1y�'A�'LT�..�'.C.S��{�S:S1:U:. Tr.'Ill"^^'^"mk'GT.S�^"^'"�""'.5.�'f�i,�'3. l'RL'f.0.'UdlYYN++3✓'^Sd�'�,n-m•-=+.�-'�'.'.'S�t. r:.�'yr�R]�.'. £6���tvF.�..." unci»Ta2:...'v8-`4:.�'�'�� Y '•s, }}l II' 2 0 I U I LID 6'-8" 50'-8" 58'-8" X-4-1 '/ 1 Ir 1 11 1 „ , 11 1 11 I 11 1 II 1 11 11 2 -(J 161-0" 21-`+1f 16'-0" 21_pll -�} 41-811 3 -4 4 -8 5 -4 4 -8 5 -4 4 -$ 6 -$ 4 -8 41� 6141 12'-0" " V `'::: - — p PORCH u, SLOPE! SLOPE SLAB@OVERHEAD DOOR 1 SLOPE SLAB OVERHEAD DOOR ---------------------------------------- ' go, t...�w --- ---. �y' I 1 T 24'-411 24'_11" Q ; 28'-6" \ 81-5"If / \ �., -Z V.iJ _ ro5-2 --,\. W/C <S __ , II I�!t n I 00 w Q--- TT ------------------------ r''� ' r------------------------------ J CQ 1' ----------------------------- ------------------------ S-2 ----------------------.... _ __________ _ _ _____ __-_____.-_. TYP. @FILE i ' ' � - ; ; �; �a •r'�" 1 ------ ------- - -------------------------- ROOMrf� LCDRINKING - N--ZIN i ht -i `\ \ `\. 1 1 1 r.___:_.__... .-------- «..___J I I 1 _ I 1 F_,__a. ,0✓ ♦` \\``\ ^___-_-__..._... J 1 1 ...-------- ------ I I ` ..., _ __ =--- ---_ ___._.._----�j^� _-r 1 `♦ ` -- -i®` ^® - J®h- - ---------- -------------- , ♦` __________ ___--___._--_ __--____-__------------------------ FA� I I I a"e'� "__ - y 1 I I , '¢ --------------------- -----------..-----------..___--------^«_, ��, ; I Paaws 1 5 -0 5 -0 °° I INDICATES FILLED CELL W/3000 PSI CONC. FROM FOOTER TO BEAM ' 1 W/ 1#5 REBAR TYPICAL ABOVE SLAB. FTG. DOWELS 30" EMBEDIMENT W/ C0 'CD I % 30" EXT. ABOVE SLAB , 1 O 1 - 3p_211 81_6tt t 4 ' 5-2 I 2 :r i - _ 0 BIB •.1,.,..: , 0 - . 24"x24"x12" ' _ Y I I 1 I . . \ i , . I ' I I ,„p-"-nru '/jam"y (� yl,``� /' ,E; 1 S 2 k �I PED.; I 1 I� ax+il ; ' ' � '� �� F ¢u wa -----------=---------------�------------------------_-------------------- ---, #5 EA WAY � 1 N 1 1L.;11. 1 - --4 -------------- -------------------------------------------- -------------- ------' ---J a - a, ". I � 2x6 WAr:�L' Q -" ---___ "-'----_."___ ___-----------------------..._ _.._..-----------J I 1__ ^- - - - - - - `W�L Q 1 ;. ,✓ �_ ,,-^'.--'-- -.,-. _ -i ,.�,. ,7 _ -- - - -_ - `�' ------ -- - --^ - - I®'-Y':-.�'. « _ op �r( �� Q((J{ypl 4G� 'a 9p,`(�fdry4t""�� T _ - 6l, _a 01' I /� r\' ) Qn a� ;� p^` .^+ 5 �Fli s it� j,F! 571-0" i _ 1- 11 ' .. , 58 4 1 � PROVIDE A/GGHASE 1 FORMECH ,ON 2ND FLR. 1 A / #5 HAIRPIN W/ 10' LEGS EACH ; o0 71-0" 24'-4" \ / ?9':.1-:" ` \ ; ; ! \ /� �\ (TYP. ALL PLACES SHOWN) N ; _ HOSE \ _ _ / + q \ / `� Amx� \ / \ / BIBS —z 1 \ SZ. s z S-2 ,— IL Al # xej ' 1 1 I ----------------- --- -------------------' , , I Q O F-^----- ----------------- ------ F---- -------- ------ -------I ' \-------------- ----^- f� c!, QQ SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR ' 1 SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR ' \; SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR -- \ 51-011 5` 41 4'81 4'41 6-0" 41-811 4 1_pp 41.011 4'-811 6'-8 1 1 41-811 21-411 6'-811 121^OII 2'-8" 164" 2'-8" 16'-0" 7r 7r 811 56'-8" 581-811 116-0" FO U N ATI N PLAIN SCALE: 1/4" _ V-0" AD ri fh 161-61' 4 -0 6 4 101-01114 '� -2 I I 13'-8" ¢ 'IAC. 'ii: U- CD r`1 D m C: ' U x CENTERLINE OF CMU WALL q CENTERLINE OF CMU WALL1,-9„ V./ cn W Lf)ALL: f 1 _ I Ol, l� ��iyilr ilk I�hvl 1 I T' �lyl,l 00 �y Ia�17th;�{k}j�:iRf' In v UJ a , �D/W DBL SINK ,F Q� �-1 Q ui z a, O ZD N w Lo In I INDICATES FILLED CELL W/3000 PSI CONC. FROM FOOTER TO BEAM ' 1 W/ 1#5 REBAR TYPICAL ABOVE SLAB. FTG. DOWELS 30" EMBEDIMENT W/ C0 'CD I % 30" EXT. ABOVE SLAB , 1 O 1 - 3p_211 81_6tt t 4 ' 5-2 I 2 :r i - _ 0 BIB •.1,.,..: , 0 - . 24"x24"x12" ' _ Y I I 1 I . . \ i , . I ' I I ,„p-"-nru '/jam"y (� yl,``� /' ,E; 1 S 2 k �I PED.; I 1 I� ax+il ; ' ' � '� �� F ¢u wa -----------=---------------�------------------------_-------------------- ---, #5 EA WAY � 1 N 1 1L.;11. 1 - --4 -------------- -------------------------------------------- -------------- ------' ---J a - a, ". I � 2x6 WAr:�L' Q -" ---___ "-'----_."___ ___-----------------------..._ _.._..-----------J I 1__ ^- - - - - - - `W�L Q 1 ;. ,✓ �_ ,,-^'.--'-- -.,-. _ -i ,.�,. ,7 _ -- - - -_ - `�' ------ -- - --^ - - I®'-Y':-.�'. « _ op �r( �� Q((J{ypl 4G� 'a 9p,`(�fdry4t""�� T _ - 6l, _a 01' I /� r\' ) Qn a� ;� p^` .^+ 5 �Fli s it� j,F! 571-0" i _ 1- 11 ' .. , 58 4 1 � PROVIDE A/GGHASE 1 FORMECH ,ON 2ND FLR. 1 A / #5 HAIRPIN W/ 10' LEGS EACH ; o0 71-0" 24'-4" \ / ?9':.1-:" ` \ ; ; ! \ /� �\ (TYP. ALL PLACES SHOWN) N ; _ HOSE \ _ _ / + q \ / `� Amx� \ / \ / BIBS —z 1 \ SZ. s z S-2 ,— IL Al # xej ' 1 1 I ----------------- --- -------------------' , , I Q O F-^----- ----------------- ------ F---- -------- ------ -------I ' \-------------- ----^- f� c!, QQ SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR ' 1 SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR ' \; SLOPE SLAB @ OVERHEAD DOOR -- \ 51-011 5` 41 4'81 4'41 6-0" 41-811 4 1_pp 41.011 4'-811 6'-8 1 1 41-811 21-411 6'-811 121^OII 2'-8" 164" 2'-8" 16'-0" 7r 7r 811 56'-8" 581-811 116-0" FO U N ATI N PLAIN SCALE: 1/4" _ V-0" AD FOUNDATION ri fh Lo 00�CY7� N Q N '� /i; :-.1..� 'IAC. 'ii: U- CD r`1 D m C: Q U x fll1�� V./ cn W Lf)ALL: f FOUNDATION fh '� 'IAC. 'ii: Ifs II 11,j k l'IG \✓ Ln m �f{ 141 r-+ U w fll1�� V./ cn W f �l I I Ol, l� ��iyilr ilk I�hvl 1 I T' �lyl,l uj �y Ia�17th;�{k}j�:iRf' EQ Q� �-1 Q ui z a, O dtai N w Lo In LJ 0 Q LL_ r u REVISIONS 0 < �-q L 0 (1) LLJ < .z Ly- 2: LL - ® L u3: c wC Lu 0 ® L1 H CJ SV) uj 000 � Lu a a SHEET NUMBER S—iOF PLOT DATE: March 28, 2008 FOUNDATION 1 CD CD Lr) -4 N OC7 m co i 0�0 N LAM - 'NrS � [,N�70 r�i- o-: o u X FIN. FLOOR FIN. FLOOR (u U-... - .. .. FIN. FLOOR FIN. FLOOR r-I T-1 � - GRADE 104"i GRADE _ \ J' ' J II 3 t5 CONT:�'SPACED II . �:= ,,, �', gal _ O 2 #S CONT. N ' N /'' 2U 1 O j j Jlta a 11 77 `11%f { I 7 16" (2) #5 CONT. 24" (3) #5 CONT. a d- r� r,rll lei, t _; Ln IN;r--• CJ I:I U ui�PII+ •'4 . lay � 1 ({ �,� L —! DINT RIO MONO AIN z IIVTERUOR M01"O EA Iii �W"N" EII N1oNo 4 E�TE�.IoE,I II 1 II " 1'41 I. • SCALE: /4 - 1-0 CMU WALL ABOVE �o"z SCALE:.3/4 M 1-0 j S Z:. I _ 1 1� FRAME WALL ABOVE SCALA: 3/4 — 1 0 ` SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" r "i ;; iel l. 0 PRE-ENGINEERED PRE-ENGINEERED PRE-ENGINEERED PRE-ENGINEERED • ENDWALL COLUMNS ENDWALL COLUMNS ENDWALL COLUMNS ENDWALL COLUMNS ANCHOR BOLTS ANCHOR BOLTS ., 0 ANCHOR BOLTS ANCHOR BOLTS II 17"EMBEDMENT 17" EMBEDMENT 17 EMBEDMENT ...Lazt- .. ,s 17" EMBEDMENT 'r. ��: \.J, \J. ., J` r '`J r'^ \J' ,t• ,,-`J' -\,t ,T v. r ,:'.z:;y. r . '' . LLIT A r \ •. I rr J' • . . r,' u.� P uj r..Lo `J \J ,t, \,'t `, r• 'J \J' - ,J, `J df '@R'� ♦n," ''1" ,,T '•," r . N • T• r' _ �r • 4 W y. - 'dos. an - ♦; - • Y, 4 . �.I ' T: : T: ` • ': '. x;17 ,r'' _ ,. _ .®. ® u _ 5 5. 5 5 # EA WAY # EA: WA O O ,� Y ;. a Y SII 51 , . ., tw ) #5 EA 4 �# F x.48"::S 48 x 48 SQ. II 11 r {, A 3611. II "— th (� (3 WAY REVISIONS J .m 4. A: r7, ".wy.uu•.rn ..Vvirf.(..re.r.,.t.nl +M :S.0r a. �,,.d .2 X �`G_'. ! \EVI - ..... .... r SIONS A4` I, 11 11 I1 11 ;Wrd� ��,����,, 11 11 514 T`YP. 5 X54 COLUMN PAD 6 TYP. 4 x4 oL.UMN PAD �� TYP� 3� X36 oL NiN y"'$�zt ly1111I � w � t� TYP 24 x24COLUM PAD SCALE: 3 4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3 4" = V-0" 4,4, ; I ' PAD x as .a r r�� � ti , a I� zl C srf;, / S,2 / yap �� '+ '' SCALE: 3/4' = 11-011 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0'I tA w0 ZD 0 T L 511 CONC. SLAB .,. .. - r , RADE Lu FIN. FLOOR = — :. r-1 `' : , �'. , ,: •. ; • T ,i , ,: LII 1 ' 1 PII�F 9 r 12" (1) #5 CONT. � `Oer/ uI u� U) V) 0 rq (4) #5 EACH WAY 36"..S . (W�.SINGLE.COLUMN � Ln 36" x 72 (W/ DOUBLE COLUMN) G P---- - ------„ -------p 0 a SHEET NUMBER 9 TYP. THICKENEDEDGE �oCOLUNIN PAD PORCH SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" OF z PLOT DATE: March 28, 2008 Fou N DATION DETAILS ��B. ER AL N0.1 B IN GGEN�� A, COORDINATE EXACT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL, � �EDITI❑N j- HOSE BID V I ANP COMPLY WITH FLORIDA BUILDING C❑DE PLUMBING 200 HOT WATER H,W, ALL L❑CAL ORDINANCES AND HEALTH CODES 1, COORDINATE. ALL PIPING ROUTING: WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO C. ALL SANITARY, VENT AND GREASE LINES T ❑ BE PVC DWV PIPE 17, INSTALLATION, ROUTE ALL PIPING TO AVOID DUCTWORK,, ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS SANITARY/DRAINAGE AND BUILDING STRUCTURE, IF' PENETRATIONS THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE D PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER OR PRIMER WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT TO ALL I1 CT? REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS, NOTIFY -ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL FLOOR DRAINS, INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WI l H MFRS WRITTEN ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO INSURE THAT STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY IS WATER HEATER 18, MAINTAINED, INSTRUCTIONS, CLEAN OUT E, ALL DOMESTIC WATER TO BE CPVC C >-S PIPE & FITTINGS 2, R❑UTE ALL PIPING CONCEALED ABGVE CEILINGS, WITHIN: WALLS, OR IN CHASES SHALL. BE F. FIXTURES T❑ BE CONSTRUCTED ❑F APPROVED MATERIALS. CONNECTIONS, ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED, INS—FALL VACUUM BREAKERS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED, OR IN MECHANICAL. ROOMS, PIPING NOT FLOOR DRAIN RUN THROUGH ELECTRICAL ROOMS OR CL❑SETS. V—FI P, 3, SLEEVE AND FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, PROVIDE 'MINIMUM AIR GAP' AS DEFINED IN ANSI A11212 FOR ALL WATER LAV ETC., IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE UL. STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES TO . _ DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OUTLETS, WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE. TO PROVIDE AIR MAINTAIN. RATINGS, SEE SPECIFICATI❑'NS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOP RATED WATER CLOSET WALLS, FLO11RS AND CEILINGS, 4, PIPE ROUTING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC AND IS INTENDED T11 INDICATE GENERAL PRE.VENTER COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ❑F THE P-004- STANDARD PLUMBING S H '6,11[ ROUTING, PLUMBING CONTRAC.TDR. SHALL PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL, OFFSETS AND CODE, FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AID TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCES AS 20 ENCOUNTERED IN THE FIELD. 5, ALL PLUMBING INSTAL'LATIO'N AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN. STRICT . ACCORDANCE c� WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS . PROJECT, 6. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS TO ALL VALVES WITHIN CHASES OR ABOVE `" REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING N❑N=ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS,1 TYPES, � I 7. SANITARY PIPING SHALL_ SLOPE NO LESS THAN Y8"" FALL PER FOOT, `--. DF ¢ SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS, 3° ' `'- F MOUNTING HEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS AND HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS, 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH TRIM LAV� < AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANCES REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO. ROUGH—IN .PIPING AT WC FLOORS AND WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, 3 qq 1 10, ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MOST RECENTLY ' REVISED VERSION OF ALL APPLICABLE. LAWS., RULES, REGULATIONS AND I O ORDINANCES OF FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, WHETHER INDICATED ON T' 4: DBL sl THE DRAWINGS LIR NOT, 11, ADHERE TO THE DRAWINGS WHEN REQUIREMENTS ARE STRICTER THE CODE !F - u) _u) Boz REQUIREMENTS AND ARE PERMITTED UNDER THE C❑DE, 12, REPORT ANY ALTERATION TO AND/C1R DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED BY THE ABOVE AUTHORITIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE. HIS APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING ALTERATIONS, 13, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT IN ALL CASES OF DOUBT AS TO THE WORK INTENDED,. OR IF SANITARY ADDITIONAL EXPLANATION IS NEEDED, NTS, 14 CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, _ 4" ALL WORK AND SCHEDULING DURING CONS-FRUCTION SHALL BE CO°DRDINATED WITH THE BUILDING OWNER, G,.C, AND/❑R ENGINEER, 15, VERIFY INVERT ELEVATIONS AND EXACT LOCA-fIUNS OF SANITARY AND. STORM CONNECTIONS TO W[JICH NEW SANITARY AND STORM LINES ARE TO BE CONNECTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 16, -�'FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVESLEGEND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VIS'IT THE JOB SITE AND SHALL WITH EXISTING C❑NDITI❑NS PRIOR. TO BIDDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY C.W. ALL J❑B STTE CONDITI❑NS AS IT RELATES TO CONSTRUABILITY AND CODE COLD WATER. VACUUM RELIEF BALL_ VALVE - TYP, HEAT TRAP TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CT&P) -3/4" CPVC CTS PIPE T&P DRAIN -RUN DOWN INTO PABA, DO NOT TRAP -°° 208 VOLT I PHASE 40 GAL. STATE WATER, HEATER I° PAN DRAIN LINE -- RUN DOWN WALL AND TERMINATE AT FLOOR DRAIN WATER HEATER DETAII N, -r,3, NOTEi DRAIN AND ' T&P DRAIN PIPING TO DE CPVC CTS PIPE &. FITTINGS 7 LAV FROM FREEZING TEMPERATURES, s COMPLIANCE WITHIN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADE AND SHALL BRING ALL j- HOSE BID DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTI[1N OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO HOT WATER H,W, BID, RECIRCULATING HOT WATER LINE 17, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL CONNECTIONS SANITARY/DRAINAGE OF DISSIMILAR METALS, I1 CT? H I WATER HEATER 18, ROUGH—IN ALL WASTES. AND SUPPLIES TO SPECIAL EQUIPMENT IN STRICT, 4;� CLEAN OUT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS, ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED, INS—FALL VACUUM BREAKERS FD FLOOR DRAIN WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, V—FI P, VENT PROVIDE 'MINIMUM AIR GAP' AS DEFINED IN ANSI A11212 FOR ALL WATER LAV SINK . _ DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OUTLETS, WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE. TO PROVIDE AIR WATER CLOSET GAP', ­rHE OUTLET SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN ACCESSIBLE BACKFLOW'�i� PRE.VENTER COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ❑F THE P-004- STANDARD PLUMBING S H '6,11[ SHOWER CODE, 20 ANY PIPE IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL BE FULLY. INSULATED AND PROTECTED FROM FREEZING TEMPERATURES, s Z_ O rf) 0 T U U) co 1 . _ Q r -- Or- -J0 U J d 0 c� LrJ ¢ - w F q < I LL O � I< ��� !F - u) _u) Boz Z_ O rf) Xry 1 1 -11 I 11 1 111 Q _________________________________________________________________________ _______.._ _-_-.__ _ .____—___. ---------------rl _____________________ _ __,•�.J .______—__—_____...._-.._____________..__-_-__________-______________—_ ___--__-_1, U W C ' • . ------.._.----------------------------------------------- _______.__—_ .Q LL- ________________________________________________________..___________.._______ __.________.LAV ru __— ------------------— F{ kyr• ` i ; �1 %�(�'CESSI I-1 LE R T.ROOM �LI_1N 31611 �O - ��` ' c� SCALE: 1/4" = 11-011 Ln THIS AREA TU BE USED FORVOICE/DATA/SECURITY W LU nzi I� w MECH. ROOM • DN A/H A/H A/hl • I uJ W.fl. c u,r 1 _ ^411 • � � � � � � 6' (lll C�1 � , �_ i I •. �{ o.( G,.�..XCY,f,.�:,.:,..c. 1. STAIR NOTE: 17 RISERS @ 7-5/811 16 TREADS @ I.0" ii \ TOTAL RISE: 10'-1011 i j1 . . I- ------ -- ---- ----------------------------- ------- -- - - - ------ 01 ------------------------------------------------------ _-- ------ -- ---- ------------- - - 1 ----- r ,:' I ------------- -------------------------------------------->------------------- -- - - PAPER TOWEL \ DISPENSER 54" MIN. SECOND FLOOR PLAN 36" MIN. SCALE: 1/8" ; V-0" L 12" fill W �.- �2" MIN: U MAX LLI T. P. o HOLDER F REVISIONS Ol ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2° = 1'01----------------------------------------------- - - - - =; -=__-------_-_--------------------»-_________---__________=___ _ ----------- --- ---- -- ----------------- -------------- ------ ------------------------ i1 --I -----------------------------------------=--------------- ----- ------ THIS Ii I AREA T,U 1 � 13E USED FORI 0 I i VOICE/DATA/SECURITY 1 I i 11 I, I SECURITY (D ZYPLUMBING FIXTURES CONNECTION SCHEDULE iADD POWER CIRCUIT ITEM DESCRIPTIONMODEL TRIM TRAP COLD. HOT FORBdERIORLIGHTIr`G, j OF SIGN I L, 0 i LU LU Wolf. WAREHOUSE i LIG - IMNG U 0 1 - _. 1 l iLU `r'' t_ II ii 0 C) LLI VJ 0 0 til Q II '; -------------------------------------------- - - -- I' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -=-- _ ___,___ i 1 i u.l - ------------------- II 1 SHEEP NUMBER INV 17* SECOND FLOC ELECTRICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/8" I.'-0" OF PLOT DATE: February 25, 2008 SECOND FLOOR. Ln �cVCDN 00 cV Xry 1 1 -11 I 11 1 111 Q _________________________________________________________________________ _______.._ _-_-.__ _ .____—___. ---------------rl _____________________ _ __,•�.J .______—__—_____...._-.._____________..__-_-__________-______________—_ ___--__-_1, U W C ' • . ------.._.----------------------------------------------- _______.__—_ .Q LL- ________________________________________________________..___________.._______ __.________.LAV ru __— ------------------— F{ kyr• ` i ; �1 %�(�'CESSI I-1 LE R T.ROOM �LI_1N 31611 �O - ��` ' c� SCALE: 1/4" = 11-011 Ln THIS AREA TU BE USED FORVOICE/DATA/SECURITY W LU nzi I� w MECH. ROOM • DN A/H A/H A/hl • I uJ W.fl. c u,r 1 _ ^411 • � � � � � � 6' (lll C�1 � , �_ i I •. �{ o.( G,.�..XCY,f,.�:,.:,..c. 1. STAIR NOTE: 17 RISERS @ 7-5/811 16 TREADS @ I.0" ii \ TOTAL RISE: 10'-1011 i j1 . . I- ------ -- ---- ----------------------------- ------- -- - - - ------ 01 ------------------------------------------------------ _-- ------ -- ---- ------------- - - 1 ----- r ,:' I ------------- -------------------------------------------->------------------- -- - - PAPER TOWEL \ DISPENSER 54" MIN. SECOND FLOOR PLAN 36" MIN. SCALE: 1/8" ; V-0" L 12" fill W �.- �2" MIN: U MAX LLI T. P. o HOLDER F REVISIONS Ol ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2° = 1'01----------------------------------------------- - - - - =; -=__-------_-_--------------------»-_________---__________=___ _ ----------- --- ---- -- ----------------- -------------- ------ ------------------------ i1 --I -----------------------------------------=--------------- ----- ------ THIS Ii I AREA T,U 1 � 13E USED FORI 0 I i VOICE/DATA/SECURITY 1 I i 11 I, I SECURITY (D ZYPLUMBING FIXTURES CONNECTION SCHEDULE iADD POWER CIRCUIT ITEM DESCRIPTIONMODEL TRIM TRAP COLD. HOT FORBdERIORLIGHTIr`G, j OF SIGN I L, 0 i LU LU Wolf. WAREHOUSE i LIG - IMNG U 0 1 - _. 1 l iLU `r'' t_ II ii 0 C) LLI VJ 0 0 til Q II '; -------------------------------------------- - - -- I' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -=-- _ ___,___ i 1 i u.l - ------------------- II 1 SHEEP NUMBER INV 17* SECOND FLOC ELECTRICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/8" I.'-0" OF PLOT DATE: February 25, 2008 SECOND FLOOR. i SAFE LOAD TABLES FOR GRAVITY, UPLIFT & LATERAL LOADS 8" PRECAST & PRESTRESSED U -LINTELS 00 00 U_ N TOP OF BLOCK b m @ 9'-4" A.F.F. U_ 00 ti Y 06 U- �0, rT. LL 00 U_ O 8F8 -1B 8F8-16 8FEI-113 O UO0 O O 8F16-1B/1T 8RF14-1B/IT sFa 16 #5 REBAR AT TOP MIN. (1) REQ'D 8" PRECAST & PRESTRESSED U -LINTELS 1-1/2" CLEAR A u G3QuC� 8RU6 8RF6-00 GRAVITY OKF14-013 BRF1B-OB ORF22-0B ORFZC-06 LATERAL LENGTH TYPE ------_ - TYPE - BU8 8F8-013 OFIZ-013 8F16 -O5 BF20-0B 8FZ4-0B 0F28 -OB BF3Z-081 0F8-10 BF124B 8F16-10 8F20 -1B OF24-I13 8F28-18 BNZ-30 2'-10" (34") PRECAST 2302 3166 4473 6039 7526 9004 10472 11936 3166 4473. 6039 7526 9004 10472 11936 T -G" (42") PRECAST - 2302 3138 3377 4689 6001 7315 8630 9947 3166 4473 6039 7526 9004 10472 11936 4'-0" (48") PRECAST 2029 2325 2496 3467 4438 5410 6384 7358 2646 4473 60J9 7526 9004 .10472 11936 4'-G" (54") PRECAST 1651 1787 1913 2657 - 3403 4149 4696 5644 2170 4027 6039 7526 9004 10972 9668 T-4" (64") PRECAST 1184 1223 1301 1809 2317 2826 3336 3846 1665 2889 5057 6096 5400 6424 7450 5-10" (70") PRECAST 972 . 1000 1059 1474 1889 2304 2721 3137 1459 2464. 4149 5458 4437 5.280 6122 6-6" (78") PRECAST 937 IzSs 2107 3263 2746 3358 3971 45tls 1255 2101 ,3396 5260 7134 8995 6890 -T-6" (90") PRECAST 767 1029 1675 2385 1994 2439 2886 3333 1029 1675 2610 3839 5596 6613 5047 9'4" (112") PRECAST 573 632 1049 1469 1210 1462 1754 2,027 768 1212 1018 2544 3469 4030 3127. (126") (126") PRECAST 456 402 802 1125 915 1122 1328 1535 658 1025 1514. noel 2774 3130 2404 11'11" (136") PRECAST 445 598 935 1365 1854 2355 1793 2075 598 935. 1365 1654 2441 3155 4044 (144") (144") PRECAST, 414 545 864 1254 1689 2074 1570 1818 555 864 -1254 1693 2211 2832 3590 13'-4" (160") PRECAST 362 427 726 1028 1331 1635 - 1224 1418 465 748 1076 1438 1855 2343 29ZO 14'4" (168") PRECAST 338 381 648 919 1190 1462 1087 1260 ,455 700 1003 1335 1714 2153 2666 (176") PRESTRESSED Z43 PRESTRESSED N.R. NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 465 765 1370 : Z045 2610 3185 3765 15'4" (184") PRESTRESSED N.R. - NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 920 695 1250 1855 2370 2890 3410 174" (208") PRESTRESSED N R NR NR NR NR NR NR NR. 310 530 950 1400 1800 .2200 2600 19'-4" (232") PRESTRESSED N.R. NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Z40 400 750 1090 1400 1720 2030 21'-4" (256") PRESTRESSED N.R. NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 183 330 610 940 1340 .1780 2110 22'-0" (264") PRESrRESSEDN R. NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 160 300 570 870 1250 1660 1970 24'-0" (288") PRESTRESSED N. R. NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 130 290: 470 740 1030 1350 1610 00 00 U_ N TOP OF BLOCK b m @ 9'-4" A.F.F. U_ 00 ti Y 06 U- �0, rT. LL 00 U_ O 8F8 -1B 8F8-16 8FEI-113 O UO0 O O 8F16-1B/1T 8RF14-1B/IT sFa 16 #5 REBAR AT TOP MIN. (1) REQ'D 8" PRECAST & PRESTRESSED U -LINTELS 1-1/2" CLEAR -KCUVI-C VAI -VC UT 4:)w YVK URAUC 9V rILLU KU31W 8" PRECAST W/ 2" RECESS DOOR U -LINTELS 'u �3 A u TYPE LENGTH 8RU6 8RF6-00 UPLIFT OKF14-013 BRF1B-OB ORF22-0B ORFZC-06 LATERAL '-'---''_ LENGTH TYPE ------_ 8F8 -1T 8FIZ-IT OF16-1T BF20-1T BF24-1T ORB -IT 8F3Z-1T BUS 8F8 8F8-ZT BF32-2T 8F10-ZT 8F20-ZT BF242T 8F28-ZT BF32-2T X-10" (34") PRECAST 2727 2878. - 4101 5332 6569 7811 9055 2021 2021 2747 2784 3981 5190 6407 7630 _ 8857 3' 6" (42") PRECAST 2165 2L89 3260 4237 5219 62M 7192 12 7 11457 2165 2215 3165 4125 5091 6061 7036 4'-0" (48") PRECAST 1878 1989 2832 3600 4532 5387 6245 938 938 - 1878 1925 2750 3583 4422 5264 6110 4'-6" (54") PRECAST 1660 1762 2507 3257 4010 4767 5525 727 - 727 1660 1705 2435 3171 3913 4658 5906 5'4" (64") PRECAST 1393* 1484 2110 2741 3375 4010 "M 505 505 1393 1437 Z050 2670 3293 3920 4549 5' -IO" (70") PRECAST 127z* 127z. 1357 1930 2505. 3089 3665 4247 3609 5492 418 1272 1315 1875 2441 3010 3583 4157 6-6" (78") PRECAST 1141* 1200 1733 ZZ50 2769 3290 3812 707 887 1141 1182 1684. 2192 2703 3216 3732 T 6" (90") PRECAST 959" 912 1475 1914 = 2354 2797 37.40 591 657 990 1029 1466 1901 2351 2797 .3245 9'4" (112") PRECAST 801" 612 960 1269 1560 1852 2144 454 630 801 .755 1192 1550 1910 2271 2634 10'-G" (126") PRECAST 716" 498 793 1027 1261 1496 1731 396. .493 716 611 1039 1389. 1711 2034 2358 11'-4" (136") PRECAST ' 435 696 099 1104 1309 1515 363 556 666 535 905 1295 1595 1896 2198 12'-0" - (144") PRECAST 607` 400. 631 616 1001 - 1186 1372 340 494 - 631 486 818 1209 1 1514 1799 2086 I3'-4" (160") PRECAST302 500* 340 532 686 841 997. 1153 398 573 409 682 1009 1367 1637 1697 14'-0" (168") ,PRECAST 458* 316 493 635 778 92Z 1065 286 360 548 378 629 922 1254 1567 1816 14'-8" (176") PRESTRESSED Z43 295 459 591 724 857 990 N.R. 357 243. 352 582 852 1156 1491 1742 15'-4" (184") PRESTRESSED 220 278 430 553 671 801 925 N.R. 327 228 329 54Z 791 1072 1381 1676 1T-4" (208") PRESTRESSED 188 236 361 464 567 670 774 N.R. 255 188 276 449 649 874. 1121 1389 19'-4" (232") PRESTRESSED 165 207 313 401 490 578 667 N.R. - 204 165 239 .383. 550 736 940 1160 21'-4" (256") PRESTRESSED 145 106 270 356 433 slz 590 N.R. 172 142 212 336 477 635 807 993 22'-0" (264") PRESTRESSED 140 160 260 343 418 493 568 N.R. 161 137 205 322 457 607 .771 7.17 24'-0" (288") PRESTRESSED 121 165 2+1 312 1300 447 515 N.R. 135 IZ9 186 2.90 4011 538 (iU W3 -KCUVI-C VAI -VC UT 4:)w YVK URAUC 9V rILLU KU31W 8" PRECAST W/ 2" RECESS DOOR U -LINTELS 'u �3 GRAVITY TYPE LENGTH 8RU6 8RF6-00 BRF10-08 OKF14-013 BRF1B-OB ORF22-0B ORFZC-06 8RFJ0-00 OKF6-18 UIT10-IU URF14-113 8RFIB-1B 8RF22-1B ORF26-10 ORF30-18 4'4" (52") PRECAST 1489 1591 3053 2982 3954 4929 5904 6880 1827 3412 4982 6472 7947 9416 10070 4'-G" (54") PRECAST 1357 1449 2782 2714 3600 4487 57/5 6264 1702 3412 498z 6472 7947 9416 10870 T-8" (G8") PRECAST 7f35 832 1602 1550 2058 2566 J075 3585 1153 - 2162. 40/4 6472 6516 1 5814 6839 T-10" (70") PRECAST 735. 779 1500 1449 1924 2400 2876 3352 1103 2051 3811. 6472 6516 5450 6411 6'-8" (80") PRECAST 8zz 907 1677 2933 2576 3221 J0/2 4522 907 161/ 2933 4100 6730 8177 6%U/ 7-6" (90") PRECAST 665 761 1377 2254 1958 2451 2944 3439 764 1377 2329 3609 5492 6624 5132 9' 8" (116") PRECAST 371 420 834 1253 1071 1342 1614 1886 535 928 1497 2179 2TO 3595 2875 8" PRECAST W/ 2" RECESS DOOR U -LINTELS *REDUCE VALUE BY 15% FOR GRADE 40 FIELD REBAR UPLIFT LATERAL '-TYPE ORF61T BRFIO-1T ORF14-lr ORFIBdr 8RFU-1T 8RRi-IT 6"-IT C.M.U. . ---- LENGTH - N oo�NN 8RU6 8RF6 io 8RF62T BRF10-2T 8RF14-[T 8RFI8-2F UKF22-zr 0KF26-Zr BKFJU-2T z 4'-4" (5z") PRECAST 1244 -Ts'n 2413 3260 4112 4967 582.5 932 932 IZM 1s 19 2339 3170 _ 4000 485u 5696 LU 4'-6" (54") PRECAST 1192 1507 2711 3121 3937 4756 5577 853 853 1192 1455 2240 3036 3837 4643 5453 a ZZ' 5'-8" (68") PRECAST 924" 1172 1795 2421 3055 3689 4325 501 501 9144 11314 1'/•11 2351 2978 3603 4230 S-3 OF 33 5'-10" (70") PRECAST 896* 1138 1742 2352 2965 5581 4198 469 469 U96 1099 1690 2200 2091 3997 4106 6'-8" (80") PRECAST Ru uuz 1513 2842 2573 3lu7 36,12 830 1100 770 956 1468 198/ 2509 3035 3563 TYPICAL SHEARWALL SEGMENT T-6" (90") PRECAST 688 697 1325 1810 2280 2753 3227 .710 941 688 8'19 13014. 1762. 2225 2690 3157 NOMINAL WIDTH QUANTITY OF #5 9'-8" (116") PRECAST 533* 433 808 1123 1413 1704 1995 516 614 533 527 1009 .1369 1728 - 2088 2450 *REDUCE VALUE BY 15% FOR GRADE 40 FIELD REBAR MATERIALS 1. fc precast lintels = 3500 psi. 2. fc prestressed lintels = 6000 psi 3. fc grout = 3000 psi w/ maximum 3/8" aggregate, 4. Concrete masonry units (CMU) per ASTM C90 w/ minimum net area compressive strength = 1900 psi. 5. Rebar rebar provided in precast ASTM A6151 tel per STM A615 GR60. TY f1. S H EAf] \ A / /1 1 i SECTION 6. Prestressing strand per ASTM A416 grade SCALE: N.T.S. RV V/-iLL J 1. 1 270 low relaxation. 7. 7/32 wire per ASTM A510. 7 8. Mortar per ASTM 0270 type M or S, SEE PLAN FOR TIE LINTEL SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 1/2" A307 "7" BOLT 5/8"x 7" WEDGE / MIN, 6" EMBEDDED ANCHOR IN FILL IN CONCRETE CELL mss- o r h"- L II .0 1 SEE PLAN FOR BEAM C SIZE i( a� FILLED CELL (TYP) \ USE SIMPSON MBHA TYP 8" CMU W/ 3000 PSI CONC &LINTEL W/ *USP NFMU W/ 5- 1/2" 1 #5 MIN. LAP 30" BOLTS WHEN SKEWED BEAMMALL CONNECTION SCALE: N.T.S. UPLIFT CAPACITY - MBHA 3475 lbs, BEAM SPECS 10" GENERAL_ HOOK NOTES SPLICES 30" STD, 90 HOOK MIN. LAP SEE PLAN FOR 1. Provide full mortar head and bed joints. TIE BEAM SPECS 2. Shore filled lintels as required. 3. Installation of lintel must comply with the architectural 4-., ,-. - ;_,,= :w:,= .r SIMPSON SP4 W/6 - 10d and/or structural drawings. ` = n 4. Lintels are manufactured with 5-1/2". long notches at theIli k1li, , , H SEE PLAN FOR TIE - ends to accommodate vertical cell reinforcing and grouting. - _ - -� o BEAM SPECS 5. All lintels meet or exceed L/360 vertical deflection; except lintels 1T-4 �'Ll and longer with a nominalSTD. 90 DEGREE ANGLE. height of 8" meet or exceed L/180, =. I ' -- ' ' �- , 1 #5 BAR MIN, LAP 30" 6. Bottom field added rebar to be located at the bottom of the lintel cavity. 7. 7/32" diameter wire stirrups are welded to the bottom steel for REBAR BOTH INDICATES FILLED CELL mechanical anchorage. LASIDES FOR OPENING FROM FTG. TO BEAM WITH 8. Cast -in-place concrete may be provided in composite ;- 1 #5 BAR MIN. LAP 30" STD, 90 DEGREE ANGLE lintel in lieu of concrete masonry units. 3000 P.S.I. CUNC, W/ 9. Safe load ratings based on rational design analysis per ACI 318 1 #5 BAR MIN. LAP 30" INTERIOR BEARING WALL and ACI 530 INTERIOR SHEARWALL �T EXTERIOR FRAME WALL IN , - DILATES FILLED CELL FROM FTG. TO BEAM WITH SAFE LOAD TABLE NOTES 15 BAR MIN. LAP 30" 0 - 8x8X16 CMU �, `❑1. All values based on minimum 4" bearing. Exception: Safe loads for unfilled 8x$x].6 CMU lintels must be reduced by 20% if bearing length is less than 6-1/2", 2" X 4" P.T. W/ Safe loads for all recessed lintels based on 8" nominal bearing. IF (3) 1/2" X 8" "1" BOLTS 2. N.R. =Not Rated. LTYP. DOWEL 30" ❑ 3. Safe loads are total superimposed allowable load on the section specified, MIN. LAP 4. Safe loads based on grade 40 or grade 60 field rebar. S. Additional lateral load capacity can be obtained by the designer by providing addional reinforced masonry above the precast lintel. Fa' • ` , ; ,', Illy 6. One #7 rebar may be substituted for two #5 rebars in 8" lintels only. 7. The designer may evaluate concentrated loads from the safe load tables by SEE FOUNDATIONPLAN calculating the maximum resisting moment and shear at d -away from SEE FOOTING DETAIL the face of support.TYP, MONO. FTG. FOR LOCATIONS 8. For composite lintel heights not shown, use safe load from nextFRAME (E./BRG„/SH EARS WALL 9. All saflower e loads in units of pounds per linear foot, BLOCK WALL REINFORCEMENT TO MASONRY CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. O h c) d . , C.M.U. . r -I N oo�NN io GROUT I� LO z U0. CD r1 0 V X #5 REBAR AT BOTTOM LL_ O OF LINTEL CAVITY LU 0U LL BOTTOM REINFORCING U - 7-5/8"ACTUALI PROVIDED IN LINTEL U_ W O U_ O a ZZ' (VARIES) Ln w �-1 8" NOMINAL WIDTH SHEET NUMBER S-3 OF 33 PLOT DATE: SEE PLAN FOR NON-SHEARWALL SEGMENT LINTEL TIE BEAM SPECS TYPE DESIGNATION TTI TTI__M[1F1_ F = FILLED WITH GROUT/ U = UNFILLED TYPICAL SHEARWALL SEGMENT QUANTITY OF #5 REBAR AT BOTTOM OF LINTEL CAVITY ALL SI' iEARWALL SEGMENTS C(_INSIST OF A FILLED CELL EACH END WITHOUT 8F16-1B/1T AN OPENING BETWEEN. NOMINAL WIDTH QUANTITY OF #5 FILLED l.F-LL: NOMINAL HEIGHT REBAR AT TOP CONC. SLAB REFER BILK. LK. CELLS W/ 3000 P.S.I. TO FOUNDATION GROUT ON #5 @ LOCATIONS PLAN FOR SPECS. SHOWN ON FOUNDATION PLAN 30" MIN. LAP. MATERIALS 1. fc precast lintels = 3500 psi. 2. fc prestressed lintels = 6000 psi 3. fc grout = 3000 psi w/ maximum 3/8" aggregate, 4. Concrete masonry units (CMU) per ASTM C90 w/ minimum net area compressive strength = 1900 psi. 5. Rebar rebar provided in precast ASTM A6151 tel per STM A615 GR60. TY f1. S H EAf] \ A / /1 1 i SECTION 6. Prestressing strand per ASTM A416 grade SCALE: N.T.S. RV V/-iLL J 1. 1 270 low relaxation. 7. 7/32 wire per ASTM A510. 7 8. Mortar per ASTM 0270 type M or S, SEE PLAN FOR TIE LINTEL SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" 1/2" A307 "7" BOLT 5/8"x 7" WEDGE / MIN, 6" EMBEDDED ANCHOR IN FILL IN CONCRETE CELL mss- o r h"- L II .0 1 SEE PLAN FOR BEAM C SIZE i( a� FILLED CELL (TYP) \ USE SIMPSON MBHA TYP 8" CMU W/ 3000 PSI CONC &LINTEL W/ *USP NFMU W/ 5- 1/2" 1 #5 MIN. LAP 30" BOLTS WHEN SKEWED BEAMMALL CONNECTION SCALE: N.T.S. UPLIFT CAPACITY - MBHA 3475 lbs, BEAM SPECS 10" GENERAL_ HOOK NOTES SPLICES 30" STD, 90 HOOK MIN. LAP SEE PLAN FOR 1. Provide full mortar head and bed joints. TIE BEAM SPECS 2. Shore filled lintels as required. 3. Installation of lintel must comply with the architectural 4-., ,-. - ;_,,= :w:,= .r SIMPSON SP4 W/6 - 10d and/or structural drawings. ` = n 4. Lintels are manufactured with 5-1/2". long notches at theIli k1li, , , H SEE PLAN FOR TIE - ends to accommodate vertical cell reinforcing and grouting. - _ - -� o BEAM SPECS 5. All lintels meet or exceed L/360 vertical deflection; except lintels 1T-4 �'Ll and longer with a nominalSTD. 90 DEGREE ANGLE. height of 8" meet or exceed L/180, =. I ' -- ' ' �- , 1 #5 BAR MIN, LAP 30" 6. Bottom field added rebar to be located at the bottom of the lintel cavity. 7. 7/32" diameter wire stirrups are welded to the bottom steel for REBAR BOTH INDICATES FILLED CELL mechanical anchorage. LASIDES FOR OPENING FROM FTG. TO BEAM WITH 8. Cast -in-place concrete may be provided in composite ;- 1 #5 BAR MIN. LAP 30" STD, 90 DEGREE ANGLE lintel in lieu of concrete masonry units. 3000 P.S.I. CUNC, W/ 9. Safe load ratings based on rational design analysis per ACI 318 1 #5 BAR MIN. LAP 30" INTERIOR BEARING WALL and ACI 530 INTERIOR SHEARWALL �T EXTERIOR FRAME WALL IN , - DILATES FILLED CELL FROM FTG. TO BEAM WITH SAFE LOAD TABLE NOTES 15 BAR MIN. LAP 30" 0 - 8x8X16 CMU �, `❑1. All values based on minimum 4" bearing. Exception: Safe loads for unfilled 8x$x].6 CMU lintels must be reduced by 20% if bearing length is less than 6-1/2", 2" X 4" P.T. W/ Safe loads for all recessed lintels based on 8" nominal bearing. IF (3) 1/2" X 8" "1" BOLTS 2. N.R. =Not Rated. LTYP. DOWEL 30" ❑ 3. Safe loads are total superimposed allowable load on the section specified, MIN. LAP 4. Safe loads based on grade 40 or grade 60 field rebar. S. Additional lateral load capacity can be obtained by the designer by providing addional reinforced masonry above the precast lintel. Fa' • ` , ; ,', Illy 6. One #7 rebar may be substituted for two #5 rebars in 8" lintels only. 7. The designer may evaluate concentrated loads from the safe load tables by SEE FOUNDATIONPLAN calculating the maximum resisting moment and shear at d -away from SEE FOOTING DETAIL the face of support.TYP, MONO. FTG. FOR LOCATIONS 8. For composite lintel heights not shown, use safe load from nextFRAME (E./BRG„/SH EARS WALL 9. All saflower e loads in units of pounds per linear foot, BLOCK WALL REINFORCEMENT TO MASONRY CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. 6Y W Q w V lA in O Q1 � . - (U7 LU U V LU Z W V) U Z U CL z r O P WLU z 4k z V'i a W O U_ LL. REVISIONS O h c) a � 00 fel " r -I N oo�NN I� ® CD IT CD r1 0 V X fu�9 ( LL_ 6Y W Q w V lA in O Q1 � . - (U7 LU U V LU Z W V) U Z U CL z r O P WLU z 4k z V'i a W O U_ LL. REVISIONS O H L.LJ O I� rq I U LU 0U LL U 0 U_ W O U_ O a ZZ' Ln w �-1 SHEET NUMBER S-3 OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 09, 2008 LINTEL PLAN HEADER SUPPORT NO. OF JACKS & STUDS REQ. AT OPENINGS OPENING SIZE 2 X 4 WALL 2 X 6 WALL JACKS EA END STUDS EA END JACKS EA END STUDS EA END 4' (1) (2) (1) (2) 41-91 (2) (3) (2) (2) 9'- 16' (3) (3) (2) (3) REFER TO HEADER ANCHOR NAILED TO TOP PLATES, HEADER & JACK HEADER SIZE NO. & SIZE OF & GRADE RAFTER TIES co EACH END (2) 2X12" 2SYP (2) LSTA 30 TOP SPLICE DOUBLE 10d f EDGE USE 8d NAILS 6 O.C. ,i 3/8.. 3/8.. 2. GYPSUM: "S _NAIL USE CODE APPROVED SIZE AND SPACING FOR CONNECTION 3/41f SPACING. 1/2 � o�— 1/2" ROOF F NAI L I N �7 SCHEDULE: 1/2„ NAILING ZONES (TILE) S ZONE 1: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) _ 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ ; _ _ _F_ _ _ _ ZONE 2: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) 11:0 - o' - - - - __s a ZONE 3: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 4" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) NAILING ZONES (SHINGLES) S ZONE 1: 8d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. IN FIELD & ON EDGE SINGLE NAIL EDGE SPACING DOUBLE NAIL EDGE SPACING ZONE 2: 8d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6 O.C. (IN FIELD (X VN EDGE) ZONE 3: 8d RING SHANK NAILS a)4' O.C..(IN FIELD &ON EDGE) GYPSUM CEILING: USE NAILS PER CODE WF03/D-4 OR WF04/D-4, FOR CRIPPLE INFO. & SEE SCHEDULE ALLOWABLE FMTENERS SCALE: 3/32" = T-0" co A: CEMENT COATED SINKERS >< ADDITIONAL FRAMING INFO. FOR DOORS & 2 -ROWS 12d NAILS B: BRIGHT COMMONS NAIL OPENING PERIMETER @ 3" O.C. W/8d COMMON NAIL C: SPIRAL OR RING SHANK NAILS D: CLIP HEAD GUN NAILS CONTRACTOR NOTE: © WINDOWS -", STAGGERED @ STAGGER ALL VERT. JOINTS & NAIL @ 4" O.C. ALL DRILLED AND EPDXIED HOLES MUST BE ��.; �, .. 2 ROWS PROPERLY VACUUM, BRUSHED, AND BLOW Q NO SPLICE @ HEADER - NAIL SHEATHING TO N R11-1. AS CLEAN PER MFGR'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ACHIEVE UPLIFT CAPACITY 12" O/C EACH HEADER W/8d COMMON NAIL@ 4" o/c (y� kD Ln �{y'!J k 2� L QCT "✓ }3+ �&'� �� 1 @ 6" O/C INSTALL & NAILING Nap 1 Lu V w SCALE: 1/2" = P-0" z Z ,Lu FACE OR 3 -ROWS 4v+ .. .id M �l '¢MI ,..{ J I.� r � f * WHEN STUD LENGTH J 12d NAILS STAGGERED m IS LESS THAN 1211 USE LSTA30 STRAPS AT EACH @ 12" 0/C FOR 2"x10" OR GREATER HEADER a ` z 10 P Lu W W � Ln vi W J ® 0 J LL. STUD WRAPPED OVER (� Oa s/ NOTE: REVISIONS TOP PLATE &NAILED DOUBLE 2 X 12 #2 PLATE LENGTHS MUST BE A BOTTOM SPLICE TO HEADER EACH SIDE S.Y.P. HEADER W/ AT LEAST 8'-0" LONG. TYPICAL OVER STUD 0 W/ 11 - 10d NAILS - Ii W 0 b 1/2" FLITCH PLATE D 0 Ln uj 0U - HEADER. (U.N.O,) C 10d NAILS @ LL F-1 LL 0 8" 0/C TYP. m Ln — FILLING AND BLOCKING AS 0 a SHEET NUMBER S-tf OF 33 REQUIRED FASTENED TO May 09, 2008 DETAILS HEADER W/(2) ROWS DOUBLE 2"x4" OF 12d @ 16" 0/C UNLESS CRIPPLE STUD NOTED OTHERWISE TYPICAL (U.N.O.) 2"x4" STUDS TYP. SIMPSON HTT16 W/ (18) 16d NAILS & A 5/8.. EXPANSION ANCHOR 2 TOP PLATE SPLICE DETAIL � W/ 6" EMBEDMENT U.N.O. OR 8 1/2 AT GARAGE_ - SCALE: 3/4 - 1-0 ** HOLD DOWN CONNECTIONS STEP DOWN NOT REQUIRED @ BEARING P.T. BOT. PLATE WALLS WITHOUT UPLIFT rl'N WALL HEADER DETAIL C r ^ SCALE: 1/2" = P-0" B STRUCTURAL NOTES 2 - S.P.F. CONST. GRADE TOP PLATE 6) WOOD: SPLICE MIN 48" APART 6.1 WOOD STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS: -- _ =,r- _ _ I I I I ,_ _ = r;- I I I ,n— -- = = -,TT = _ i i I m-- III T_ = = 1r-- = _ ,T- _ -r I i I I I I I WALL STUDS -SPF STUD OR CONSTRUCTION GRADE TOP & BOTTOM PLATE -SPF STD & BTC F BOTTOM PLATE IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY 43 SYP PT I I I I I I I I I U I i I i I I I I I JOIST SQUASH BLOCK I -SPF STUD OR CONSTRUCTION GRADE II II I II III III I I I I I II TRUSS BRACING & BLOCKING -SPF STUD OR CONSTRUCTION GRADE II II I II III II I I I I I II FURRING & B.U.C. STRIP 43 SYP PT II II D I II III C I I II II II (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ABOVE) #2 SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE WITH AN ALLOWABLE BENDING STRESS (Fb) II II II II I I I i II III III III III I I I I I II I I I I I II PER NDS = 1250 PSI AND A MODULUS OF ELASTICITY = 1 600 000 PSI 6.2 DESIGN, FABRICATE AND ERECT WOOD TRUSSES 14ACCORDANCE WITH THE "DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR I I OPENING LIGHT METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES" BY THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE, LATEST EDITION, HIB -LATEST EDITION AND RST -LATEST EDITION. I I II II I III III II I II II 6.3 ALL EXPOSED WOOD OR WOOD IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR CONCRETE TO BE PRESSURE TREATED. II II II I III C III II i II II 6.4 ROOF SHEATHING: (APA RATED EXPOSURE 1) 1/2" PLYWOOD OR 7/16" OSB MIN. (SHINGLES) SPAN RATED 24/16 I I II II 6.5 UNTREATED WOOD SHALL NOT BE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY. SEAT PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED J1 _ — iIi III II II II I AT BEARING LOCATIONS WITHOUT WOODEN TOP PLATES. I I I I I I I III III II EI --+h-- I 6.6 8d NAILS ARE RECOMMENDED FOR ALL SHEATHING NAILING. IF .099 DIA NAILS ARE USED ALL NAILING PATTERNS I I II II II SHALL BE MODIFIED TO THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE TO THE LEFT: IIS II II II III - -, III I ,- - - TT - - III II I I I I I II III II II II I I NOTES. SOLID BLOCK ALL SHEATHING I I I I I I I I III I I I I III I I I I I I I TRUSSES MUST BE CAPABLE OF TRANSFERRING LATERAL LOADS TO BEARING WALLS EDGES TYP. II II II II III I I II III II I I I I I TRUSSES, GIRDERS, AND BEAM TIE DOWNS TO BE, SIZED PER TRUSS MANUFAC- J'= _ =" _ _ = = " III I I I I III II I I I I I TURERS UPLIFT CALCULATIONS. ANY QUESTIONS AS TO THE SIZE, TYPE, OR FLOOR SYSTEM III I I I I III I I I I I I I VALUE OF A NAIL, STRAP OR CLIP SHOULD BE VERIFIED BY THE STRUCTURAL - - 4 - - - - - ILL _ I_ _ _ 11_ _ iu - _ Ij__ e _ Ia.. _ _ u- - _ ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT. 2x8 RIBBON OR BEARING WALL NAIL PATTERN: BLOCKING BETWEEN FLOOR SYSTEM QAJ �� _ „ 2x4 P.T. BASE PLATE SCALE: 1/4 - 1-0 1. PLYWOOD AND SIDING: ( FIELD) USE 8d NAILS @ 1,2" O.C. f EDGE USE 8d NAILS 6 O.C. ,i 3/8.. 3/8.. 2. GYPSUM: "S _NAIL USE CODE APPROVED SIZE AND SPACING FOR CONNECTION 3/41f SPACING. 1/2 � o�— 1/2" ROOF F NAI L I N �7 SCHEDULE: 1/2„ NAILING ZONES (TILE) S ZONE 1: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) _ 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ ; _ _ _F_ _ _ _ ZONE 2: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) 11:0 - o' - - - - __s a ZONE 3: 10d RING SHANK NAILS @ 4" O.C. (IN FIELD & ON EDGE) NAILING ZONES (SHINGLES) S ZONE 1: 8d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6" O.C. IN FIELD & ON EDGE SINGLE NAIL EDGE SPACING DOUBLE NAIL EDGE SPACING ZONE 2: 8d RING SHANK NAILS @ 6 O.C. (IN FIELD (X VN EDGE) ZONE 3: 8d RING SHANK NAILS a)4' O.C..(IN FIELD &ON EDGE) GYPSUM CEILING: USE NAILS PER CODE 0 NAIL AT BASE 2 ROWS @ 4" O.C. W/8d COMMON NAIL ALLOWABLE FMTENERS SCALE: 3/32" = T-0" co A: CEMENT COATED SINKERS >< © NAIL AT TOP PLATE TWO ROWS @ 4" O.C. W/8d COMMON NAIL B: BRIGHT COMMONS NAIL OPENING PERIMETER @ 3" O.C. W/8d COMMON NAIL C: SPIRAL OR RING SHANK NAILS D: CLIP HEAD GUN NAILS CONTRACTOR NOTE: © NAIL INT. AT 6" O.C. W/8d COMMON NAIL fu LL_ V7 E� STAGGER ALL VERT. JOINTS & NAIL @ 4" O.C. ALL DRILLED AND EPDXIED HOLES MUST BE W/8d COMMON NAIL PROPERLY VACUUM, BRUSHED, AND BLOW Q NO SPLICE @ HEADER - NAIL SHEATHING TO N R11-1. AS CLEAN PER MFGR'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ACHIEVE UPLIFT CAPACITY HEADER W/8d COMMON NAIL@ 4" o/c (y� kD Ln �{y'!J k 2� L QCT "✓ }3+ �&'� �� K3 WALL SHEATHING INSTALL & NAILING Nap 1 Lu V w SCALE: 1/2" = P-0" z Z ,Lu 'TI N CD C) co co >< . UIQ Ca 0 -0 cl�O.V x fu 0 fu LL_ V7 Cf d1g1 IPOY �P a�U1 t A I N R11-1. AS 11 1;� K z (y� kD Ln �{y'!J k 2� L QCT "✓ }3+ �&'� �� `- ' �""� Nap 1 Lu V w yl� rkr+l� z Z ,Lu 4v+ .. .id M �l '¢MI ,..{ J I.� r � f Lu J m a Lq z 10 P Lu W W � Ln vi W J ® 0 J LL. (� Oa s/ 17) REVISIONS 0 Ii W 0 b D 0 Ln uj 0U - C C) LL F-1 LL 0 w m Ln 0 a SHEET NUMBER S-tf OF 33 PLOT DATE: May 09, 2008 DETAILS I 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 a 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 A e e e C ■ D e E _e F e G ■ i H ■ J ■ K ■ E I' ■ M ■ N BASIS OF DESIGN FOR HVAC SYSTEMS THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS WERE MADE TO DESIGN THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: SUMMER WINTER MECHANICAL LEGEND OUTDOOR CONDITIONS 94°F DB/77"F WB _ 34'F DB 1 ABBREVIATIONS 75°F DB/50% RH AIR SDE SYMBOLS PIPING SYMBOLS ACCH ACCO - AIR COOLED CHILLER - AIR COOLED CONDENSING KW - KILOWATT UNIT AND SUPPLY AIR DEVICE ARROWS INDICATE THROW PATTERN 2.O W/S.F. UNION JOINT A/C - AIR CONDITIONING LAT - LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE 540 NO ARROWS INDICATES 4 -WAY THROW I F FLANGE JOINT AD - ACCESS DOOR LBS - POUNDS 0 LAY -IN AND SURFACE 7 OFFICE 7 AFF - ABOVE FINISHED FLUOR LRA - LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LOBBY 3 231 "Y" STRAINER AFS -AIR FLOW MEASURING STATION LWT -LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE 181 '16 VESTIBULE 0 AHU - AIR HANDLING UNIT OFFICE 1 1 RETURN OR TRANSFER AIR DEVICE 14 "Y" STRAINER (W/ DRAIN) AL - ALUMINUM MAX - MAXIMUM 1EAND LAY -IN AND SURFACE 155 14 AS - AIR SEPARATOR MBH - THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR 20 CLOSET —0-- —- TEE - UP, BRANCH OUT OF TOP AP ATM - ACCESS PANEL - ATMOSPHERE MCA - MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MD - MOTORIZED DAMPER AND EXHAUST AIR DEVICE AHU-2 MINIMUM VENTILATION TEE - DOWN, BRANCH OUT OF BOTTOM 239 WAREHOUSE 0 LAY -IN AND SURFACE 181 AHU-3 MINIMUM VENTILATION MIN - MINIMUM NOTE: 1. MINIMUM REQUIRED VENTILATION RATES CALCULATED FROM ASHRAE 62.1. BD - BYPASS DAMPER MTU - MOUNTED ELBOW - UP BE - BOTTOM ELEVATION SIDEWALL REGISTER/GRILLE BHP - BRAKE HORSE POWER NC - NORMALLY CLOSED -0 ELBOW - DOWN BI - BACKWARD INCLINE NO - NORMALLY OPEN 3 AIR DEVICE DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) BLDG - BUILDING NTS - NOT TO SCALE 0 200 TOP = NUMBER IN AREA AND TYPE OF DEVICE � — RISE OR DROP BO - BOILER BOTTOM = CFM EACH DEVICE BTU - BRITISH THERMAL UNIT OA - OUTDOOR AIR DIRECTION OF FLOW OAU - OUTDOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT X - DOOR UNDER CUT (X =UNDERCUT IN INCHES) CD CC CFM - CONTROL DAMPER - COOLING COIL - CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE OBD - OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OD - OUTSIDE DIAMETER OR DIMENSIONc OFCI - OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED 18x12 DUCT SIZE DESIGNATION. FIRST DIMENSION IS SIDE SHOWN. SIZE SHOWN IS INTERNAL CLEAR OPENING. DUCT EXTERIOR -- SLEEVE THRU WALL CH - CHILLER SIZE MUST BE INCREASED FOR INTERNAL INSULATION OR CONC - CONCRETE P - PUMP DOUBLE WALL DUCT WHERE SPECIFIED (DASHED INTERNAL LINE). CR - CONDEN13ATE RECEIVER PD - PRESSURE DROP 0 = ROUND DUCT, -E�D- = FLAT OVAL DUCT CAP ON END OF PIPE CS - CHEMICAL SHUT FEEDER PH - PHASE CT - COOLING TOWER PNEU - PNEUMATIC RECTANGULAR ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES. AIR VENT, MANUAL (MAV) POAU - PACKAGED OUTDOOR AIR UNIT NUMBER OF VANES REQUIRED SHALL BE DETERMINED dB - DECIBELS POC - POINT OF CONNECTION l BY ACTUAL DUCT SIZE AND NOT ON SCHEMATIC SYMBOL AIR VENT, AUTOMATIC DB - DRY BULB PRV - PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ON DRAWING - SEE SMACNA DDC - DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PSI - POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH Q THERMOMETER DN DX - DOWN - DIRECT EXPANSION PSIG - POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE PRESSURE PTHC - PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER SUPPLY DUCT ELBOW DOWN PRESSURE GAUGE WITH GAUGE COCK POSITIVE PRESSURE EA - EXHAUST AIR RA - RETURN AIR PUMP (TRIANGLE POINTS IN DIR. OF FLOW) EAT - ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE RBJ - RUN BETWEEN JOISTS EDH - ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER RF - RETURN FAN RETURN OR EXHAUST ELBOW DOWN FLOW SWITCH EF - EXHAUST FAN RHC - REHEAT COIL NEGATIVE PRESSURE ELEC - ELECTRIC OR ELECTRICAL RL - REFRIGERANT LIQUID �j PRESSURE SWITCH ESP - EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE RLA - RUNNING LOAD AMPS SUPPLY DUCT IN SECTION ET - EXPANSION TANK RPM - REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE POSITIVE PRESSURE - GATE VALVE EWT - ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE RE - REFRIGERANT SUCTION RTU -ROOF TOP UNIT GLOBE VALVE FC - FORWARD CURVED RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT IN SECTION FCU - FAN COIL UNIT SA - SUPPLY AIR NEGATIVE PRESSURE CHECK VALVE FD - FIRE DAMPER SF - SUPPLY FAN FH - FLA - FUME HOOD FULL LOAD AMPS SHT - SHEET SL - STATIONARY LOUVER VOLUME DAMPER (MANUAL) _ _ — PNEUMATIC AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE, TWO WAY OR THREE WAY AS INDICATED FOB - FLAT ON BOTTOM SP - STATIC PRESSURE FOT - FLAT ON TOP_ n T ELECTRIC AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE, FPF - FINS PER FOOT TB - VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT M TWO WAY OR THREE WAY AS INDICATED FPI - FINS PER INCH TE - TOP ELEVATION FPM - FEET PER MINUTE TEMP - TEMPERATURE MOTORIZED DAMPER (ELEC. OR PNEU.) ELECTRIC MOTORIZED GATE VALVE FPS - FEET PER SECOND TOD - TOP OF DUCT FS - FLOW STATION TSP - TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE ELECTRIC MOTORIZED GLOBE VALVE FED - FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER TV - TURNING VANES ACCESS PANEL (AP) BUTTERFLY VALVE FT - FOOT OR FEET TYP - TYPICAL AP 0 ACCESS DOOR (AD) FTU - FAN TERMINAL UNIT BALANCING VALVE UC - UNDERCUT AD GALV - GALVANIZED COMBINATION BALANCE & SHUTOFF VALVE GPM - GALLONS PER MINUTE VAV _ VARIABLE AIR VOLUME DROP IN DIRECTION OF ARROW -- WITH PRESSURE TAPS VD VOLUME DAMPER HB - HOSE BIBB VFD - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE BALL VALVE HC HEATING COIL RISE IN DIRECTION OF ARROW HE _ HEAT EXCHANGER - WB WET BULB -10�— PLUG VALVE HP - HORSE POWER WH - WATER HEATER a HZ - HERTZ ZD -ZONE DAMPER TRANSITIONS: PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FOT FLAT ON TOP WHERE SPECIFIED IN -INCHES FOB =FLAT ON BOTTOM WHERE SPECIFIED IN. W. G. - INCHES OF WAFER GAUGE I---'� '--�- � _VV ��- REDUCED PRESSURE BACK FLOW PREVENTER PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION VENTURI FLOW MEASURING STATION GENERAL SYMBOLS STANDARD BRANCH TAKE -OFF FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION SOLENOID VALVE X Z Y Z SECTION/DETAIL DESIGNATIONS X = SECTION (LETTER) OR DETAIL (NUMBER) Y = SHEET WHERE DETAIL/SECTION IS REFERENCED io FIRE DAMPER (FD) OR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER PIPE REDUCER (CONCENTRIC) PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE Z = SHEET WHERE DETAIL/SECTION IS SHOWN o � .(FSD) EXTEND TO NEAREST FLUOR DRAIN TAG O EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION TOP = EQUIPMENT TAG VALVE IN RISE BOTTOM = EQUIPMENT NUMBER DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 2 FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC TRAP ❑1 REFERENCED NOTES —f -C HOSE END DRAIN VALVE 100 ROOM NUMBERS • STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR - - PIPE GUIDE INDICATES ITEMS TO ~----- FLEXIBLE DUCT -x� PIPE ANCHOR BEMREMOVED UNLEOLITION SS OTHERWISE NOTED OH HUMIDISTAT EXPANSION JOINT ITEMS SHOWN DASHED AND RELATIVELY LIGHT ARE EXISTING UNLESS NOTED O`_'_J NEW AND EXISTING THERMOSTATS PRESSURE /TEMPERATURE PORT OTHERWISE (NUMBER INDICATES UNIT CONTROLLED) REVISION CLOUD AND REFERENCE NUMBER POINT OF CONNECTION (POC) NEW TO EXISTING CENTERLINE NOTE: SOME SYMBOLS SHOWN IN MECHANICAL LEGEND MAY NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. BASIS OF DESIGN FOR HVAC SYSTEMS THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS WERE MADE TO DESIGN THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: NOTES: 1. PER ASHRAE WEATHER DATA. 2. ASSUMED ACCEPTABLE TEMPERATURE FOR OCCUPANTS. INDIVIDUAL OCCUPANTS MAY PREFER DIFFERENT CONDITIONS. KITCHENS AND OTHER SPECIALIZED SPACES MAY DIFFER. IT IS THE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IF OTHER CONDITIONS ARE DESIRED. 3. ASSUME PERIOD OF OCCUPANCY (MORE THAN 10% OF TOTAL USERS OCCUPY THE BUILDING), VENTILATION SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE DURING THIS PERIOD. 4. ASSUMED TOTAL LIGHTING LOAD BASED UPON TYPICAL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FOR THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. VISIT AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE "THOSE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AND SITE AFFECTED BY THIS WORK BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS, SO AS "TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT EXECUTION OF 'THE WORK. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZE. 2, ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. 3, PRIME CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO HAVE LICENSED AND QUALIFIED SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING ALL WORK. 4, VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR "TO FABRICATING OR INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO MEET THE PHASING REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AS OUTLINED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR AS DICTATED BY THE OWNER AND/OR ARCHITECT. 6. PRIOR TO BID, CHECK LEAD TIMES OF ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE PROJECT, IF NECESSARY TO MEET THE PROJECT SCHEDULE, BID SHALL INCLUDE THE COST TO ACCELERATE DELIVER OF CRITICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. ALLOW TIME FOR NORMAL SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION AND REVIEW. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONCEAL ANY WORK UNTIL INSPECTED BY MECHANICAL INSPECTOR AND ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF A SCHEDULED INSPECTION TIME WITHIN 72 HOURS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONCEAL WORK UNTIL APPROVED, REGARDLESS OF SCHEDULE. 8, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROCURING OR INSTALLING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15010. PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ADEQUATE SPACE EXISTS FOR THE SUBMITTED EQUIPMENT. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT. 9. ALL CHANGES MADE IN THE FIELD SHALL BE RECORDED BY THE CONTRACTOR(S) ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 10. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT MOUNTED IN CEILING CAVITY SO ALL SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS CAN BE EASILY ACCESSED BY REMOVING CEILING TILES ONLY. REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR SERVICE ACCESS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS INADEQUATE OR UNSAFE ACCESSIBILITY. LOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED ACCESS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. 11. PRIOR TO BID, COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL WORK WITH ELECTRICAL WORK AND OTHER TRADES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 12. THE SIZE, LOCATION, WEIGHT, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICE CLEARANCES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER DIVISION 15, MECHANICAL, SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 13, WHERE CROWDED LOCATIONS EXIST OR WHERE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPOSITE DRAWINGS SHOWING THE EXACT LOCATION OF PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. DRAWINGS SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS, AND AFTER CONSULTATION AND AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TRADES, SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 14. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND FRAMING FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. MECHANICAL AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AND FRAMING. 15. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT AND PRIOR TO CUTTING OPENINGS, 16, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED BY OTHER TRADES DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER THAN SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT. WHEN EQUIPMENT FURNISHED IS DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED, THE COST OF ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SERVICE, STRUCTURAL AND RELATED WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 17. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ALL REQUIREMENTS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF THERE ARE ANY APPARENT CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY. 18, LOCATE ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" CLEAR FROM ALL EXISTING PLUMBING VENTS AND EXHAUST AIR DISCHARGE LOCATIONS. 19, COORDINATE DIFFUSER, GRILLE AND REGISTER LOCATIONS, WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND EQUIPMENT OF ALL TRADES. 20. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN DUCTWORK, WALLS AND CEILINGS WHERE REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, BALANCING, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 21. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND VALVES SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION LABELS AND TAGS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED. 22, ALL BARE METAL SURFACES SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED TO PREVENT ANY RUST, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: ANGLE FRAMING, UNIT SUPPORTS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, ETC. 23. ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED 54" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH A TRANSPARENT VANDALPROOF LOCKING COVER. 24. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE WITH P -TRAP FROM ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS TO DRYWELL OR STORM INLET. INSULATE PIPE ABOVE CEILINGS. ROUTE AS REQUIRED -TO MAINTAIN 1/8" PER FOOT SLOPE, ALL DRYWELLS SHALL BE 2'-0" MINIMUM FROM BUILDING. 25, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 6" THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE PADS FOR ALL GROUND OR SLAB MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PADS SHALL EXTEND 6" BEYOND EACH SIDE OF EQUIPMENT. BUILDING PRESSURIZATION SUMMER WINTER NOTES OUTDOOR CONDITIONS 94°F DB/77"F WB _ 34'F DB 1 INDOOR CONDITIONS 75°F DB/50% RH 70'F DB 2 OCCUPANCY PERIOD 7 A.M.- 6 P.M. (M -F) 7 A.M.- 6 P.M. (M -F) 3 LIGHTING LOAD 2.O W/S.F. O W/S.F. 4 NOTES: 1. PER ASHRAE WEATHER DATA. 2. ASSUMED ACCEPTABLE TEMPERATURE FOR OCCUPANTS. INDIVIDUAL OCCUPANTS MAY PREFER DIFFERENT CONDITIONS. KITCHENS AND OTHER SPECIALIZED SPACES MAY DIFFER. IT IS THE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IF OTHER CONDITIONS ARE DESIRED. 3. ASSUME PERIOD OF OCCUPANCY (MORE THAN 10% OF TOTAL USERS OCCUPY THE BUILDING), VENTILATION SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE DURING THIS PERIOD. 4. ASSUMED TOTAL LIGHTING LOAD BASED UPON TYPICAL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FOR THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. VISIT AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE "THOSE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AND SITE AFFECTED BY THIS WORK BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS, SO AS "TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT EXECUTION OF 'THE WORK. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZE. 2, ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. 3, PRIME CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO HAVE LICENSED AND QUALIFIED SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING ALL WORK. 4, VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR "TO FABRICATING OR INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO MEET THE PHASING REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AS OUTLINED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR AS DICTATED BY THE OWNER AND/OR ARCHITECT. 6. PRIOR TO BID, CHECK LEAD TIMES OF ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE PROJECT, IF NECESSARY TO MEET THE PROJECT SCHEDULE, BID SHALL INCLUDE THE COST TO ACCELERATE DELIVER OF CRITICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. ALLOW TIME FOR NORMAL SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION AND REVIEW. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONCEAL ANY WORK UNTIL INSPECTED BY MECHANICAL INSPECTOR AND ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF A SCHEDULED INSPECTION TIME WITHIN 72 HOURS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONCEAL WORK UNTIL APPROVED, REGARDLESS OF SCHEDULE. 8, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROCURING OR INSTALLING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15010. PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ADEQUATE SPACE EXISTS FOR THE SUBMITTED EQUIPMENT. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT. 9. ALL CHANGES MADE IN THE FIELD SHALL BE RECORDED BY THE CONTRACTOR(S) ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 10. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT MOUNTED IN CEILING CAVITY SO ALL SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS CAN BE EASILY ACCESSED BY REMOVING CEILING TILES ONLY. REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR SERVICE ACCESS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS INADEQUATE OR UNSAFE ACCESSIBILITY. LOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED ACCESS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. 11. PRIOR TO BID, COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL WORK WITH ELECTRICAL WORK AND OTHER TRADES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 12. THE SIZE, LOCATION, WEIGHT, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICE CLEARANCES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER DIVISION 15, MECHANICAL, SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 13, WHERE CROWDED LOCATIONS EXIST OR WHERE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPOSITE DRAWINGS SHOWING THE EXACT LOCATION OF PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. DRAWINGS SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS, AND AFTER CONSULTATION AND AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TRADES, SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 14. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND FRAMING FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. MECHANICAL AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AND FRAMING. 15. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT AND PRIOR TO CUTTING OPENINGS, 16, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED BY OTHER TRADES DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER THAN SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT. WHEN EQUIPMENT FURNISHED IS DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED, THE COST OF ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SERVICE, STRUCTURAL AND RELATED WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 17. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ALL REQUIREMENTS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF THERE ARE ANY APPARENT CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY. 18, LOCATE ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" CLEAR FROM ALL EXISTING PLUMBING VENTS AND EXHAUST AIR DISCHARGE LOCATIONS. 19, COORDINATE DIFFUSER, GRILLE AND REGISTER LOCATIONS, WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND EQUIPMENT OF ALL TRADES. 20. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN DUCTWORK, WALLS AND CEILINGS WHERE REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, BALANCING, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 21. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND VALVES SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION LABELS AND TAGS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED. 22, ALL BARE METAL SURFACES SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED TO PREVENT ANY RUST, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: ANGLE FRAMING, UNIT SUPPORTS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, ETC. 23. ALL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED 54" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH A TRANSPARENT VANDALPROOF LOCKING COVER. 24. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE WITH P -TRAP FROM ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS TO DRYWELL OR STORM INLET. INSULATE PIPE ABOVE CEILINGS. ROUTE AS REQUIRED -TO MAINTAIN 1/8" PER FOOT SLOPE, ALL DRYWELLS SHALL BE 2'-0" MINIMUM FROM BUILDING. 25, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 6" THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE PADS FOR ALL GROUND OR SLAB MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PADS SHALL EXTEND 6" BEYOND EACH SIDE OF EQUIPMENT. BUILDING PRESSURIZATION DESIGNED EXHUAST VENTILATION EXHAUST EQUIPMENT CFM EF -1 210 EF -3 90 TOTAL EXHAUST 300 100 AHU-1 MINIMUM VENTILATION DESIGNED VENTILATION AHU-1 100 AHU-2 240 AHU-3 200 TOTAL SUPPLY 540 16 WORK BUILDING PRESSURIZATION 240 VENTILATION CALCULATIONS MINIMUM REQUIRED VENTILATION ROOM PEOPLE AREA GEM MECHANICAL ROOM 0 836 100 AHU-1 MINIMUM VENTILATION 100 CONFERENCE 11 224 58 OFFICE 6 1 183 16 WORK 0 56 3 FILES 0 62 7 OFFICE 7 1 243 20 LOBBY 3 231 29 RECEPTION 1 181 '16 VESTIBULE 0 45 3 OFFICE 1 1 155 14 OFFICE 2 1 155 14 OFFICE 3 1 155 14 OFFICE 4 1 253 20 CLOSET 0 1 16 2 OFFICE 5 1 126 13 AHU-2 MINIMUM VENTILATION 239 WAREHOUSE 0 3020 181 AHU-3 MINIMUM VENTILATION 181 NOTE: 1. MINIMUM REQUIRED VENTILATION RATES CALCULATED FROM ASHRAE 62.1. BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. 110 S, MAGNOLIA AVE., SANF01W, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans Arid Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Matthew J Brueckner, PE GA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. #1 Date I Description Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Pro'ect No, 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL LEGEND ANE GENERAL NOTI DRAWING NO. mimo PERMIT DOCUMENTS 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ $ ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 Copyright BUHOLTZ PROFESSIQNAL ENGiNEL1LING, INC, All Rights Reserved, 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■_ 15 A SECTION 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ® Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and the other sections of Division 15. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK The work of this Section consists of all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and facilities necessary to B provide a complete and satisfactory system ready to use. Whenever the words "the Contractor" appear in this Division, they refer to the Contractor for work specified in that section. The Contractor shall examine ALL Drawings and ALL sections of the Specifications and shall be responsible for ascertaining to what extent other drawings and sections affect the work herein specified. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS ■ A. All work must be performed in accordance with the requirements of all pertinent Federal and State codes; but if in contradiction to the laps or the specifications, the proposed char es must first be referred to the P P P P 9 Engineer for review and approval. Base bid r stringent of the contradicting methods. C B. All work shall comply with the latest edition of the Florida Building Code (all applicable sections and divisions). C. All equipment, apparatus and systems shall be rated, tested, fabricated and/or installed in accord with the applicable industry standard. ■ 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES: The Contractor and/or subcontractors shall be required to obtain building permits for the project. Where inspections of the work are required by local authorities, the Contractor shall obtain certificates of inspections of his work by such authorities, and these certificates (in triplicate) shall be submitted to the Engineer before final certificate for payment under his contract will be issued. D 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. After receiving approval of material and equipment manufacturers, and prior to delivery of any material or equipment to job site, and sufficiently in advance to allow Engineer ample time for checking, submit for approval six (6) copies each of detailed, dimensioned product submittals and drawings or cut sheets showing construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics, and capacity of material and equipment. ■ Contractor shall allow a minirnurn of seven (7) days for review of each submittal by the Engineer. B. The Engineer's approval of such submittals shall not relieve this Contractor from responsibility for errors. Alterations to construction made necessary by reason of approval action on materials or equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. E C. Provide submittals for all materials and products to be utilized on this project. Submittals shall be bound in a quality three-ring binder, indexed by specification section. Provide labeled dividers for each section. All required items are to be submitted for review at one time. If for any reason an item cannot be submitted, the item shall be listed in the index and a section divider provided for inclusion when the item is submitted. ■ D. If submittals are received by the Engineer without the above requirements they will be returned unreviewed to the Contractor for compliance. Any delays in construction caused by this noncornpliurice shall be the Contractor's res onsibilitk 1.06 MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS F A. At Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with three (3) copies of a hardbound operating manual for all equipment furnished and installed under his work. The manual shall include a ` manufacturer's maintenance and operating instructions and .parts list and serial numbers for all operating equipment. One set of special tools necessary for any adjustment shall be delivered to the Owner. B. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall properly start-up, commission and put the systems into ® service. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the equipment during all testing operations. Each Contractor shall provide the Owner with a 4 -hour instruction session in the operation of the equipment and systems. 1.07 COORDINATION OF WORK, AND COORDINATION / SHOP DRAWINGS G A. Each Contractor and subcontractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation of his equipment arid work with the work of other trades. B. The layout shown on the Drawings is necessarily diagrammatic but shall be followed us closely as actual construction and as other work will permit. Changes from these Drawings required to make the work conform to • the building construction or other work of other trades shall be made by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner, but only with the prior approval of the Engineer. All major changes shall be shown on the shop drawings to be submitted before changes are made. C. The Contract Documents are design drawings, not fabrication and installation drawings. They are H diagrammatic in nature and therefore do not indicate all offsets and fittings that may be necessary to complete the mechanical systems. The bidder is to assume, and include in his bid, all necessary transitions, offsets and fittings to complete the mechanical systems and shall indicate same in shop drawings. D. Each Contractor shall communicate and coordinate with all other subcontractors and the General Contractor. ■ E. Provide shop drawings reflecting coordinated and integrated systems. Each shop drawing shall have a completed Contractor/ Subcontractor coordination log. These shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Owner and Engineer will retain one (1) set each. Provide minimum of six (6) sets. See also Specification Section 15890, paragraph 3.01, for additional requirements related to fabrication, installation and shop drawings. Contractor shall allow a minimum of seven (7) days for review of each shop drawing submittal by the Engineer. H. Any equipment, fixtures and/or material installed without the proper coordination shall be removed and reinstalled at the expense of that Contractor. ■ I. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with the Test and Balance Contractor and shall provide the Mechanical Contractor responsibilities rioted in the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Specifications. K e ■ M 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ SECTION 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS (CONT. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Work: The Contractor shall protect his work from injury, Keep all pipes and lines capped or plugged, drained, or otherwise protected from injury, including damage done by flooding or stoppage from building materials or dirt. The Contractor shall protect equipment and fixtures furnished under his contract from damage during the construction of the building and he shall provide all tarpaulins, drop cloths, barricades, temporary heaters, auxiliary pumping equipment or other precautions as may be required. Any material or equipment that is injured or damaged shall be removed immediately and replaced with new materials or equipment. B. Damage to Building: Any damage to the building or its contents incurred by the installation and/or testing of the systems installed under these contracts shall be repaired promptly. The Contractor shall provide drop cloths, or any other material necessary to protect floors, walls, furniture, equipment, etc., from soil or damage. C. Overloading of Building: Care shall be taken that floors and/or roof are not overloaded during building operations, and the Contractor shall promptly remove all materials, which may overload any part of the building. D. Removal of Rubbish: The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free of all waste or surplus materials, rubbish and debris, which is caused by his employees or resulting from his work. In case of dispute, the Owner may rernove the rubbish, excess materials, or do all cleaning required and charge the cost to the Contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY The warranty for all mechanical equipment (whether manufacturer's or contractor's warranty) shall comply with the requirements noted in the General Conditions and within each specification section (or a minimum of 12 months parts and labor, whichever is greater). This equipment shall include all equipment provided under Division 15. 1.10 PAY REQUEST APPROVAL A. The Contractor shall provide a schedule of contract costs for the mechanical work on the project. This schedule of values shall be broken down by specification section with labor and material values shown separately. B. The Contractor shall keep a field set of As -Built Drawings at the project site for review by the Engineer. These As-Builts shall be kept up to date at all times. C. Engineers approval of the mechanical portion of the pay request will be withheld if the above items have not been completed at the time of pay request review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Materials and equipment shall be new, unless otherwise specified, and the best of their respective kinds. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Certain materials and equipment are specified by manufacturers or trade name and catalog or rnodel number to establish standards of quality and performance, not for the purpose of limiting competition. B. Where an item of material or equipment is specified to be a certain manufacturer's make with other manufacturer's names specifically mentioned, the Base Bid proposal shall include comparable material or equipment from one of those so specified. C. Should the Contractor desire to receive consideration of equipment or materials other than as specified, he shall make such proposals in writing at the time of bidding, submitting therewith a statement of the extra or credit involved, if any, in the event the proposed substitution is accepted. D, It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to present sufficient data, including samples if requested, to show why he considers the proposed substitution to be equal in quality and type to that specified. E. It shall be each Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that alternate manufacturer's products meet detailed specifications and that size and arrangement of equipment is suitable for installation. F. It shall be the responsibility of each Contractor making a substitution to include any changes required by the other trades for a proper operation of the equipment substituted. G. All proposed substitutions will be reviewed by the Owner. Any substitutions which are accepted will be handled by a properly written Change Order after award of Contract and unless so set forth no proposed substitutions will be considered to have been accepted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall keep informed as to the Work of the trades engaged in the construction project, and other work being done in connection with the building, and shall execute his work in such a manner as not to interfere with or delay other Contractors. B. The Contractor shall employ a competent foreman on the job throughout the entire period of construction to see that his work will not conflict with other work or trades, and that it is properly performed. The foreman shall have a thorough knowledge of the work to be installed under this Contract and be a skilled mechanic experienced with projects of equal size and type. C. Workmanship throughout shall correspond to the standard of best practice, and all labor employed must be competent and do the work required. Tool marks will not be permitted on any exposed materials, fittings or piping. D. The Drawings accompanying these Specifications are design drawings and generally are diagrammatic. They do not show every offset, bend or elbow which may be required in the contract work for installation in the space allotted. The Contractor shall follow the Drawings as closely as practical and he shall install additional bends and offsets based upon measurements taken at the building, as may be required for installation of the work. Changes from these Drawings required to make this work conform to the Building construction work of other trades shall be made by this Contractor without additional cost to the Owner, but only with the prior approval of the Engineer. All major changes shall be shown on Shop Drawings to be submitted before the changes are made. E. The Contractor will be expected to furnish materials and equipment promptly after award of contract, and shall proceed with his work without delay, and shall agree to perform and complete all of his work in progress with the work of other Contractors engaged on the project. 3.02 VISITING SITE The Contractors shall visit the site and carefully examine the premises and thoroughly familiarize themselves as to the nature and scope of work and the difficulties that attend its execution. The submission of a Proposal will be construed as evidence that such an examination has been made and later claims for labor, equipment or material required, or of difficulties encountered will not be recognized. 3.03 MEASUREMENTS Contractors shall take their own measurements at the beginning and shall be responsible for the correctness of and proper fitting of their work. Adjust all work to fit actual job conditions. Report to the Engineer all measurement discrepancies, so that field corrections can be made before fabrication of project components. Do not scale the drawings. END 15010 6 ■ B ■ 7 IN SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section includes basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other Division 15 Sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Furnish proof of the competency of each welding operator, for both field and shop welds, and have all welding operators pass a standard qualification test such as A.S.M.E.A.W.S.AW.S or Hartford Insurance Company procedurecedure and tests. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Provide in accord with Section 15010, for all products governed by this section to be utilized on this project PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS Motors shall be standard NEMA design, of size and characteristics indicated on the Drawings and as follows: Arranged to operate continuously under full load in an ambient temperature of 40'C; motor service factor not less than 1.15, determined by the specific application; open drip -proof unless specific application requires a hermetic, totally enclosed or explosion proof motor as noted; provided with either internal or external thermal overload protection (motors to be used with variable frequency controllers shall have internal thermal overload protection); permanently lubricated or grease reservoir type bearings (reservoir type bearings shall have top and bottorn screw plugs for flushing and repacking); for convenient access (particularly to clear belt guards) the lubrication fittings shall be extended with pipe arid fittings properly secured in place; windings shall be copper; manufacturer's highest, "Premium Efficiency" motor. 2.02 DRIVES Belted motors shall have sliding buses for adjustment of belt tension. Shall be equipped with sheaves of the vari-pitch type, except for equipment used with variable speed controllers. Drives and driven sheaves shall be machined cast steel; belt drives shall be of the V -belt type with drive capacity of at least 150 aercent of motor horsepower. Belts shall be matched sets when multiple belt drives care used. No fan of one (1� HP or greater shall have less than two belts. Belt drives, shafts and couplings shall be fully guarded with heavily reinforced expanded metal or woven wire in accordance with OSHA and National Safety Council Standards, Provide openings in the guards opposite all shafts to permit the use of a tachometer. 2.03 MOTOR STARTERS Starters shall be provided under Division 16 for all motors provided under Division 15 unless specified otherwise. Starters required to be provided under Division 15 shall be as specified in Division 16. 2.04 ACCESS DOORS Frame, trim, and door material shall be steel. Frame shall be minimum 16 gauge. Door panel shall be minimum 14 gauge. Hinges shall be concealed type which allow the door to open 175 degrees and shall have removable pins. Lockable type with flush mounted steel cams. Provide type appropriate for type of wall or ceiling to be installed. Provide 1-1/2 hour "B" label door for use in rated walls and ceilings. Doors shall be factory primed painted. Provide all anchors necessary for installation. Provide all doors from one single manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRICAL WIRING A. Contractor furnishing mechanical equipment shall provide all low voltage and line voltage control circuit wiring, conduit and connections and all wiring associated with starter holding coils, unless specifically designated as another contractor's work. B. All wiring shall be in compliance with codes and Division 16 Specifications. C. Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all line voltage power wiring rand final connections to complete the mechanical systems. D. Electrical Contractor shall provide power circuit wiring arid conduit to mechanical equipment components such as magnetic motor starters, manual motor starters, controller panels, disconnect switches, arid motor starter heating elements. E. Electrical Contractor shall provide all magnetic motor starters for Division 15 equipment unless specified otherwise, F. The sharing of space within a common conduit by line voltage conductors and by control circuit conductors shall not be permitted. G. In instances involving single phase motors or electrical devices controlled by another device, such as line voltage aquastat or other line voltage controller, the respective equipment supplying Contractor shall provide the wiring and conduit between the controller and controlled device. The respective equipment supplying contractor shall connect the switched legs to the power wiring in a junction box located at the controlled device. The Electrical Contractor will provide the junction box and the power wiring between the power source and the controlled device. 3.02 ACCESS DOORS: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing access doors. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finished surfaces, Install concealed -frame access doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operution. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. Door shall be properly prepped, primed and painted to match wall or ceiling. Access doors for plumbing chase walls shall be mounted 16" above the finished floor, and shall be 2'-0" x 2'-0" unless otherwise noted. 3.03 PAINTING A. Where factory finishes are provided on equipment, and no additional field painting is specified, all marred or damaged surfaces shall be touched -up or refinished by the Contractor furnishing the equipment, so as to leave a smooth, uniform finish at the time of final inspection. Where steel equipment has been scratched as to expose the metal, a prime coat of rust -inhibitive primer shall be applied prior to final touch-up or refinishing. B. All structural steel or other ferrous metal furnished by any Contractor which is not galvanized, either inside or outside of the building sholl be cleaned of all grease, oil, dirt, loose scale, etc. and given a prime coat of rust -inhibitive primer at the time of installation, All exposed structural steel or other ferrous metal outside of the building installed by a Contractor, riot galvanized or specified to be painted under the Painting Section of the specifications shall be given two additional coats of long oil type paint with rust and corrosion -resistant qualities. C. Equipment and structural steel, except where provided with a factory finish, shall be painted machine gray, Nameplates are to be left unpainted, D. Exposed ductwork, soil, waste and storm water piping, conduit, etc. shall be painted to match the wall or ceiling. END 15050 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A The work of this Section consists of all labor and materials necessury to insulate all mechanical systems as ■ required. The work includes, but is riot necessarily limited to, insulation of the following: domestic water piping; sanitary, waste and storm piping; hot arid cold equipment; Stearn, heating water, glycol water, chilled water and refrigerant piping; ductwork arid accessories. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE B All insulation, jacket and adhesive shall have a fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested under ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed - 50 1.03 SUBMITTALS • Provide in accordance with 15010, for all products governed by this section to be utilized on this project. UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL PART 2 - PRODUCTS F NG INEERING INC. 2.01 PIPING INSULATION C Type A: Glass fiber, rigid molded sectional pipe covering, conforming to A` IM C547, Class II, "Mineral Fiber t 10 S. MAGNOLIA AVE., SANFORD, FL 32771 Preformed Pipe Insulation". Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.23 BTU/HR.-SF.-'F per inch thickness at 757, Equal to: Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 Manville Corp. - Micro -Lok 650 -AP -T. CA 00009600 Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp. - One Piece 25 ASJ/SSIL Certain -Teed - 500' Snap -ON. ■ Type B: Closed cell, flexible thermal elastomeric conforming to ASTM C534, "Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form." Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.27 BTU/HR.-SF.-'F per inch thickness at 75 degrees F. Equal to: Armstrong - "Armaflex". B.F. Goodrich - "Flexible Insulation Tubing and Sheeting". Manville Corp. - "Aerotube" 2.02 DUCTWORK INSULATION Type F: Flexible mineral fiber blanket conforming to ASTM 0553, Type I, Class B-5 (up to 4007.), 0.75 ■ pounds/CU. FT. nominal. Conductivity (k) equals approximately 0.24 (BTU-IN/HR.-SF,-"F) per inch thickness at 757, Integral UL rated vapor barrier of aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim larninated to 30 Ib, kraft paper. Equal to: Certainteed - Universal Manville Corp. - Microlite Owens Corning - Duct Wrap E 2.03 INSULATION ACCESSORIES Provide all necessary insulation system accessories as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and as necessary for a complete systern, including, but riot necessarily limited to the following: PVC fittings covers, vapor barrier lap adhesive, vapor seal mastic; adhesives, fiberglass cloth jacket and tape; wire; mechanical ■ fasteners; welded or adhered pins with speed clip washers; bands; wire mesh; etc. SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL PART 3 - EXECUTION COMPLEX COMPLEX 3.01 TYPE A INSULATION INSTALLATION F A. Tightly butt together sections of insulation on pipe runs sealing longitudinal searrrs of jacket with vapor barrier adhesive. Seal end joints with 4 inch wide straps of vapor barrier tape. Seal off ends of insulation with 2625 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD vapor seal mastic at valves, fittings and flanges. No further finish required. SANF®R®' FLORIDA 32773 B. PVC fitting jackets shall be used when they are available for the particular application. When molded coverings ore riot available, the coverings shall be fabricated in the field similar to equipment insulation. ■ C. Cold Piping: Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation having the same thickness us adjacent pipe covering, securing in place with copper wire loops, twisting ends and embedding in insulation. Apply a PVC jacket arid finish joints with a 1/16 inch thick seal coat of vapor seal mastic. Apply a pressure sensitive vap??or barrier tape over the joint jacket. G D. Hot Piping: Cover valves, fittings and flanges with insulation similar to the adjacent pipe covering, securing in place with galvanized wire loops, twisting ends and embedding in insulation. Apply a PVC jacket and tape end joints to adjacent pipe insulation. Do riot use PVC fitting jackets where the surface of the insulation is above 1507. ■ 3.02 TYPE B INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Type B insulation shall be slipped on the pipe prior to connection, and the butt joints shall be sealed. Where the slip-on techniques is not possible, the insulation shall be carefully slit and applied to the pipe. B. All joints shall be sealed with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. C. Do not upply Type B insulation in multiple layers. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited D. Type B insulation shall not be used in plenums nor fire wall penetrations. SEAL ■ E. This Contractor shall paint Type B insulation exterior to the building with two coats of a vinyl lacquer paint recommended by the insulation manufacturer for protection against ultraviolet degradation and shall be flexible with no cracking. 3.03 TYPE F INSULATION INSTALLATION Ile Apply insulation tightly and smoothly to duct. Secure insulation on the bottom of ducts and plenums and on the �� J sides of plenums and other places where the insulation will sag. Impale insulation over pins or anchors located �i i in after clips are secured more an 8" lace with washers and clips. Cut off protruding not than 1 apart and hold in p p p g p p and seal with aluminum backed pressure sensitive tape. Apply insulation with joints tightly butted. Seal all ductwork joints, punctures and fittings with fiberglass fabric tape and a mastic type sealant containing a vapor barrier. Cover all breaks, joints, punctures and voids with a vapor seal mastic and cover with a vapor barrier Matthew J Brueckner, PE ■ P s cress plates and material identical to vapor barrier on the insulation. Bevel insulation around Warne plate.,, a, p CA ���%% doors. Insulation shall be continuous through walls and floors except at fire dampers. END 15250 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS L DRAWING NO. M 11 N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 IN 16 Copyright B UHQLTZ NOFESSLONAL ENGINLTMNG, INC. All Rights Reserved. A e ■ C ■ ■ F ■ G ■ Tal ■ J ■ K ■ ■ M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 SECTION 15890 - DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK: The work of this Section consists of all labor and materials necessary to provide all ductwork arid ductwork accessories, install ternperature control dampers furnished by Controls Contractor, arid providing required connections to equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications requiring exhaust and ventilation. 1.02 QUALITY J A l »URANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ductwork products of types, rnaterials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for riot less than 5 years. B. Installer shall be a firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on low and/or medium pressure ductwork systems similar to that required for this project. C. Codes and Standards: The Latest Edition of the following codes and standards apply to all or part of the products or procedures covered in this specification. Individual items of the specification may refer more specifically to applicable sections of these codes or standards As a rninirnum, all work shall comply with the applicable section(s) of each of the following: Adhesive and Sealant Council (ASC). American National Standards Institute (ANSI/ASTM). American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). Local and State regulations. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). Standard Building Code. Standard Mechanical Code. Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association (TIMA). Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Florida Energy Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Provide in accordance with 15010, for ull products governed by this section to be utilized on this project. Also provide Shop Drawings for ductwork and fittings, and mechanical room layouts. 1,04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protect ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. The Contractor shall make provisions for the storage of fiberglass and lined sheet metal ductwork in an enclosed trailer, when stored on-site and prior to building "dry -in", to prevent any damage resulting from inclement weather or construction traffic. Ductwork shall not be stored outdoors. B. Ductwork, stored or installed, found to be damaged as a result of moisture, vandalism, carelessness or construction traffic shall be replaced in new condition by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the Owner and at no additional expense. There will be no exceptions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURE - DUCT SYSTEMS A. Stored ductwork shall be seuled with Visqueen on each end of each piece of duct and shall be covered with Visqueen at all times during storage periods to keep dust from entering the ductwork system. B. Prior to installation, Contractor shall inspect the ductwork and wipe the inside surfaces of duct clean. C. Upon installation of each section of the ductwork, all outlets shall be covered with Visqueen and taped shut to keep construction dust from entering the ductwork once it is installed. This procedure shall be carried out the same day the ductwork is installed. Duct joints shall be sealed as soon as possible. D. Ductwork shall be periodically checked by Contractor during course of construction to insure that protective Visqueen remains sealed around all openings of the ductwork. E. Protective measures shall be taken to keep HVAC units from operating during periods of high levels of construction dust, such as concrete cutting, drywall sanding, etc. F. HVAC filters shall be installed at all air handling units, return air duct openings and filterback grilles. HVAC filters Shull be of design quality and performance and shall be inspected no less than a monthly basis and changed out. During periods of high construction dust, filters are required to be changed out as much as once per week, depending upon visual inspection and the arnount of run time of the unit. G. After completion of installation, the interior walls of ductwork and interior components arid walls of air handlers shall be inspected for dirt and dust by Contractor, Architect, Engineer arid Owner. If unacceptable amounts of dust and dirt are visible, the unit and ductwork shall be professionally cleaned at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: ASTM A653, Lock -forming Quality, Coating G-90 (0.90 oz./S.F.). The weight of steel used shall not be less than is listed in the SMACNA manual HVAC Duct or structiun Standards", Latest Edition. See SMACNA manual fr gage, and reinforcement requirements ar rJ provide de all as required. Minimum operating static pressure is as follows: Low Pressure Supply: +20" Return: -2.0" Exhaust: -F/-2.0" B. Fiberglass Rigid Board Duct: U.L. listed as Class I duct, Standard 181 and shall comply with NEPA 90A. Flexural rigidity (stiffness) value of 800 EI. Duct shall be fiberglass with a surface acrylic coating that will not support biological growth. This coating shall also guard against incursion of dust and dirt into the insulation. This coating skull be darnage resistarit which does riot wear or abrade easily. Duct shall be capable of being cleaned per NAIMA Duct Cleaning Standards. The exterior surface shall be faced with a durable fire-resistant Foil-Scrirn-Kraft (FSK) facing. All joints and seams shall be sealed with glass fabric and mastic. Duct shall be suituble for air velocities up to 5000 fpm. Approved Manufacturers and Models: Schuller Manville SuperDuct Air Duct Board - Type 800; Knauf Duct Board M C. Flexible Duct - Low Pressure: U.L. listed as Class I duet arid connector, Standard '181 and shall comply with NFPA 90A. Duct shall have an inner liner of a trilarninate fabric of aluminum foil, fiberglass and aluminized polyester. The flexible duct skull have on exterior jacket of fiberyluss insulation (min. 1') enclosed in a reinforced rnetalized protective vapor barrier. Inner iner shall be mechanically joined to corrosion resistant couted steel helix, Minirnurn pressure rating shall be 10" mg. positive arid 5" w.g. negative. Maximum thermal conductivity of 0.23 at 75 degrees F, and vapor barrier permeance of 0.05 Perin per ASTM E96, Procedure A. Equal to Flexmaster Type 3M. Provide flexible duct of the size shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all necessary transitions required between uir devices arid ductwork. D. Stainless Steel Sheet: ANSI/ASTM A167, Type 304 (rninirnurn thickness .043 inches for kitchen hood exhaust). Material shall comply with the requirements of NFPA-95 for grease ducts. All joints and seams shall be continuously welded to provide a liquid -tight system. Provide with No. 4 directional polish where exposed to view in occupied spaces. 2.03 DUCT TAKE -OFFS (Round, from Rectangular Sheetrnetal Ducts): Round take -offs from rectangulur sheetrnetul ducts shall have the following features: 45 degree entry. Minimum 26 gauge, G-90 galvanized steel construction. 1' wide mounting flange with die formed corner clips. Pre -punched mounting holes. Adhesive coated gasket for minimal leakage. Round outlet shall be provided with rolled stiffener bead. Provide with volume damper with 2" insulation build -out, 3/8" square shaft, nylon bushings and Duro Dyne KR -3 locking quadrant handle. Equal to Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. model "STOD" with insulation build -out option "1303". 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 IN ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 IN 2.03 DUCT TAKE -OFFS (Round, from Rectangular Rigid Board Duct): Round take -offs from rectangular rigid board ducts shall have the following features: Conical bellmouth entry. Minimum 25 gauge, G-90 galvanized steel construction. Round outlet shall be provided with rolled stiffener bead. Provide with volume damper with 2" insulation build -out, 2" shaft, extender, and locking quadrant handle. Equal to Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. model "DOD" with insulation build -out option "1302". 2.04 VOLUME DAMPERS: Volume dampers shall have the following features: The damper blade shall be fixed to the damper rod so that the damper blade cannot move independently of the rod. The damper blades shall be of a single thickness of metal at least two gauges heavier than adjacent ductwork and have the edges hemmed. Handles shall be locking quadrant type and clearly indicate damper position. Ends of the damper shaft shall be notched parallel to damper position. Provide stand offs and extended rods for insulated ducts as required. (Note: Volume damper handles utilizing a wing nut on the end of the shaft, at the center of handle rotation are NOT permitted.) Dampers shall be properly fabricated to prevent vibration. Contractor shall select dampers accordingly for the maximum air velocity and duct gauge encountered at each locution. For rectangular dampers, maximum single blade dimension perpendicular to the axis of rotation shall be 8'. Opposed blade dampers shall be used for duct sizes exceeding this dimension, and where indicated on the drawings. All dampers shall meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards", Section 2.2 "Volume Dampers". 2.05 ACCESS PANELS: Frame shall be minimum 22 ga. galvanized steel with sea]. Door shall be minimum 22 ga. galvanized steel hinged double wall with 1" thick fiberglass insulation for exposed applications. Non -hinged type with cam latches shall be used in concealed applications where door swing is limited. Gasket on frame and door shall be neoprene or fourn rubber. Latches shall be zinc plated. Access panel construction shall provide airtightness suitable for the pressure class of the duct. The panel size shall be 2 inches smaller than the duct width square, minimum 12 inches, maximum 24 inches by 24 inches. In medium or high pressure applications (greater than +2") use a high pressure access door similar to Ruskin Model ADHP-3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK AND MECHANICAL ROOM SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contract Documents are design drawings, not fabrication and installation drawings. They are diagrammatic in nature and therefore do not indicate all offsets and fittings that may be .necessary to complete the ductwork systems. The bidder is to assume, and include in his bid, all necessary transitions, offsets and fittings to complete the duct systems and shall indicate same in ductwork shop drawing package. B. Prior to fabrication and installation, the Contractor shall submit ductwork shop drawings. Minimum scale shall be 1/4"-1'-0". Submit dimensioned layouts showing both the accurately scaled ductwork and its relation to space enclosure. Show modifications of indicated requirements, and how those modifications ensure that free area, materials and rigidity are not reduced. Show duct gauge sizes, hanger methods, insulation size and type and duct joint connection details. Show duct elevation dimensions in relation to floor, ceiling and structural heights. Indicate all ductwork accessories, mechanical equipment, air devices, etc. on shop drawings. Locate all duct heaters, VAV boxes, power ventilators, air handling equipment, smoke detectors, in fully accessible locations as they relate to lights, joists, beams, sprinkler mains, etc, to ensure safe unrestricted access for service and maintenance. These drawings shall be coordinated with all other subcontractors and the General Contractor and will serve as a part of the coordination and layout drawings required under Section 15010 for all systems. C. The shop drawings shall indicate planned installation conditions and shall be coordinated with the work of all other trades, and any existing conditions of the site. D. Details of duct fittings shall be submitted and after review and approval shall serve as comparison guidelines for the actual construction. 3.02 DUCTWORK SERVICE SCHEDULE A. Galvanized Steel: Low pressure supply air; return air; outdoor air (ventilation); exhaust (non -grease, non -corrosive) B. Flexible Duct - Low Pressure: Where shown or noted on the drawings. All flexible ducts shall be suitable for the service intended. No length of low-pressure flexible duct shall be over 8 feet long or turn more than a total of 180 degrees. Only in concealed spaces (above ceilings). Shall not be used on the inlet of VAV boxes. C. Rigid duct board may be used only with the Owner's written approval. 3.03 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all ductwork required in connection with the Air Distribution and Exhaust Systems. B. All sheetmetal ductwork shall be constructed and installed, as a minimum, in accordance with SMACNA manual titled "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible". C. The internal dimension of all ducts shall be of size indicated on the drawings. In no case shall the Contractor change the indicted size of the ductwork without written approval of the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall carefully check the arrangement of ducts and dimensions of all working spaces at the building so that there will be no interference with the running of ducts. The Contractor shall carefully lay out all openings in floors and walls. E. All ductwork shall be securely supported and shall be installed so as not to interfere with plumbing, piping and lighting. F. Where ducts pass through finished walls, ceilings or floors, galvanized angle frames at the walls, floors, and ceilings shall be provided by the Contractor to seal the space around the duct. G. Turns in ducts shall be constructed with easy, radiused ells. Make no curve having a radius less than twice the width of the duct for ducts up to twelve inches wide, and less than the width of the duct for larger ducts. H. Wherever it is necessary to change the shape of the ducts, it shall be done gradually and the full area retained. I. Manufactured acoustical air foil turning vanes shall be used wherever mitered turns or square turns are installed. J. Where required for access to equipment, dampers and/or controls, provide duct -mounted access panels (doors). Panel size shall be sufficient for access to accommodate required servicing. The panels shall be a standard product of a company engaged in the manufacturing of access panels and shall be complete with frame, insulated door, gusket(s) and latches. K. Kitchen hood exhaust systems including all ducts handling smoke and grease -laden vapors shall be constructed in complete accordance with NFPA 96. Ducts shall lead, as directly as possible, to the exterior of the building. Ducts shall be installed without forming dips or traps which might collect residues. Horizontal ducts shall slope in accordance with code. Provide cleanouts in duct at each change in direction and every 6 feet horizontally. 3.04 SEALING DUCTS A. As a rninirnum, seal all lateral and longitudinal joints in all ducts according to SMACNA Seal Class A unless otherwise noted on drawings or specifications. B. Lock all searns in ductwork and hammer flat; make absolutely tight against air leakage. Lap joints with inside lap in direction of air travel. Install sufficient slip joints in the ducts to take care of expansion and contraction. C. The sealing material shall be of the liquid, mastics and gaskets types. The sealing material shall be applied per the manufacturer's written recommendations and shall be compatible with the duct material, the air quality within the duct and the location of the duct. 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 3.05 DUCTWORK TAKE -OFFS: Provide take -offs from the supply mains where indicated on the drawings. Take -offs shall be of an appropriate design for the main duct construction. For all branch ducts, provide 45 degree entry boot taps as indicated on drawings. Volume dumpers sholl be provided at each takeoff and where indicated. 3.06 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Furnish and install volume dampers where shown on the drawings, and as required to properly equalize and balance the ventilating systems. B. As a minimum, dampers must be provided to isolate and adjust flow at each individual supply, return and exhaust air device connection to a duct. This applies whether or not a damper is s ecp ifically shown or rioted in each location on the drawing C. Each branch duct (duct serving multiple air devices) shall be provided with a volume damper minimum two gauges heavier than the duct. Damper shall be located at the branch duct connection to the main duct, D. All dampers shall be so constructed that there will be no movement of the damper blades or assembly when the systems are in operation. E. Standoffs and extended rods to set the damper operator (handle) beyond the duct insulation shall be provided, as required. 3.07 DUCT -MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS: Install duct -mounted smoke detectors furnished by the project Electrical Contractor where shown or noted on the drawings. 3.08 DUCT CONNECTIONS: Where metal ducts are to be connected to fans, flexible connection shall be used. 3.09 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: All horizontal suspended ducts shall be supported with galvanized steel angle trapeze hangers around side and bottom of ducts, and securely fastened to the building construction in an approved manner. Horizontal duct supports are to be spaced not more than five feet apart. Ducts eighteen inches or less in width may be provided with strop steel trapeze hangers around sides and bottom of ducts in lieu of steel angles. Round and oval duct shall be supported as shown on the drawings or as recommended by SMACNA Manual. No ceilings, piping or equipment shall be supported from the ductwork or duct hangars. END 15890 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TESTING. ADJUSTING & BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and services necessary for arid incidental to HVAC systems testing and balancing. Work includes testing, adjusting and 'balancing (TAB) of all HVAC -related equipment arid systems on the Project. Testing and Balancing shall not begin until the systems have been completed, started and are in full working order. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning equipment shall be completely installed and in continuous operation to accomplish the testing, adjusting and balancing work specified. Complete air balancing prior to hydronic balancing. B. Perform testing, adjusting and balancing when outside conditions approximate design conditions for heating and cooling functions or when the system is operating at design capacity. C. Notify the Owner in writing when the testing and balancing work will begin. The Owner reserves the right to have an observer present during the times when the testing and balancing work is being performed. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALIFICATIONS A. The Testing and Balancing Agency shall have been in business continually for a minimum of the previous five (5) years. B. The Testing and Balancing Agency shall specialize in testing and balancing of heating, ventilating, air -moving equipment, air-conditioning system arid hydronic systems. C. Only Qualified Personnel shall perforin testing and balancing work. Qualified Personnel are defined as personnel who possess current, applicable certifications) by at least one (1) of the following organizations: AABC - Associated Air Balance Council NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau D. The Testing and Balancing agency shall have a minimum of one (1) qualified test and balance engineer having applicable certification referenced above. This certified test and balance engineer shall be responsible for on-site supervision of the work, and subsequent certification of the report specified herein. This individual shall have at least five (5) years applicable experience. E. The testing agency shall have successfully completed at least five (5) projects of similar type, size and scope. Submit a list of at least five (5) completed projects of similar type, size, and scope to this project successfully tested and balanced by the submitted Qualified Personnel for review by the Architect/Engineer, prior to performing the work. F. Each Contractor shall perform all corrective measures caused by faulty installation. Retest, readjust and rebalance system(s) until satisfactory results are achieved. G. The balancing agency shall perform the services specified herein in accordance with AABC or NEBB Standards. If the specifications herein are more stringent than those of AABC or NEBB, the more stringent specifications shall prevail. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accord with 15010. B. Within 30 days after award of Contract, and prior to performing the work, submit all data necessary, for Architect/Engineer review, to establish that the qualifications and requirements indicated above in Paragraph 1.04 "Quality Assurance and Qualifications" are met by the Balancing Agency and its associated Qualified Personnel. C. Prior to performing the work, submit Data Sheet on each item of testing equipment for Architect/Engineer review. Include name of device, manufacturer's name, model number, latest date of calibration and correction factors. Calibration of all testing equipment shall be within a period of six (6) months prior to their use on this project, in accordance with NEBB or AABC standards and the instrument manufacturers. D. Field Reports shall be provided indicating deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance E. Submit a Certified Report containing all test data and other related information recorded during testing and balancing, placed on appropriate NEBB or AABC forms for Architect/Engineer review. This does not preclude computer generated forms that follow NEBB or AABC guidelines. All forms shall be modified as required to contain the information specified herein. Reports shall certify that the methods used and results achieved are as specified. Reports shall note all discrepancies from design and reasons for such discrepancies. 1.05 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Mechanical Contractor has numerous responsibilities associated with the test and balance. It is imperative that the Test and Balance Contractor coordinate these responsibilities with them. B. Allocate sufficient time in the construction schedule for test and balance procedure. C. Place all systems and necessary allied devices required, and only those required, for each working day of the testing and balancing procedures into maximum design condition operation. At the completion of the testing and balancing procedures of the day, the Mechanical Contractor shall return the systems to normal operation or shut thein down. D. Replace and/or install pulleys, belts, and dampers as required for the correct balance as directed by the Test and Balance Contractor. 8 N 9 N 10 E 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 E. Prepare the airside systems for testing and balancing as follows, (all new arid existing devices ure SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL(� ■ A included). 1. Identify and list size, type arid manufacturer of all equipment to be tested including air terminals. Inspect all 1. Mechanically check all rotating air devices, to insure that the devices are capable of operation under normal F j ratings to be impractical. 3. Verify that all instruments are accurately calibrated and maintained. 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD design modes and have correct rotation arid the related automatic controls are functional and calibrated. 4. Install clean filters. SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 B. Central System: 2. All balancing, splitter, volume, fire and smoke control, and VAV dampers shall be in their respective neutral ■ 1. Test, adjust and record fan RPM to design specification within the limits of mechanical equipment provided. position or fully open. All locking devices shall be functional and secured. ratings. 3. Make Pitot tube traverse of main supply, and exhaust ducts, determine and record CFM at fans and adjust ■ 3. All air distribution inlet and outlet devices (i.e., grilles, registers, diffusers, and etc.) shall be fully open. All G 5. Test arid adjust system for design outside air, CFM, using pitot-tube traverse. 6. Test and adjust systems for design recirculated air, CFM, using pitot-tube traverse. locking devices shall be functional and secured. 8. Test and record cooling apparatus entering air temperatures, dry bulb and wet bulb. 4. All automatic controls (i.e., direct digital, electronic, electric, pneumatic, hydraulic and/or uny combination ■ 10. Test and record cooling apparatus leaving air temperatures, dry bulb and wet bulb. thereof) shall be mechanically and electrically checked and be available to operate under design conditions. D. Air Terminals (Diffusers, Registers, Grilles, Central Dampers and Terminal Boxes): 1. Identify each air terminal from reports as to location and determine specified flow reading, H 5. Air control locking devices (Le., control rods, quadrunts, and etc.) shall be permanently marked to represent 2. fest arid adjust each air terminal to within 10% of design requirement. The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. 3. Test procedure on air terminals shall include comparison of specified FPM velocity and observed velocity, B the true position of their respective control surfa,e.. The looking devices markings stall be inconspicuous in adjustment of terminal, and comparison of specified CFM arid observed CFM after adjustment. 4. Set volume regulators on all terminal boxes to meet design rnaxirrrurn and minimum CFM requirements. All associated temperature controls shall be checked for proper operation and calibrution. If the terminal boxes have separate settings for heating and cooling CFM, the CFM quantities for each shall be recorded on air outlet data sheets. All diffusers connected to the terminal box shall be read and recorded in heating and cooling modes. 5. Adjust flow patterns from air terminal units to minimize drafts to extent design and equipment permits. ■ Ii SEAL E. Heaters: r 1. Measure end record KW volts and arms. f 2. Measure and record air temperature rise ('F). occupied areas. J I. F. Verification: Prepare summation of readings of observed CFM for each system, compare with required I CFM and verify that duct losses are within specified allowable range, Determine coil and filter static pressure drops. 6. Install new air filters before the start of testing and as directed by the Test and Balance Contractor in order 3.02 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AND SPLIT SYSTEM TESTS: Test, Adjust and Balance systems in accord with the CA# 57977 following requirements. to meet design conditions of the air handling devices. REVISIONS: A. Record unit data including mark, location, manufacturer model number and serial number of all equipment tested. 7. Provide air control devices, such as balancing dampers, as per the drawings and specifications, and as K Rev. # Date Description B. Measure and Record Evaporator Fan and Motor Data (Design and Actual) 1. Motor manufacturer, nameplate HP, volts, amps, phase, RPM and service factor. 2. Sheave diameters and number; type , and size of belts. directed by the Test and Balance Contractor in order to obtain the proper balance conditions. ■ 8. Mechanically check variable volume air devices for all operational modes. Verify devices operate, no loose Q linkages, damper blades, parts move freely as intended. 3. Supply, return, and outside air CFM. 4, Fan RPM. 5. Motor volts and amps. 6. Fan total, suction, discharge, and unit external static pressure. ButioLTL PROFESSIONAL Q 1.06 REVERIFICAriON: A percentage (riot more than 10%) of the final recorded data will be subject to 0 ENGINEERING, reverifiration by the Architect/Engineer or Owner, and no additional cost. This Contractor shall Luke additional INC. l instrument readings as directed. Test points will be in normally accessible locations and randornly selected by 110 S, MAGNOLIA AVE. SANEORD FL 32771 C Architect/Engineer. If these random tests demonstrate a measured flow deviation of 10 percent or more from 1. Coil CFM. 2. Coil entering and leaving air DB/WB temperatures, 'F. 3. Coil capacity, BTUH. L that data recorded in the certified test and balance report, all systems shall be retested and readjusted, and a Ph 407-330-4848 ft 407-330-4688 new certified report submitted, at no additional cost. CA 00009600 PART - PRODUCTS j ■ 2.01 INSTRUMENTS / TOOLS: Provide all necessary TAB instruments as per instrument schedules from NEBB Drawn By MJB 2. Number of compressors/circuits. or AABC. Instruments shall be used and applied that are best suited to the system function being tested. 3. Arnbient temperature, oF. 4. Crankcase heater volts, amps. 5. Compressor volts, amps. j Checked By 2.02 REPLACEMENT / ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS Approved By MJB Project No, 08109-00 6. Condenser fans: number, HP, volts, amps, phase, RPM. D A. Replacement or additional components, such as pulleys, fan belts, pressure taps and fittings, balancing M I amps. 1. ensure and record KW volts and M P 2. Measure and record air temperature rise ('F). MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS dampers, hydronic balancing valves and any other devices or equipment required to effect proper testing, adjusting 3.03 SUBMISSION OF REPORTS: Fill in test results on approved NEBB or AABC forms. Submit ubmit three and balancing shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Where integral components of HVAC equipment (such as pulleys and belts) are replaced to effect proper testing, adjusting and balancing, the replacement components shall be at least the same level of quality as the ■ original components, and shall fully satisfy the minimum requirements of the equipment manufacturer. C. Refer to the Contract Drawings and applicable Specification Sections for the requirements of additional systern components (such as taps, fittings, valves, dampers, etc.). E MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING _& BALANCING (CONT.) I 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 AIR SYSTEMS -Test, adjust and balance systems in accord with the following requirements: SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL(� ■ A. Preliminary: nA COMPLEX 1. Identify and list size, type arid manufacturer of all equipment to be tested including air terminals. Inspect all system components for proper installation and operation. 2. Use manufacturer's ratings for all equipment to make required calculations except where field test shows F j ratings to be impractical. 3. Verify that all instruments are accurately calibrated and maintained. 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD 4. Install clean filters. SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 B. Central System: ■ 1. Test, adjust and record fan RPM to design specification within the limits of mechanical equipment provided. 2. Test and record motor voltage and running amperes including motor nameplate data arid starter heater ratings. 3. Make Pitot tube traverse of main supply, and exhaust ducts, determine and record CFM at fans and adjust fans to design CFM. 4. Test and record system static Pressure suction and discharge. G 5. Test arid adjust system for design outside air, CFM, using pitot-tube traverse. 6. Test and adjust systems for design recirculated air, CFM, using pitot-tube traverse. 7. Test and record heating apparatus entering air temperatures, dry bulb. 8. Test and record cooling apparatus entering air temperatures, dry bulb and wet bulb. 9. Test and record heating apparatus leaving air temperatures, dry bulb. ■ 10. Test and record cooling apparatus leaving air temperatures, dry bulb and wet bulb. C. Distribution: Adjust zones or branch ducts to proper design CFM, supply and return. D. Air Terminals (Diffusers, Registers, Grilles, Central Dampers and Terminal Boxes): 1. Identify each air terminal from reports as to location and determine specified flow reading, H These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain 2. fest arid adjust each air terminal to within 10% of design requirement. The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. 3. Test procedure on air terminals shall include comparison of specified FPM velocity and observed velocity, Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited adjustment of terminal, and comparison of specified CFM arid observed CFM after adjustment. 4. Set volume regulators on all terminal boxes to meet design rnaxirrrurn and minimum CFM requirements. All associated temperature controls shall be checked for proper operation and calibrution. If the terminal boxes have separate settings for heating and cooling CFM, the CFM quantities for each shall be recorded on air outlet data sheets. All diffusers connected to the terminal box shall be read and recorded in heating and cooling modes. 5. Adjust flow patterns from air terminal units to minimize drafts to extent design and equipment permits. ■ Ii SEAL E. Heaters: r 1. Measure end record KW volts and arms. f 2. Measure and record air temperature rise ('F). rj J I. F. Verification: Prepare summation of readings of observed CFM for each system, compare with required I CFM and verify that duct losses are within specified allowable range, Determine coil and filter static pressure drops. Matthew J Brueckner, PE 3.02 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AND SPLIT SYSTEM TESTS: Test, Adjust and Balance systems in accord with the CA# 57977 following requirements. REVISIONS: A. Record unit data including mark, location, manufacturer model number and serial number of all equipment tested. K Rev. # Date Description B. Measure and Record Evaporator Fan and Motor Data (Design and Actual) 1. Motor manufacturer, nameplate HP, volts, amps, phase, RPM and service factor. 2. Sheave diameters and number; type , and size of belts. 0 Q 3. Supply, return, and outside air CFM. 4, Fan RPM. 5. Motor volts and amps. 6. Fan total, suction, discharge, and unit external static pressure. ■ Q 0 Q C. Measure and Record Evaporator Coil Data (Design and Actual) l 0 1. Coil CFM. 2. Coil entering and leaving air DB/WB temperatures, 'F. 3. Coil capacity, BTUH. L D. Measure and Record Condensing Unit Data (Design and Actual) 1. Manufacturer model number and serial number. j Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB 2. Number of compressors/circuits. ■ 3. Arnbient temperature, oF. 4. Crankcase heater volts, amps. 5. Compressor volts, amps. j Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No, 08109-00 6. Condenser fans: number, HP, volts, amps, phase, RPM. TITLE E. Measure and Record Heater Data M I amps. 1. ensure and record KW volts and M P 2. Measure and record air temperature rise ('F). MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.03 SUBMISSION OF REPORTS: Fill in test results on approved NEBB or AABC forms. Submit ubmit three certified copies of specified test reports to the Architect/Engineer for review. Include in report a list of instruments used and lost date of calibration. END 15991 DRAWING NO. M12 N PERMIT (DOCUMENTS 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright .BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All flights Reserved. A e B ■ C ■ D ■ E a F i e G i. ■ H ■ J K ■ ■ M s N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ ii ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ FIRST FLOOR -M ECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" u SECOND FLOOR -MECHANICAL PLAN 3 DRYWELL, SEE DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES BETWEEN ACCU'S. 2. WHERE RETURN GRILLE IS LOCATED BELOW THE RETURN DUCT, PROVIDE BRANCH DUCT FULL SIZE OF THE RETURN GRILLE NECK. REFER TO DETAIL 2/M3.1. REFERENCED NOTES: LJ 24x12 EXHAUST LOUVER EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN ELF6375D, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STATIONARY LOUVER WITH DRAINABLE BLADES. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN. �2 CORE DRILL CONCRETE CEILING TO INSTALL RETURN GRILLE AND DIFFUSER. 3 24x18 OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN ELF6375D, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STATIONARY LOUVER WITH DRAINABLE BLADES. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN. ❑4 MOUNT WAREHOUSE EXHAUST FAN 19'-0" A.F.F. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE LOCKED OUT OF OPERATION WHILE AHU-3 IS OPERATING. BELOW OPERATING SWITCH, PLACE PLAQUE STATING "ROLL—UP DOORS MUST BE OPENED PRIOR TO OPERATING EXHAUST FAN". REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS OF INTERLOCK WITH ROLL—UP DOOR. �5 PROVIDE 2 LAYERS 5/8" DRYWALL ON BACKSIDE OF THERMOSTAT. �6 ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT TO CEILING. 7 PROVIDE DRYWALL CHASE IN OFFICE 5 TO ROUTE REFRIGERANT AND CONDENSATE PIPING UP TO 2ND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM. u 10x8 OA DUCT TO AHU-3, SET TO 200 CFM. [ 10x3 OA DUCT TO AHU-2. SET TO 240 CFM. 10 4"0 DUCT FROM AHU-3 TO DIFFUSER. REFER TO SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN. 3/4" COND. DRAIN 1" COND. DRAIN 42x24 TO 11 VAV DIFFUSER, EQUIVALENT TO TIfUS T3SQ WITH AN 8" TO DRYWELL TO DRYWELL RETURN GRILLE INLET. PROVIDE WITH MASTER CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT. 4"0 DUCT DOWN TO SET MINIMUM FLOW TO 70 CFM. OFFICE 5 DIFFUSER 1 e 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ Q ■ 7 ■ B ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 A 1 M4 e B Ill B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. C 110 S. MAGNOLIA AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 ■ D ■ E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL ■ COMPLEX F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANEORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G e These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL J Matthew J Brueckner, PE ■ CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 0 0 Q■ 0 O L 0 Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB ■ Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE BLDG "B" M MECHANICAL PLAN if DRAWING NO. M2mO N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 16 Copyright B UHOLTZ PROFBSS.ICNAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. 1 6x 12 ° U � FIRST FLOOR -M ECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" u SECOND FLOOR -MECHANICAL PLAN 3 DRYWELL, SEE DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES BETWEEN ACCU'S. 2. WHERE RETURN GRILLE IS LOCATED BELOW THE RETURN DUCT, PROVIDE BRANCH DUCT FULL SIZE OF THE RETURN GRILLE NECK. REFER TO DETAIL 2/M3.1. REFERENCED NOTES: LJ 24x12 EXHAUST LOUVER EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN ELF6375D, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STATIONARY LOUVER WITH DRAINABLE BLADES. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN. �2 CORE DRILL CONCRETE CEILING TO INSTALL RETURN GRILLE AND DIFFUSER. 3 24x18 OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN ELF6375D, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STATIONARY LOUVER WITH DRAINABLE BLADES. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN. ❑4 MOUNT WAREHOUSE EXHAUST FAN 19'-0" A.F.F. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE LOCKED OUT OF OPERATION WHILE AHU-3 IS OPERATING. BELOW OPERATING SWITCH, PLACE PLAQUE STATING "ROLL—UP DOORS MUST BE OPENED PRIOR TO OPERATING EXHAUST FAN". REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS OF INTERLOCK WITH ROLL—UP DOOR. �5 PROVIDE 2 LAYERS 5/8" DRYWALL ON BACKSIDE OF THERMOSTAT. �6 ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT TO CEILING. 7 PROVIDE DRYWALL CHASE IN OFFICE 5 TO ROUTE REFRIGERANT AND CONDENSATE PIPING UP TO 2ND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM. u 10x8 OA DUCT TO AHU-3, SET TO 200 CFM. [ 10x3 OA DUCT TO AHU-2. SET TO 240 CFM. 10 4"0 DUCT FROM AHU-3 TO DIFFUSER. REFER TO SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN. 3/4" COND. DRAIN 1" COND. DRAIN 42x24 TO 11 VAV DIFFUSER, EQUIVALENT TO TIfUS T3SQ WITH AN 8" TO DRYWELL TO DRYWELL RETURN GRILLE INLET. PROVIDE WITH MASTER CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT. 4"0 DUCT DOWN TO SET MINIMUM FLOW TO 70 CFM. OFFICE 5 DIFFUSER 1 e 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ Q ■ 7 ■ B ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 A 1 M4 e B Ill B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. C 110 S. MAGNOLIA AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 ■ D ■ E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL ■ COMPLEX F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANEORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G e These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL J Matthew J Brueckner, PE ■ CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 0 0 Q■ 0 O L 0 Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB ■ Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE BLDG "B" M MECHANICAL PLAN if DRAWING NO. M2mO N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 16 Copyright B UHOLTZ PROFBSS.ICNAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. A ■ B ■ C ■ D ■ E ■ F ■ G ■ H ■ J K 9 ■ M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 a 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGER SCHEDULE DIAMETER MAX. HALF PAIR AT 1OFT SPACING PAIR AT 8FT SPACING PAIR AT 5FT SPACING PAIR AT 4FT SPACING 12' 1/4" '1 " x 22" GA. RELAYS, 11-18" OF DUCT 1/4" 1" x 22" GA. TRANE 19"-24" 12' 1/4" 1 " x 22" GA. CONTROL DIAGRAM - PERIMETER STRAP ROD STRAP ROD STRAP ROD STRAP ROD P/2=30" 1 "x22 CA 1 /4" 1 "x22 CA 1/4" 1 "x22 GA 1/4" 1 "x22 GA 1/4" P/2=72" 1"x18 CA 3/8" 1 "x20 GA 1/4" 1 "x22 GA 1/4" 1 "x22 GA 1/4" P/2=96" 1 "x16 GA 3/8" 1"x18 GA 3/8" 1 "x20 GA 3/8" 1 "x22 GA 1/4" NOTES: VOLTS 1. SCHEDULE CREATED FROM SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS", SECOND EDITION - 1995. SMACNA REQUIREMENTS GOVERN. 208 2. TABLE ALLOWS FOR TYPICAL DUCT WEIGHT WITH NORMAL REINFORCEMENT AND JOINTS, 1 LB/SF INSULATION WEIGHT, AND TRAPEZE WEIGHT, BUT NO EXTERNAL LOADS. IF HEAVIER DUCTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED (SUCH AS DOUBLE-WALL OR DENSE INSULATIONS), ADJUST HANGER SIZES TO BE WITHIN THEIR LOAD LIMITS. 3 3. STRAPS ARE TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL. MCA 4. ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR P/2 ASSUME THAT DUCTS ARE 15 GA MAX.. EXCEPT THAT WHEN MAXIMUM DUCT DIMENSION (W) IS OVER 50", THEN P/2 MAX. IS 1.25W. 3800 5, WIRE IS NOT AN APPROVED HANGER. 1 15 6. STRAP AND ROD SIZES ARE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE. 60 7. FOR UPPER ATTACHMENTS, LOWER ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZE SIZES, AND ROD/STRAP ALLOWABLE LOADS, SEE SMACNA MANUAL. 1 326 ROUND DUCT HANGER SCHEDULE DIAMETER MAX. SPACING ROD STRAP AHU-2 10" & DN 12' 1/4" '1 " x 22" GA. RELAYS, 11-18" 12' 1/4" 1" x 22" GA. TRANE 19"-24" 12' 1/4" 1 " x 22" GA. CONTROL DIAGRAM - 25"-36" 12' 3/8" 1 " x 20" GA. 87,5 NOTES: CENT, 1- SCHEDULE CREATED FROM SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS", SECOND EDITION - 1995. 2. TABLE ALLOWS FOR CONVENTIONAL WALL THICKNESS, AND JOINT SYSTEMS PLUS ONE LB/SF INSULATION WEIGHT. IF HEAVIER DUCTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED, ADJUST HANGER SIZES TO BE WITHIN THEIR LOAD LIMITS. HANGER SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED BY SPECIAL ANALYSIS. 3. STRAPS ARE TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL. 4. WIRE IS NOT AN APPROVED HANGER. 5. STRAP AND ROD SIZES ARE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE. 6. FOR UPPER ATTACHMENTS, LOWER ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZE SIZES, AND ROD/STRAP ALLOWABLE LOADS, SEE SMACNA MANUAL. STRAP HANGERS HANGER-` STRAPS UNLESS FOOT -60" MAX-} .11�01` STRAP IS PLACED UNDER A ` EI TOM RNFO REINFORCEMENT SCREWS -'-1 MIN. SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER LOOPS LOAD RATED FASTENERS HANGER STRAP --,,,TIF BAND OF SAME SIZE AS HANGER STRAP - 36" DIA, MAX,-//'O' AX. 24" DIA. MAX. HANGERS MUST NOT DEFORM DUCT SHAPE I In n III I II nr\nn TRAPEZE HANGERS r•,rr, n r, -r, JILL UV LI\J/ 1 VI\ LOAD R D ANLL 1ANNEL UHANNEL nn1 N ITS ANGLES --/ / ALTERNATE LOCATION J (VERIFY UPPER "TRAPEZE BAND ONE Y_ LOAD CAPACITY) HALF -ROUND MAY BE USED REINFORCEMENT MAY BE USED FOR ATTACHMENT IF IT IF DUCT SHAPE QUALIFIES FOR BOTH DUTIES. IS MAINTAINED DO NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE LOAD LIMITS. j LOWER HANGER ATTACHMENTS 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE VENTILATION TIMER WITH CARRYOVER (INTERMATIC T7401BC OR EQUAL) 120V T N OA AUTO DAMPER L (WHERE INDICATED) AHU A/C UNIT CONTROLS (BY MANUFACTURER) PV EXHAUST FAN(S) SERVING SAME SPACE AS OAU HONEYWELL T7300 (OR EQUAL) 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT WITH OVERRIDE E. H EAT M3.0 NO SCALE SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS - DX A/C UNITS WITH OA GENERAL: THE SYSTEMS ARE COOLING AND HEATING CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING CONDITIONED AIR TO THE SPACE. THE UNITS SHALL BE CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH A LOCAL 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE VENTILATION TIME CLOCK, 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT WITH OVERRIDE AND SPACE MOUNTED HUMIDISTAT, WHEN THE VENTILATION TIME CLOCK IS ACTIVATED, THE NORMALLY CLOSED OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND ASSOCIATED EXHAUST DAMPER SHALL OPEN. AFTER A 30 SECOND (ADJ.) TIME DELAY THE ASSOCIATED EXHAUST FAN SHALL START. (SEE POWER VENTILATOR SCHEDULE FOR EXHAUST FAN INTERLOCKS.) THE A/C UNIT SUPPLY FAN AND COMPRESSOR SHALL BE CONTROLLED ON A 7 -DAY TIME SCHEDULE AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH THE 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT IN AN OCCUPIED OR UNOCCUPIED MODE. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL ALLOW THE USER TO CHANCE THE TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS AND PLACE THE FAN IN ON/OFF/AUTO MODE. OCCUPIED MODE: THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY BRINGING ON STAGES OF DX COOLING OR ELECTRIC HEATING IN SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS OF 72'F COOLING AND 707 HEATING, OCCUPIED MODE SHALL BE FROM 7:00 AM TO 5:00 PM UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. UNOCCUPIED MODE: THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED. THE COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY BRINGING ON STAGES OF DX COOLING OR ELECTRIC HEATING IN SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS OF 807 COOLING AND 607 HEATING. `,.TRAP VENTILATION TIME CLOCK: LOCATE SEPARATE 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. PROVIDE 4"x4" LAMINATE LABEL WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: "VENTILATION TIMER". VENTILATION TIMER SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO OPERATE VENTILATION LOAD SYSTEM FROM 7:00 AM TO 5:00 PM UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. THE RATED VENTILATION SYSTEM SHALL NEVER OPERATE WHEN A/C SYSTEM IS "OFF" OR OPERATING IN FASTENER "UNOCCUPIED MODE". FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: UPON ACTIVATION OF THE FIRE ALARM, AIR HANDLING UNITS) SHALL SHUT DOWN IMMEDIATELY, DAMPERS CLOSE, AND EXHAUST FAN(S) DEACTIVATE. % NO SCALE 1 ■ 2 e 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B AIR-COOLED FAN CONTROL UNIT SCHEDULE NOTES: AHU-2 ACCU-1 ACCU-2 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONDUIT, WIRING, RELAYS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC. FOR A FULLY WORKING SYSTEM. AHU-3 MANUFACTURER TRANE 2. SEE SCHEDULE FOR ELECTRIC HEAT NO. OF STAGES AND COOLING NO. OF STAGES. CONTROL DIAGRAM - DX AZC UNITS WITH OA M3.0 NO SCALE SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS - DX A/C UNITS WITH OA GENERAL: THE SYSTEMS ARE COOLING AND HEATING CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING CONDITIONED AIR TO THE SPACE. THE UNITS SHALL BE CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH A LOCAL 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE VENTILATION TIME CLOCK, 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT WITH OVERRIDE AND SPACE MOUNTED HUMIDISTAT, WHEN THE VENTILATION TIME CLOCK IS ACTIVATED, THE NORMALLY CLOSED OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND ASSOCIATED EXHAUST DAMPER SHALL OPEN. AFTER A 30 SECOND (ADJ.) TIME DELAY THE ASSOCIATED EXHAUST FAN SHALL START. (SEE POWER VENTILATOR SCHEDULE FOR EXHAUST FAN INTERLOCKS.) THE A/C UNIT SUPPLY FAN AND COMPRESSOR SHALL BE CONTROLLED ON A 7 -DAY TIME SCHEDULE AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH THE 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT IN AN OCCUPIED OR UNOCCUPIED MODE. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL ALLOW THE USER TO CHANCE THE TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS AND PLACE THE FAN IN ON/OFF/AUTO MODE. OCCUPIED MODE: THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY BRINGING ON STAGES OF DX COOLING OR ELECTRIC HEATING IN SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS OF 72'F COOLING AND 707 HEATING, OCCUPIED MODE SHALL BE FROM 7:00 AM TO 5:00 PM UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. UNOCCUPIED MODE: THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED. THE COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY BRINGING ON STAGES OF DX COOLING OR ELECTRIC HEATING IN SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS OF 807 COOLING AND 607 HEATING. `,.TRAP VENTILATION TIME CLOCK: LOCATE SEPARATE 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. PROVIDE 4"x4" LAMINATE LABEL WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: "VENTILATION TIMER". VENTILATION TIMER SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO OPERATE VENTILATION LOAD SYSTEM FROM 7:00 AM TO 5:00 PM UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. THE RATED VENTILATION SYSTEM SHALL NEVER OPERATE WHEN A/C SYSTEM IS "OFF" OR OPERATING IN FASTENER "UNOCCUPIED MODE". FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: UPON ACTIVATION OF THE FIRE ALARM, AIR HANDLING UNITS) SHALL SHUT DOWN IMMEDIATELY, DAMPERS CLOSE, AND EXHAUST FAN(S) DEACTIVATE. % NO SCALE 1 ■ 2 e 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B AIR-COOLED UNIT SCHEDULE COND. UNIT SCHEDULE MARK AHU-2 ACCU-1 ACCU-2 ACCU-3 SERVICE WAREHOUSE AHU-1 AHU-2 AHU-3 MANUFACTURER TRANE TRANE TRANE MODEL MIN. SEER OR EER (W/ACLU) 2TTA3030 TTA090A3 TTA12083 TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) 25.6 87,5 118.3 CENT, QUANTITY 1 1 1 COMP. RLA (EACH) 6.8 25.1 18.6 200 LRA (EACH) 54.9 183 128 0.7 QUANTITY 1 1 1 COND. FANS FLA (EACH) - 3.1 6 1 LRA (EACH) - 8.1 17 SWITCH VOLTS 208 208 208 UNIT ELECT. PHASE 3 3 3 DATA MCA 1 9 1 34.5 47.9 3800 MAX FUSE SIZE 1 15 1 50 60 UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT 1 197 1 326 427 NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 0.07 ROWS 3 4 DUCTWORK SERVICE NOTES (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) 1. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED (AS A MINIMUM) AS SPECIFIED IN THE SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE", LATEST EDITION. MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL PREVAIL. 2. LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY AIR, RETURN AIR, TRANSFER AIR, OUTDOOR AIR AND EXHAUST AIR (NON -GREASE, NON -CORROSIVE) DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF C90 (SINGLE-WALL) GALVANIZED STEEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (-I-/- 211 PRESSURE CLASS UNLESS SPECIFIED OR NOTED OTHERWISE.) 3. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED. NO LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE OVER 8 FEET LONG OR TURN MORE THAN A TOTAL OF 180 DEGREES, FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL ONLY BE USED IN CONCEALED SPACES (ABOVE CEILINGS) AND NOT PASS THROUGH ANY WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING. 4. FIBERGLASS RIGID BOARD DUCT SHALL NOT BE USED AS AN AIR CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ONLY WITH THE OWNER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. 5. DOUBLE WALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE USED FOR CONDITIONED AIR IN EXPOSED INTERIOR AREAS, ALL OUTDOOR LOCATIONS AND OTHER LOCATIONS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS. 6. ALL HORIZONTAL SUSPENDED RECTANGULAR DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL TRAPEZE HANGERS UNDER BOTTOM OF DUCTS. SECURELY FASTEN SUPPORTS TO THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN AN APPROVED MANNER. RECTANGULAR DUCTS EIGHTEEN (18) INCHES OR LESS IN WIDTH MAY BE SUPPORTED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL STRAP HANGERS AROUND SIDES AND BOTTOM OF DUCTS IN LIEU OF TRAPEZE HANGERS. 7. ROUND AND OVAL DUCT SHALL BE SUPPORTED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA MANUAL. 8. HORIZONTAL DUCT SUPPORTS ARE TO BE SPACED NOT MORE THAN FIVE (5) FEET APART. 9. NO CEILINGS, PIPING OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE DUCTWORK OR DUCT HANGERS. 10. THE DUCT SEALING MATERIAL SHALL BE OF LIQUID, MASTIC AND GASKET TYPES AND APPLIED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 11. PRESSURE TEST SUPPLY AIR, RETURN AIR AND EXHAUST AIR AS NOTED IN MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 12. ALL FIBROUS GLASS INSULATION JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH GLASS FAB AND STAPLES AND THEN SEALED WITH MASTIC. HEAT AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A FINAL CLOSURE. 13. DUCT INSULATION SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM INSTALLED R -VALUE OF R-4.2 AND SHALL MEET ALL OF THE CRITERIA PRESCRIBED IN FBCM SECTIONS 604.1 THROUGH 604.13, 14. ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCT BENDS FROM THE VERTICAL TO THE HORIZONTAL AND ANGLED TURNS OF DUCTWORK SHALL BE RADIUS ELBOWS. WHERE A RADIUS ELBOW WILL NOT FIT, ELBOWS IN EXCESS OF 45' SHALL HAVE TURNING VANES INSTALLED. 15, BEVELED TAKE -OFFS AND DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL BRANCH DUCTWORK LEADING FROM THE MAIN TRUNK LINES. 16, DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM INSIDE DIMENSIONS. EXPAND DIMENSIONS AS NECESSARY FOR DUCT LINER & DOUBLEWALL, 17. ANY LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY AIR DUCT ON PLANS NOT INDICATED BY SIZE OR REQUIRING RESIZING DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE SIZED BY CONTRACTOR PER THE TRANE 'DUCTULATOR' AT 0.08 In. Water/100 Ft. of DUCT STATIC PRESSURE. ANY RETURN, EXHAUST, VENTILATION AIR DUCT ON PLANS NOT INDICATED BY SIZE SHALL BE SIZED BY CONTRACTOR PER THE TRANE `DUCTULATOR' AT 0.06 In. Water/100 Ft. of DUCT STATIC PRESSURE. 18. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND POWERED BY DIV. 16 - ELECTRICAL AND MOUNTED IN DUCTWORK BY DIV. 15 - MECHANICAL. AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK AHU-1 AHU-2 AHU-3 SERVICE MECH, ROOM OFFICES WAREHOUSE MANUFACTURER TRANE TRANE TRANE MODEL 2TEC3F30B TWE090A3 TWE120133 MIN. SEER OR EER (W/ACLU) 13 10.3 10.3 CENT. TYPE CENT, CENT. CENT, STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.G.) SA CFM 1000 3000 4000 910 OA CFM 100 240 200 16.1 ESP (IN. W.G.) 0.3 0.8 0.7 °-� MOTOR HP 1/4 1.5 2 VOLTS 208 208 208 PHASE 1 PHASE 1 3 3 SWITCH MAX. FPM 312 371 357 o EAT - `F DB/WB 76.9/64.2 75.6/63.8 76.0/63.3 c� LAT - °F DB/WB 59.3/55.7 56.5/54.0 55.7/53.3 3800 SENSIBLE MBH 19.0 64.9 87.8 0 TOTAL MBH 25.6 87.5 118.3 0.07 ROWS 3 4 4 o MAX. FINS/FT 168 144 144 13 KW (TOTAL) 5.8 18.7 18.7 - STEPS 1 2 2 = VOLTS 208 208 208 19 PHASE 1 3 3 26 TYPE PLEATED DISP. PLEATED DISP. PLEATED DISP. cc THICKNESS 1 " 2" 2" i EFFICIENCY - 30% 30% 'L INIT./FINAL P.D. (IN. W.C.) - - 0.1/0,3 0.1/0.3 1202 FRAME FLAT FLAT FLAT ACCU MARK ACCU-1 ACCU-2 ACCU-3 2424 2424 2424 FAN SCHEDULE M4 BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL MARK EF -1 EF -2 EF -3 SERVICE RESTROOMS WAREHOUSE OFFICE 5 MANUFACTURER COOK COOK COOK MODEL GN -520 42XMP GC -140 TYPE CENT. PROPELLER CENT. CFM 210 13000 90 STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.G.) 0.4 0.0 0.3 MAX. FAN RPM 910 1304 1259 MAX. SONES 0.9 16.1 2.6 TITUS HP (WATTS) 86 W 3/4 HP 49 W ELECTRICAL VOLTS 115 208 115 DATA PHASE 1 3 L 1 INTERLOCK AHU-2 SWITCH SWITCH NOTES 1 1,2 ,3 1 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER. 2. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL HOUSING AND INLET/OUTLET GUARDS. 3. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND M2,0 FOR OPERATING REQUIREMENTS. AIR DEUCE SCHEDULE M4 BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL .ENGINEERING, INC. 110 S. MIAGNOLIA AVE., SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX MARK CD -1 CD -2 The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. CD -3 CD -4 SR -1 RG -1 RC -2 RG -3 RC -4 RC -5 EC -1 r c S c SUPPLY RETURN RETURN RETURN RETURN RETURN EXHAUST MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL TMS -AA TMS -AA TMS -AA TMS 301FS 50F 50F 50F 50F 5OF 50F MAX CFM 110 210 DRAWING NO. 370 70 250 260 460 710 3800 900 120 MAX AIR P.D. (IN. W.G.) 0.03 0.04 0.05 .05 0.7 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.04 0.08 0.07 THROW (FT. 50 FPM) 5 8 13 6 22 - - - - - - MAX. NC 20 20 20 12 19 20 24 27 21 26 20 NOM. NECK SIZE 6"0 8"0 10"o 4"0 12x6 8x8 10x10 12x12 42x24 14x14 6x6 NOM. FACE SIZE 24x24 2424 2424 1202 148 10x10 1202 1414 44x26 16x16 8x8 MODULE SIZE 2424 2424 2424 12x12 14x8 24x24 24x24 24x24 44x26 16x16 8x8 FRAME LAY -IN LAY -IN LAY -IN SURF, MTD. SURF. MTD. LAY -IN LAY -IN LAY -IN SURF. MTD. SURF. MTU. SURF. MTD. FINISH OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE OFF-WHITE MATERIAL ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM STEEL ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM DESCRIPTION SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER 3/4" BLADE SINGLE DEFL. Y'IxY"XY" EGGCRATE GRILLE Y2"xY"xY" EGGCRATE GRILLE Y"xY2">Y2" EGGCRATE GRILLE Y"xY"xy" EGGCRATE GRILLE Y"xY"xY" EGGCRATE GRILLE Y2"XY2 XY2" EGGCRATE GRILLE REMARKS (SEE BELOW) - - - - 1 2 2 2 - 1 1 REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER. 2. PROVIDE WITH AUXILIARY AND FLANGED BORDER FOR LAY -IN CEILINGS. NOTES: 1. THIS IS A STANDARDIZED SCHEDULE. NOT ALL DEVICES LISTED MAY APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. 2. SCHEDULED PERFORMANCE FOR CEILING DIFFUSERS IS BASED ON 4 -WAY THROW PATTERN, SEE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR THROW PATTERN OF EACH DEVICE. ALL CEILING AIR DEVICES SHALL BE 4 -WAY UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE WITH FLOW ARROWS ON PLANS. 3. PROVIDE LAY -IN MOUNTING FOR ACOUSTIC TILE CEILINGS AND SURFACE MOUNTING FOR DRYWALL, PLASTER, AND OTHER CEILING TYPES, ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 1 M4 BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL .ENGINEERING, INC. 110 S. MIAGNOLIA AVE., SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Matthew J Brueckner, PE CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description D D 0 0 0 0 Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES DRAWING NO. M300 PERMIT DOCUMENTS ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. A ■ B ■ C ■ D ■ E F ■ G ■ H ■ J ■ K ■ L ■ M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 crnlr_i 177 r1r1N71N11InI IQ WANIM:P SUPPLY/RETURN DUCT 45° DUCT TAP ERED RETURN AIR _E W/O.B. DAMPER PER SCHEDULE VVVI -IM IVIL JIG.L AS GRILLE O.D. SIMILAR FOR RECTANGULAR MAIN DUCT EXPOSED DUCT SUPPLY/RETURN GRILLE DETAIL M3.1 NO SCALE MAIN BRANCH DUCT 45° RECT. TO ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION — 4'-0" MIN. AND 8'-0" MAX. LENGTH, ° DIAMETER PER PLAN. RIGID DUCTWORK RUNOUT PROVIDE REDUCER LENGTH AS REQUIRED, WHERE REQUIRED DIAMETER PER PLAN. STAINLESS STEEL DRAWBAND (TYPICAL) CEILING SUPPLY AIR CEILING DIFFUSER ELEVATION VIEW DIFFUSER RUNOUT DETAIL NO SCALE EQUAL PROVIDE DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES PER SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, VANE REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSITION ELL VARY FROM EQUAL ELL. VANES SHALL BE UTILIZED IN ALL MITERED ELLS 45° AND GREATER. TRANSITION IA I I .. R2=X+Y EQUAL TRANSITION RADIUS ELBOWS SHALL BE USED WHERE SPACE ALLOWS. TYPICAL RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS M3.1 NO SCALE ACOUSTICALLY NEOPRENE RUBBER LINED ENCLOSURE VIBRATION ISOLATOR FACTORY HANGER CLIP (TYPICAL OF FOUR) (TYPICAL OF FOUR) -� 715 DEGREES MAX. (_,1 (TYPICAL) 4, u HINGED ACCESS PANEL PROVIDE LATERAL CLEARANCE TO OPEN FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IN FULL POSITION (TYPICAL) Li _j� INLINE CENTRIFUGAL FAN DETAIL �-l NO SCALE 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ORDER SIZE DIA. LENGTH W/ DAMPER RECTANGULAR DUCT OPENING MIN. RECT. DUCT HEIGHT 5" 48" 13" 5"x9" 7" 6" 54" 13" 5"x9" 7" 7" 6a" 13" 5"x11> 7" 8" 7g" 13" 6"x12„ 8" 9" 88" 13" 7"x13" 9" 10" PV 13" 8"x14" 10" 12" 11i" 13" 10"x16" 12" 14" 13$" 13 12"x 18" 1411 16" 15�" 13" 14"x20" 1611 NO SCALE ■ \ DUCT SHALL EXTEND STRAIGHT FOR SEVERAL INCHES FROM A CONNECTION BEFORE BENDING C� MAX. SAG 1/2" i MIN. 1" WIDE HANGER ' PER FOOT STRAP (TYP.) FOOT OF SUPPORT SPACING ( MIN. 1Yz" WIDE BAND CLAMP (TYP.) SHALL NOT CONSTRICT DUCT. WIRE NOT PERMITTED. 45° RECT. TO ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING, SEE DETAIL. (OR OTHER FITTING AS ALLOWED BY 'THE PLANS ANDl SPECIFICATIONS.) CLOSER MAXIMUM INTERVALS MAY BE SPECIFIED AS A CONDITION OF U.L. LISTING, PARTICULARY IN FIRE RATED FLOOR — CEILING ASSEMBLIES. SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST NOT DAMAGE DUCT OR CAUSE OUT OF ROUND SHAPE. FLEXIBLE DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE TYPICAL ELBOWS MANUAL VOLUME —� SEE DETAIL DAMPER (TYP.) � r V r r rr Y X -IN -,N r -,\ X Y 20° MAX. EQUAL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (TYP.) TYPICAL ELBOWS MANUAL VOLUME SEE DETAIL — DAMPER (TYP.) /tom/ LOCKING MANUAL PLUG AIRFLOW�I� VOLUME DAMPER !��/45' DISCHARGE TUBE ACCESS PANEL -� Y - MINIMUM 26 GAUGE, G-90 GALVANIZED STEEL NEOPRENE GASKET RECTANGULAR TO ROUND - 1 " WIDE MOUNTING FLANGE WITH DIE FORMED CORNER CLIPS SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING - PREPUNCHED MOUNTING HOLES PROVIDE ACCESS - ADHESIVE COATED GASKET X 1-r-- Y 1 SAMPLING TUBES. RECTANGULAR SUPPLY DUCT - PROVIDE OPTIONAL VOLUME DAMPER WITH 1-1/2" INSULATION BUILD -OUT AND LOCKING HAND QUADRANT Y 1 - BASIS OF DESIGN: FLEXMASTER "STO" DIFFUSER TAKEOFF FITTING DETAIL NO SCALE ■ \ DUCT SHALL EXTEND STRAIGHT FOR SEVERAL INCHES FROM A CONNECTION BEFORE BENDING C� MAX. SAG 1/2" i MIN. 1" WIDE HANGER ' PER FOOT STRAP (TYP.) FOOT OF SUPPORT SPACING ( MIN. 1Yz" WIDE BAND CLAMP (TYP.) SHALL NOT CONSTRICT DUCT. WIRE NOT PERMITTED. 45° RECT. TO ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING, SEE DETAIL. (OR OTHER FITTING AS ALLOWED BY 'THE PLANS ANDl SPECIFICATIONS.) CLOSER MAXIMUM INTERVALS MAY BE SPECIFIED AS A CONDITION OF U.L. LISTING, PARTICULARY IN FIRE RATED FLOOR — CEILING ASSEMBLIES. SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST NOT DAMAGE DUCT OR CAUSE OUT OF ROUND SHAPE. FLEXIBLE DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE TYPICAL ELBOWS MANUAL VOLUME —� SEE DETAIL DAMPER (TYP.) � r V r r rr Y X -IN -,N r -,\ X Y 20° MAX. EQUAL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (TYP.) TYPICAL ELBOWS MANUAL VOLUME SEE DETAIL — DAMPER (TYP.) PLUG AIRFLOW�I� INSULATED DISCHARGE TUBE ACCESS PANEL -� Y X NEOPRENE GASKET (CENTER OF DUCT) SMOKE DETECTOR ENSURE SMOKE DEFECTOR HOUSING HOUSING BAFFLE IS IN PLACE PROVIDE ACCESS FOR REMOVING X 1-r-- Y 1 SAMPLING TUBES. FOLLOWING SERVICING TO AVOID W X1 = W .+ X Y 1 = W Y X+Y TRANSITION MANUAL VOLUME -rvnl r, A DAMPER (TYP.) 1-1 nnMe Y1 = W * XTY EQUAL TRANSITION TYPICAL 900 RECTANGULAR TEES NO SCALE 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 NOTES: 1. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. NEW SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL (DIVISION 16) AND MOUNTED IN DUCTS BY MECHANICAL (DIVISION 15). 3. SAMPLING TUBE MUST BE INSTALLED ACROSS GREATEST DUCT DIMENSION. 4. WHERE DUCT ASPECT RATIO IS GREATER THAN 3 TO 1, INSTALL SAMPLING AND DISCHARGE TUBES IN THE LONG DIMENSION. 5. PROVIDE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER FOR EXTERIOR MOUNTING WHERE REQUIRED. 16 DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR DETAIL NO SCALE BRANCH RETURN AIR FLOW WHERE RETURN DUCT IS SMALLER THAN NECK SIZE OF RA GRILLE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER PROVIDE PLENUM BOX OF FULL NECK SIZE OF RETURN AIR GRILLE AND MIN. 8" HIGH PAINT INSIDE OF BOX FLAT BLACK. CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE � NOTE: SIMILAR FOR EXHAUST RETURN AIR BRANCH CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE ECCENTRIC TRANSITION CONCENTRIC TRANSITION O MAX = 30' O MAX = 45' DIVERGING, 60' CONVERGING (EXCEPT 4� IS PERMITTED AT ROUND TO FLAT OVAL) LOW VELOCITY DUCT TRANSITIONS NO SCALE MAIN DUCT \ � - W MANUAL DAMPER �L= 1/4W MINIMUM 4" LOW VELOCITY BRANCH DUCT DETAIL NO SCALE A ■ B ■ BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC C 110 S, MIAGNOL[A AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 ■ D ■ E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL RIAL ■ COMPLEX F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Matthew J Brueckner, PE ■ CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K O 0 ■ A L Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB ■ Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL M DETAILS ■ DRAWING NO. M3mi N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 16 Copyright B ui—touI'z PROFESSIONAL ENGINEEIUNG, INC. All Rights Reserved. SAMPLING TUBE INSULATION (WHEN SPECIFIED) PLUG AIRFLOW�I� INSULATED DISCHARGE TUBE ACCESS PANEL SMOKE DETECTOR NEOPRENE GASKET (CENTER OF DUCT) SMOKE DETECTOR ENSURE SMOKE DEFECTOR HOUSING HOUSING BAFFLE IS IN PLACE PROVIDE ACCESS FOR REMOVING REPLACE HOUSING COVER PROMPTLY SAMPLING TUBES. FOLLOWING SERVICING TO AVOID FALSE ALARMS NOTES: 1. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. NEW SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL (DIVISION 16) AND MOUNTED IN DUCTS BY MECHANICAL (DIVISION 15). 3. SAMPLING TUBE MUST BE INSTALLED ACROSS GREATEST DUCT DIMENSION. 4. WHERE DUCT ASPECT RATIO IS GREATER THAN 3 TO 1, INSTALL SAMPLING AND DISCHARGE TUBES IN THE LONG DIMENSION. 5. PROVIDE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER FOR EXTERIOR MOUNTING WHERE REQUIRED. 16 DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR DETAIL NO SCALE BRANCH RETURN AIR FLOW WHERE RETURN DUCT IS SMALLER THAN NECK SIZE OF RA GRILLE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER PROVIDE PLENUM BOX OF FULL NECK SIZE OF RETURN AIR GRILLE AND MIN. 8" HIGH PAINT INSIDE OF BOX FLAT BLACK. CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE � NOTE: SIMILAR FOR EXHAUST RETURN AIR BRANCH CONNECTION DETAIL NO SCALE ECCENTRIC TRANSITION CONCENTRIC TRANSITION O MAX = 30' O MAX = 45' DIVERGING, 60' CONVERGING (EXCEPT 4� IS PERMITTED AT ROUND TO FLAT OVAL) LOW VELOCITY DUCT TRANSITIONS NO SCALE MAIN DUCT \ � - W MANUAL DAMPER �L= 1/4W MINIMUM 4" LOW VELOCITY BRANCH DUCT DETAIL NO SCALE A ■ B ■ BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC C 110 S, MIAGNOL[A AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 ■ D ■ E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL RIAL ■ COMPLEX F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Matthew J Brueckner, PE ■ CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K O 0 ■ A L Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB ■ Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL M DETAILS ■ DRAWING NO. M3mi N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 16 Copyright B ui—touI'z PROFESSIONAL ENGINEEIUNG, INC. All Rights Reserved. A ■ B ■ C ■ D ■ i E ■ F ■ G I ■ H ■ J ■ K e L ■ M ■ N II 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 e 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 HEIGHT AS NECESSARY FOR RA DUCT SIDE CONNECTION (MIN. 24") \Y "A" AND "B" DIMENSIONS TO MATCH AHU DIMENSIONS. (HICK, 1" WIDE LE UNICELLULAR F STRIP (CONTINUOUS )UR SIDES) S PANEL NOTES: 1. PLENUM BASE TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF MIN. 18 GA. GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL WITH WELDED JOINTS. 2. PLENUM BASE TO BE INTERNALLY LINED WITH 1" DUCT LINER. 3. SIDES AND BOTTOM TO BE CLOSED. TOP OPEN TO AHU BASE. RETURN AIR PLENUM BASE DETAIL NO SCALE GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLE ALL AROUND ANCHOREDEXTERIOR WALL TO WALL AND PLENUM. %— CAULK WATERTIGHT. DUCT r 1/2" ALUMINUM—� ALUMINUM HORIZONTAL MESH BIRDSCREEN DRAINABLE EXTERIOR LOUVER 12" MIN. CAULK WATERTIGHT f ALL AROUND LOUVER OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER WHERE REQUIRED SLOPE BOTTOM OF PLENUM DOWNWARD TOWARD LOUVER > WALL LOUVER/PLENUM DETAIL NO SCALE FLEXIBLE SEAL TIGHT ATTACHED TO ELEC- TRICAL CONDUIT ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING GRADE- 1J/2"x18 RADE- 1Y"x18 GA. STRAP AT EACH CORNER, ANCHORED TO UNIT AND SLAB. CONCRETE SLAB 5/8" THICK VIBRATION ISOLATION PAD AT EACH FACTORY MOUNTING POINT (MIN. ONE PER CORNER) REFRIGERANT PIPES PVC REFRIGERANT PIPE CHASE SEAL ENDS WATERTIGHT WITH EXPANDING FOAM CONDENSING UNIT INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE 1 e 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 I SLOPE DOWN TO 4" MIN. FLOOR DRAIN, DRYWELL, OR GRADE T �,-ELBOW (TYP.) 2" MIN. --CLEANOUT PLUG CONNECTION � SEE UNIUN DRAIN PAN SHALL BE SLOPED FOR PROPER DRAINAGE. AIR HANDLING UNIT ~-RETURN AIR PLENUM BASE, SEE DETAIL. FLOOR NOTE: MANUALLY FILL TRAP PRIOR TO UNIT START UP. DRAW-THRU AHU CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL F Mini ,A01 -iAii Tr -n f-\ni lnl r %AIAI I 2 CONDENSATE DRYWELL M3.2 NO SCALE AIR COOLED METERING ORIFICE CONDENSING OR EXPANSION VALVE UNIT SIE DRAIN PIPE. SLOPE OF 1/4" REFRIGERANT—_" � TOP VALVE (TYP.)—� COOLING COIL w ENGINEERING, INC. a SIGHT GLASS Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX 2626 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Wriffen License Is Prohibited SEAL a CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description 0 DRAIN PAN 0 INTEGRAL 0 WITH AHU CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE. EXTEND & DISCHARGE SHRAEDER ACCESS REINFORCED AS SHOWN ON PLANS. FITTING (TYP.) CONCRETE PAD NOTES: 1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIR HANDLING UNIT AND CONDENSING UNIT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, 04.23.08 2. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MJB 3. PROVIDE FILTER/DRYER(S) IN REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE AT LOCATION(S) RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 08109-00 4. PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAIN PANS ON CEILING HUNG & CONCEALED AIR HANDLING UNITS. IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. M3m2 REF-RIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM NO SCALE A ■ B i ■ I C ■ D ` I ■ i I. E e F e r i I i G i f ■ H i I ■ I I i i i i f K I; h� I e i L e I i' r I M t 0 i' i N ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 Copyright B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved, BUHOL TZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. 110 S. MAC}NOLIA AVE, SANT FOM, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX 2626 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Wriffen License Is Prohibited SEAL Matthew J Brueckner, PE CA# 57977 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description 0 0 0 0 0 Date 04.23.08 Drawn By MJB Checked By MJB Approved By MJB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE MECHANICAL DETAILS DRAWING NO. M3m2 PERMIT DOCUMENTS A ■ B i ■ I C ■ D ` I ■ i I. E e F e r i I i G i f ■ H i I ■ I I i i i i f K I; h� I e i L e I i' r I M t 0 i' i N ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 Copyright B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved, 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 e 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 1 a 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC'. All Rights Reserved. iI 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ S ■ 8 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 a 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 a 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright BUHOLTG PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC, All Rights Reserved. SECOND FLOOR -ELECT RICML PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = P-0" 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ ACW1 6 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ ;ONDUITS PERTY ISE J IN SE THRU STUB iE _.L 8 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18" A.F.F. ( U.O.N.) QUAD TYPE RECEPTACLE MTD AT HOT AS NOTED we DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18" A.F.F. (WATER COOLER) GF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT CIRCULI TYPE QwP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE EXTERIOR (WEATHERPROOF/ IN—USE COVER) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER COORD W/ CASEWORK CONTRACTOR FOR MTG HGT/REQMTS. (� DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MTD. IN FINISHED CEILING SINGLE RECESSED RECEPTACLE (CLOCK TYPE) m `ISI' SINGLE 20A RECESSED RECEPTACLE (CLOCK TYPE RECEPT) ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH ® ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD XX/XX/X DISCONNECT SWITCH DENOTES FRAME SIZE/FUSE SIZE/POLES ® 1 ■ 2 ® 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 SECOND FLOOR -ELECT RICML PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = P-0" 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ ACW1 6 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ ;ONDUITS PERTY ISE J IN SE THRU STUB iE _.L 8 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18" A.F.F. ( U.O.N.) QUAD TYPE RECEPTACLE MTD AT HOT AS NOTED we DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18" A.F.F. (WATER COOLER) GF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GROUND FAULT CIRCULI TYPE QwP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE EXTERIOR (WEATHERPROOF/ IN—USE COVER) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER COORD W/ CASEWORK CONTRACTOR FOR MTG HGT/REQMTS. (� DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MTD. IN FINISHED CEILING SINGLE RECESSED RECEPTACLE (CLOCK TYPE) m `ISI' SINGLE 20A RECESSED RECEPTACLE (CLOCK TYPE RECEPT) ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH ® ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD XX/XX/X DISCONNECT SWITCH DENOTES FRAME SIZE/FUSE SIZE/POLES ® MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ FERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. FERENCE LIGHTING AND SYSTEMS FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. FERENCE ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES FOR EQUIPMENT FEEDER/BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR AND LIT SIZE REQUIREMENTS. DYED NOTES RECESSED, FOUR COMPARTMENT FLOOR BOX, AS MANUFACTURED BY WIREMOLD #RFB4 SERIES OR EQUIVALENT. BOX SHALL HAVE (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES. REMAINING (2) COMPARTMENTS SHALL HAVE EACH 1" CONDUIT ROUTED TO ADJACENT WALL, AND RISE CONCEALED IN WALL TO LOCATION ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. REFERENCE SYSTEMS PLAN DEVICES SCHEDULED FOR THESE COMPARTMENTS. EXHAUST FAN POWERED FROM SWITCHED LIGHTING CIRCUIT, REFERENCE LIGHTING PLAN FOR CONTINUATI( ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS AND ASSOCIATED TRIP RATINGS APPLICABLE TO DESIGN BASIS EQUIPMENT ON CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE/INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS COMPLIANT WITH MANUFACTURERS NAME PLATE RATINGS FOR EQUIPMENT AS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED. INSTALL SINGLE DEDICATED RECEPTACLE TO ACCOMMODATE MICROWAVE OVEN LOCATED IN UPPER CABIN MOTORIZED OVERHEAD DOOR OPENERS, MTD. APPROX. 12FT A.F,F,, PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AT EQUIPMENT, AND 1/2" RACEWAY DOWN TO SINGLE—GANG BOX TO ACCOMMODATE MANUFACTUER PROVIDED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CONTROL SWITCH. ELECTRIC DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE MAX, 2HP MOTOR. MECHANICAL VENTILATOR, REFERENCE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HOT, INSTALL 1/2" RACEWAY TO SINGLE—GANG BOX TO ACCOMMODATE CONTRACTOR PROVIDED/INSTALLED LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL S� CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE/INSTALL AN ENGRAVED PLACARD WITH DIRECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: ONE DOOR P 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ A Vh2.. iu ■ SIN PGF 42" I I B I I ■ I BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC, c 110 S, MAGNOLIA AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 I ■ _ I� I I � D I I� 'I ■ EFI E I I I SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING 'B' F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD j. . SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 I ■ I `I I �I I I G I I I � I I ■ � I I III I These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H I �F The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. (2 Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL ■ q Brian T Buholtz, PE ■ CA# 57979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 .\ 0 ■ 0 O L Date 04.23.08 Drawn By TKR ■ Checked By JAA Approved By BTB Project No.—A08109-00 TITLEBLDG 171311 7 B» M ELECTRICAL PLAN ■ DRAWING NO. E2,0 N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 16 Copyright B (JHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All fights Reserved A e B ■ C ■ D ,I e F a F ■ G e H ■ J I a K L a M m N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 e 4 ■ 5 ■ e ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 0 10 x 11 IN 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 0 15 FIRST FLOOR—LIGHTING PLAN SCALE., 1/4" = V-0" SECOND FLOOR—LIGHTING PLAN SCALE; 1/4" = V-0" LTG LIGHTING SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Drawn By SINGLE POLE 20A SWITCH (LOWER CASE LETTER IDENTIFIES SWITCH LEG) 3 3—WAY 20A SWITCH JAA 4—WAY 20A SWITCH ,$D DIMMER SWITCH (RATED FOR LOAD AND APPLICATION) �# LIGHTING CIRCUIT HOME—RUN l l 2x4 LAY—IN FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE Q RECESSED DOWNLIGHT LIGHTING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE FMEMERGENCY EM WALL PACK, 2 LAMP EMI DESIGNATES THAT FLOUR FIXTURE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AN EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST, 2 LAMP OPERATION `' 7) EX COMBINATION EXIT SIGN FIXTURE—SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES FACE, W/ CHEVRONS, FACES, AND MTG AS READ GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, 2. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE POWERED FROM THE UN—SWITCHED LEG OF THE LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THE AREA/ROOM. 3. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR ALL WALL/COLUMN MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM FINAL ADJUSTMENT FOR ALL FIXTURES AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. KEYED NOTES 10 FIXTURES TO BE CONNECTED SUCH THAT THE "a" SWITCH LEG ENERGIZES THE BALLAST FOR THE TWO OUTBOARD LAMPS, AND THE "b" SWITCH LEG ENERGIZES THE BALLAST FOR THE ONE CENTER LAMP. O2 ALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS ROUTED THROUGH AND CONTROLLED BY ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH, REFERENCE SCHEMATIC DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 03 INSTALL FLUSH MOOTED J—BOX (RATED FOR APPLICATION/LOAD), SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE, TO ACCOMODATE OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED LIGHT FIXTURE. JEL mma B UEOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. 110 S. NIAGNOLIA AVE,, SANFQIuD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING 'B' 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SRA,L. q ZL�9 Brian T Ruh®ltz, PE CA# 57979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description A Date 04.23.08 Drawn By TKR Checked By JAA Approved By BTB Project No. 08109-00 TITLE BLDG 7171 LIGHTING PLAN DRAWING NO. E3,0 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 IN 5 e 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 a 15 Copyright B LJHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENCJINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. A ■ B C ■ D ■ E F ■ G ■ i H ■ J ■ K i ■ ■ M a N rlKJ I rLUUIK'J r Z) I mviz) rLmi)j SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" SECOND FLOOR, -SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ TV/TELE CONDUITS FROM PROPERTY LINE TO RISE CONCEALED IN WALL/CHASE THRU 1ST FLOOR, STUB 6" A.F.F. 8 ■ GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, KEYED NOTES 1� TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD "TTB", REFERENCE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 8 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 rlKJ I rLUUIK'J r Z) I mviz) rLmi)j SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" SECOND FLOOR, -SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ TV/TELE CONDUITS FROM PROPERTY LINE TO RISE CONCEALED IN WALL/CHASE THRU 1ST FLOOR, STUB 6" A.F.F. 8 ■ GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, KEYED NOTES 1� TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD "TTB", REFERENCE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS (1) RJ45 JACK WITH (1) CAT5e HOMERUN TO CAT5e COMPLIANT PATCH PANEL ON RACK. 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 SYSTEMS SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION �® TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD, REFERENCE DETAIL TTB FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SINGLE PORT DATA OUTLET, DBI GANG BOX W/ SINGLE GANG P—RING (MTD AT HGT D1 AS INDICATED) WITH 3/4"C STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, (1) RJ45 JACK WITH (1) CAT5e HOMERUN TO CAT5e COMPLIANT PATCH PANEL ON RACK. TWO PORT DATA OUTLET, DBL GANG BOX W/ SINGLE GANG P—RING (MTD AT HGT AS D2 INDICATED) WITH 3/4"C STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, (2) RJ45 JACK WITFK H (2) CAT5e HOMERUN TO CAT5e COMPLIANT PATCH PANEL ON RACK. DOOR BELL BUTTON, FLUSH MTD. SINGLE GANG BOX (MTD AT HGT A5 INDICATED) WITH ® 3/4''C STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING, WITH (1) 22AWG "DOORBELL" MULTI—CONDUCTOR CABLE TO "DC" LOCATION. ® DOOR BELL CHIME LOCATION, FLUSH MTD, SINGLE GANG 60X (MTD AT HGT AS INDICATED) WITH 3/4"C STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SINGLE GANG BOX, WITH 3/4"C STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE CLG, FACEPLATE WITH F—CONNECTOR, & RG6 ROUTED TO TTB, TERMINATE WITH T&B COMPRESSION STYLE F CONNECTORS, SAM SECURITY ALARM MASTER PANEL LOCATION, SINGLE—GANG FLUSH MOUNTED BOX WITH CATS CABLE ROUTED TO TELECO DEMARK ON TTB. SECURITY KEYPAD LOCATION, SINGLE—GANG FLUSH MOUNTED BOX 3/4"C ROUTED TO SAM LOCATION IN TELECOM ROOM, HVAC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM —SYSTEM SENSOR #DH100 SERIES DUCT SD R1 TS DETECTORS, #RTS451KEY TEST STATION, AND CONTROL RELAY, OR EQUIVALENT AC1 REFERENCE DETAIL FOR ACCESS CONTROL RACEWAY REQUIRMNTS FOR THIS DOOR, ACCESS CONTROL DOOR STRIKE OPERATOR BUTTON, SINGLE GANG BOX, WITH 3/4"C AC STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE CLG WALL PHONE PLATE, DBL GANG BOX W SINGLE GANG P—RING, 2—POST FACE -PLATE D (MTD AT HGT AS INDICATED) WITH 3/4"C STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CLC, (1) RJ45 JACK WITH (1) CAT5e HOMERUN TO CAT5e COMPLIANT PATCH PANEL ON RACK. LOCKABLE PHONE OUTLET BOX, (MTD AT HGT AS INDICATED) WITH 3/4"C STUB TO LP ACCESSIBLE CLO, (SUPPLY DUCTS) — SUPPLIED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, MOUNTED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, TERMINATED, TESTED, ETC. BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. O "D2" DATA OUTLET MOUNTED IN, RECESSED FOUR. COMPARTMENT FLOOR BOX, REFERENCE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/REQUIREMENTS. f A ® 'f B ■ I B UHOL TZ PROFESSIONAL ESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. c t tO S, N4A0'N0L1A AVE,, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 a D i a I� E ■ SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING'13' F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANF'ORD, FLORIDA 32773 a G a "these Flans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E" Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL ■ i Brian T Buholtz, PE ■ CA# 57979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 0 I 0 ■ ,I 0 A Q L Date 04.23.08 Drawn By TKR ■ Checked By JAA Approved By BTB Pro'ect No, 08109-00 TITLE BLDG "D» M SYSTEMS PLAN ■ II DRAWING NO. E49® N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 15 Copyright BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL .E NG1NF.t?iZ1NC, INC. All Rights Reserved A ■ B ■ C . ■I F ■ F ■ G 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 011910 1 Lei 1124 m all 14 21 14P m r � r ;• • CONNECTED KVA mffl �' -��i� BRANCH CIRCUIT mm �0�� V/Z/,O 010 �•' ® 000®A • AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY FT. (STORE TYPE OCCUPANCY),NEC 220.3(A), THEN MOLT. BY 125%, NEC 220.11 BRANCH B 1 _44— IRRIG PUMP (JHP MAX) 6475 18 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY 1VA/SQ. FT, NEC 220.3(A)(b), THEN MULT. BY DEMAND FACTOR, NEC 220.13. HVAC 97125 97125 REC-OFFICE 1 11MIFIZ' WW.. :.1 0//0m®� IRRIG CONT/REC:• 3000 ®m%%MEMO, S mm mm %% %//�I ml ■ ' - 4500 ®mOl//% 100% CONNECTED VA PER EQUIP NAMEPLATE, NEC 422.10, 220.10 0 ell mm � 0 =0010 4000 129925 135381 376 • , SERVICE CAPACITY QTY. 1 600 A MmM��VZIA0////�� �� 00� TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY ®©® 1/c, CU 224 HEATER 2 FEEN. m mmmmMS�/% 11 • • • ■�'i2mm mVI//A, 0mm PVC �i®/%�immm 350 0 1�mmm� A�'/0 01Amm FOUNTAIN 3 HP MAX) m �% �/' M11101 F11101 m • 1 • �mm .�mmmm 0 a rZ10010 10001 mm mm =011 =mm • 0Ira, MM.e00� • • • • • iE� i�/%���� MEN m1 EE�mmmmMMII �ZA 1001/% 1/c, CU • • • ,1VIA=10 PANEL P3 • • , 00 rm =:X00/% �� 00� 1 04m EMO mm 0 /%i m 3��// 1 12031 - • - X00"'///% 0%%�C��"'///%: 11 %%LiL��� %%,///% i1/% C m mmmm 1014 % /�/. 1 1 . • • • ' - 000/%10 0ar/�. Welln�■1i 0�//% NN 000%% �� • • r :1 1 111 • • • r ; • 11 m®© BE PROVIDED AND ■ KI L ■ M N r � r ;• ' 1 %/� IMIA m/ %//% FINImm� CONNECTED KVA r �' -��i� REMARKS ON COMPUTATION - �mm '�• 000®A • AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY FT. (STORE TYPE OCCUPANCY),NEC 220.3(A), THEN MOLT. BY 125%, NEC 220.11 BRANCH B 1 _44— GIRCU11 C 2 6475 18 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY 1VA/SQ. FT, NEC 220.3(A)(b), THEN MULT. BY DEMAND FACTOR, NEC 220.13. HVAC 97125 97125 REC-OFFICE 1 11MIFIZ' WW.. :.1 0//0m®� 2400 3000 8 S I 01A =001001 4500 4500 13 100% CONNECTED VA PER EQUIP NAMEPLATE, NEC 422.10, 220.10 TOTAL 129925 135381 376 SIZE SERVICE CAPACITY QTY. SCA, 3PH 600 A MmM��VZIA0////�� �� 00� TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY PVC 1/c, CU 224 SERVICE CAPACITY LESS NEC LOAD 2 31441 F2 PANEL P1 ■�'i2mm mVI//A, 0mm PVC 1 /c, CU 350 0 1�mmm� A�'/0 01Amm 28942 m PANEL P1 A %////i0WEAN ��� �� 0�MmMMMII �A I�%000� mmmmm1�:�1 ■ r 11 ■ �mm ��VIEWm =mm • 0Ira, MM.e00� m ®�� PANEL P2 iE� i�/%���� 000 1/c, CU 1/0 ' ■ . ,1VIA=10 PANEL P3 • 1 �I01000 0 , 00 rm =:X00/% �� 00� 1 0®� 1 12031 - • - X00"'///% 0%%�C��"'///%: 11 %%LiL��� • • • ' - 000/%10 m ' • 00 �� 000%% �� • • r :1 1 111 • • • r ; • 11 m®© BE PROVIDED AND IIIIIMI�,, ME 0 m ' m %%////%:m®� , ■ CONTRACTOR. W/ PERMANENT MARKER INCOMING REFERENCE SITE PLAN FUTURE FOUNTAIN WATER LINE BUILDING STEEL FOR LOCATION J ■ �000VENTILATOR �//% (3) 1 "C "SPARE", EXTEND 5' BEYOND PNL IRRIGATION PUMP P1-14(16,18) J FAN BLDG, CAP, AND IDENTIFY STUBBED TO MONUMENT SIGN RMMI�Hm W/ PERMANENT MARKER LOCATION AS M J 10/ ��//.000� REFERENCE SITE PLAN INDICATED ON CONTROLLER mm OH 111' OPENERS�mm ::1//%��i��0�//% FOR LOCATION SITE. USE, ��.00� STUBBED TO /7_7 : CU ' ■ OHDOOROPENERS RATED BOX PNL P1 -1(3),5, STUBBED LOCATION AS 4 .. ° — MAX. TYP. OH 111" OPENERSMONUMENTIGN TO LOCATION AS INDICATED ON q 4 a 5 OHMS PERMANENT INDICATED ON SITE. SITE. USE 1 111 ■ 1' �m0 �mm/% 11 //%i ��i.���l E a %//� %1 m1 Cm m • ' • 0VI/%FEEN /%%i0 ��0 RATED BOX / • TOTAL• r :1. 1'•. 1 11045 MARKER. ' 1 f 1' 29.9 KVA 83 AMPS AS READ. PERMANENT ALL BONDING TO GROUND SYSTEM MADE GROUND ELECTRODES PROVIDE/INSTALL (1) 20A GROUND SHALL BE EXOTHERMIC TYPE. (GROUND RODS) IN GROUNDING WP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MARKER. FIELD PATTERN. ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM CONTROLLER. 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ZA 0�i1� ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ ■ �mmM� 00 m mm ■ KI L ■ M N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ VOLTAGE120/208 MGF—SQUARE-D PANEL "PlAll PHASE 3 PH. 4W CAT. • ••r i• • :- - ' 1 %/� IMIA m/ %//% FINImm� CONNECTED KVA MLO • PHASE AMPS REMARKS ON COMPUTATION - �mm 19425 24281 • AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY FT. (STORE TYPE OCCUPANCY),NEC 220.3(A), THEN MOLT. BY 125%, NEC 220.11 go 6475 6475 18 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY 1VA/SQ. FT, NEC 220.3(A)(b), THEN MULT. BY DEMAND FACTOR, NEC 220.13. HVAC 97125 97125 mmm MOTORS COMPUTED PER NEC 220.14, 430.24, HEAT COMPUTED AT 100% CONNECTED, 220.15, NONCOINCIDENT LOADS PER NEC WW.. :.1 0//0m®� 2400 3000 8 S I 01A =001001 4500 4500 13 100% CONNECTED VA PER EQUIP NAMEPLATE, NEC 422.10, 220.10 TOTAL 129925 135381 376 SIZE SERVICE CAPACITY QTY. SCA, 3PH 600 A MmM��VZIA0////�� �� 00� TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY PVC 1/c, CU 224 SERVICE CAPACITY LESS NEC LOAD 2 31441 F2 PANEL P1 ■�'i2mm mVI//A, 0mm PVC 1 /c, CU 350 0 1�mmm� A�'/0 01Amm 28942 F3 PANEL P1 A �00%//A ��� �� 0�MmMMMII �A I�%000� 1 /c, CU ■ r 11 ■ �mm ' 000�V//%WIA =mm • 0Ira, MM.e00� i�� �E111 rrlmm PANEL P2 iE� i�/%���� 000 1/c, CU 1/0 ' ■ . ,1VIA=10 PANEL P3 • 1 �I01000 0 , 00 rm =:X00/% �� 00� 1 0®� 1 12031 - • - X00"'///% 0%%�C��"'///%: 11 %%LiL��� • • • ' - 000/%10 m ' • 00 �� 000%% �� • • r :1 1 111 • • • r ; • 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ VOLTAGE120/208 MGF—SQUARE-D PANEL "PlAll PHASE 3 PH. 4W CAT. • ••r i• • :- - WAREHOUSE CONNECTED KVA MLO • PHASE AMPS REMARKS ON COMPUTATION GENERAL3VA/SQ. LIGHTING 19425 24281 m mmm AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY FT. (STORE TYPE OCCUPANCY),NEC 220.3(A), THEN MOLT. BY 125%, NEC 220.11 RECEPTACLES 6475 6475 18 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY 1VA/SQ. FT, NEC 220.3(A)(b), THEN MULT. BY DEMAND FACTOR, NEC 220.13. HVAC 97125 97125 mmm MOTORS COMPUTED PER NEC 220.14, 430.24, HEAT COMPUTED AT 100% CONNECTED, 220.15, NONCOINCIDENT LOADS PER NEC WW.. :.1 0//0m®� 2400 3000 8 S MISC. NONCONTINUOUS 4500 4500 13 100% CONNECTED VA PER EQUIP NAMEPLATE, NEC 422.10, 220.10 TOTAL 129925 135381 376 SIZE SERVICE CAPACITY QTY. SCA, 3PH 600 MIAN DISCONNECT TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY PVC 1/c, CU 224 SERVICE CAPACITY LESS NEC LOAD 2 31441 F2 PANEL P1 (4)#1/0, PVC 1 /c, CU 350 2 28942 F3 PANEL P1 A o w EMT 1 /c, CU ■ r 11 ■ �mm L �L 1-1- ^L L 1 i�� �E111 rrlmm PANEL P2 iE� i�/%���� PVC 1/c, CU 1/0 ' ■ . 14803 ®w PANEL P3 • 1 �I01000 mmmmmVIN 1 /c, CU 1 0®� 1 12031 - • - X00"'///% 0%%�C��"'///%: 11 %%LiL��� • ' - X00%%i%%O��C��/%% (2) 2"C, EXTEND T PROPERTY 11 m®© BE PROVIDED AND %/%=11 0 m ' m %%////%:m®� , ■ CONTRACTOR. W/ PERMANENT MARKER INCOMING REFERENCE SITE PLAN FUTURE FOUNTAIN WATER LINE BUILDING STEEL FOR LOCATION J ■ �000VENTILATOR �//% (3) 1 "C "SPARE", EXTEND 5' BEYOND PNL IRRIGATION PUMP P1-14(16,18) J FAN BLDG, CAP, AND IDENTIFY STUBBED TO MONUMENT SIGN W/ PERMANENT MARKER LOCATION AS M J 10/ ��//.000� REFERENCE SITE PLAN INDICATED ON CONTROLLER ■ ' ■ OH 111' OPENERS�mm ::1//%��i��0�//% FOR LOCATION SITE. USE, ��.00� STUBBED TO /7_7 : CU ' ■ OHDOOROPENERS RATED BOX PNL P1 -1(3),5, STUBBED LOCATION AS 4 .. ° — MAX. TYP. OH 111" OPENERSMONUMENTIGN TO LOCATION AS INDICATED ON q 4 a 5 OHMS PERMANENT INDICATED ON SITE. SITE. USE 1 111 ■ 1' �m0 �mm/% 11 //%i ��i.���l E a %//� %1 m1 Cm m • ' • 0VI/%FEEN /%%i0 ��0 RATED BOX / • TOTAL• r :1. 1'•. 1 11045 MARKER. TOTAL• r 29.9 KVA 83 AMPS * CIRCUIT TO BE ROUTED THROUGH AND CONTROLLED BY THE ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH ELECTRICAL SERVICE CALCULATION SHOEMAKER BLDG "B" SERVICE VOLTAGE: 120/208V 3PH AREA SERVED: OFFICE/WHSE UNIT (6475 SQ. FT.) LOAD TYPE CONNECTED KVA NEC KVA PHASE AMPS REMARKS ON COMPUTATION GENERAL3VA/SQ. LIGHTING 19425 24281 67 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY FT. (STORE TYPE OCCUPANCY),NEC 220.3(A), THEN MOLT. BY 125%, NEC 220.11 RECEPTACLES 6475 6475 18 AREA SQ. FT. MULTIPLIED BY 1VA/SQ. FT, NEC 220.3(A)(b), THEN MULT. BY DEMAND FACTOR, NEC 220.13. HVAC 97125 97125 270 MOTORS COMPUTED PER NEC 220.14, 430.24, HEAT COMPUTED AT 100% CONNECTED, 220.15, NONCOINCIDENT LOADS PER NEC LIGHTED SIGNS 2400 3000 8 VA PER NEC 220.3(B)(6), AND 600.5A THEN MULTIPLIED BY 125% MISC. NONCONTINUOUS 4500 4500 13 100% CONNECTED VA PER EQUIP NAMEPLATE, NEC 422.10, 220.10 TOTAL 129925 135381 376 SIZE SERVICE CAPACITY QTY. SCA, 3PH 600 MIAN DISCONNECT TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY PVC 1/c, CU 224 SERVICE CAPACITY LESS NEC LOAD CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECT SUPPLIED SUPPLIED BY LSM BY ELECT.CONTRACTOR 7 WING WALL -•-- DISCONNECT NEMA3R 60/40/3 (3) 2"C WITH SEALS AT EACH END, 41 41 12 ■ * THE CALCULATED MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT (SCA) IS BASED ON INFORMATION FROM PRELIMINARY COORDINATION MEETINGS WITH FPL. THIS CURRENT ASSUMPTION IS BASED ON THE UTILITY PROVIDER INSTALLING A 300kva TRANSFORMER TO SERVE THIS BUILDING. ONCE THE FINAL UTILITY ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED WE WILL REVIEW AND AMEND THESE DOCUMENTS AS/IF REQUIRED. TELECOM CLOSET WAREHOUSE TTB (TELECO TERMINAL BOARD) P3 MLO LOBBY L (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, 2"C P2 MLO (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, + MLO P1 P1A MLO ® ® o 13 ■ 14 F=AULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS SOURCE: EDR, ELECTRICAL DESIGNER'S REFERENCE, 2005, SOFTWARE VERSION 2.1 (BUILD 5). BASED ON THE 2005 NEC FAULT SCA SOURCE = TA SCA AVAILABLE = INFINITE LENGTH UNITS = FEET PRIMARY INFINITE MOTOR MOTOR SYSTEM SYSTEM LOAD = NONE SCA = NONE VOLTAGE = 208 PHASE = 3 EACH PANELBOARD PER NEC TIME CLOCK TRANSFORMER LAMINATED TAG WITH BLACK SHALL BE ENGRAVED ACKGROUNG, 1/2" WHITE g NODE DESCRIPTION PH SIZE PRI. V SEC. V %Z SCA, 3PH TA UTILITY 3 -PH 300 12470 208 1.2 *69396 � Dr �r CJ J V V U 9� V V DISTRIBUTION IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NODE DESCRIPTION RACEWAY CONDUCTOR SIZE 14� 12� QTY. SCA, 3PH F1 MIAN DISCONNECT PVC 1/c, CU 350 2 31441 F2 PANEL P1 (4)#1/0, PVC 1 /c, CU 350 2 28942 F3 PANEL P1 A o w EMT 1 /c, CU 1/0 L �L 1-1- ^L L 1 24391 F4 PANEL P2 PVC 1/c, CU 1/0 1 14803 F5 PANEL P3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM EMT 1 /c, CU 1/0_ 1 12031 * THE CALCULATED MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT (SCA) IS BASED ON INFORMATION FROM PRELIMINARY COORDINATION MEETINGS WITH FPL. THIS CURRENT ASSUMPTION IS BASED ON THE UTILITY PROVIDER INSTALLING A 300kva TRANSFORMER TO SERVE THIS BUILDING. ONCE THE FINAL UTILITY ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED WE WILL REVIEW AND AMEND THESE DOCUMENTS AS/IF REQUIRED. TELECOM CLOSET WAREHOUSE TTB (TELECO TERMINAL BOARD) P3 MLO LOBBY L (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, 2"C P2 MLO (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, + MLO P1 P1A MLO ® ® o 13 ■ 14 a 15 TRANSFORMENRS, ECT..) SHALT_ BE INSTALLED ON IDENTIFICATION TAG SHALL EACH PANELBOARD PER NEC TIME CLOCK 210.5(C)IDENTIFICATION TAG LAMINATED TAG WITH BLACK SHALL BE ENGRAVED ACKGROUNG, 1/2" WHITE g PHENOLIC LAMINATED TAG LETTERING (PANEL WITH BLACK BACKGROUND, 1/4 WHITE LETTERING, IDENTIFICATION), AND 1/4" J U CJ V U U V V U FASTENED WITH MECHANICAL w F � Dr �r CJ J V V U 9� V V V IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 2 3� 4 51 6 7 8 9() 1' 1111211' 14� 12� 13 14� IZ l:le 14 1'11 13114112 3� 141 2/0 CU (4)#1/0, 0:� N FI o w o w o w a w o w o w O U b U ~ f I_T_ L �L 1-1- ^L L 161 LL N CIO ¢_ < Q ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4)#350, 3-1/2"C PANEL 120/2088V-3PH FED FROM PNL "P1" PERMANENTLY POSTED IDENTIFICATION TAGS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON EACH PIECE OF ELECTRICAL DISTRUBTION EQUIPMENT PERMANENTLY POSTED (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, PHASE IDENTIFICATION TAGS TRANSFORMENRS, ECT..) SHALT_ BE INSTALLED ON IDENTIFICATION TAG SHALL EACH PANELBOARD PER NEC BE ENGRAVED PHENOLIC 210.5(C)IDENTIFICATION TAG LAMINATED TAG WITH BLACK SHALL BE ENGRAVED ACKGROUNG, 1/2" WHITE g PHENOLIC LAMINATED TAG LETTERING (PANEL WITH BLACK BACKGROUND, 1/4 WHITE LETTERING, IDENTIFICATION), AND 1/4" FASTENED WITH MECHANICAL WHITE LETTERING FOR FASTENERS. VOLTAGE/FEED, ETC. FASTENED WITH MECHANICAL FASTEN ERS. PHASE AND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. KEYED NOTES REFERENCE DETAIL SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL "GBB" MATERIAL & INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 0 TVSS UNIT - INTERMATIC #PG60-208-3Y O3 TVSS UNIT - INTERMATIC #PG40-208-3Y ® ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH - INTERMATIC #ET70815CR. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROGRAM EACH ZONE WITH TIME SCHEDULE AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 600 3 42kAIC CT METER 9 CT UTILITY CABINET PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER �< ROUTED TO WET -WELL, COORD. WITH 120/208V -WYE LIFTSTATION CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT #4 CU LOCATION GRADE 2/0 CU (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, 2"C LU (2) RUNS EA. (4)#350, 3-1/2"C (4)#350, (1)#1G, 3-1/2"C EQUIPMENT RACK, AND POLE (2) 2"C, EXTEND T PROPERTY BASES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLD BY THE ELECTRICAL LINE, CAP, AND IDENTIFY CONTRACTOR. W/ PERMANENT MARKER INCOMING REFERENCE SITE PLAN FUTURE FOUNTAIN WATER LINE BUILDING STEEL FOR LOCATION J (3) 1 "C "SPARE", EXTEND 5' BEYOND PNL IRRIGATION PUMP P1-14(16,18) J BLDG, CAP, AND IDENTIFY STUBBED TO MONUMENT SIGN W/ PERMANENT MARKER LOCATION AS M J REFERENCE SITE PLAN INDICATED ON CONTROLLER PNL P1A-36,2/0 FOR LOCATION SITE. USE, STUBBED TO /7_7 : CU RATED BOX PNL P1 -1(3),5, STUBBED LOCATION AS 4 .. ° — MAX. TYP. WITH TO LOCATION AS INDICATED ON q 4 a 5 OHMS PERMANENT INDICATED ON SITE. SITE. USE GROUND CONNECT IRRIGATION RATED BOX CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE MARKER. PUMP AND CONTROLLER WITH BLDG. FOOTER STEEL AS READ. PERMANENT ALL BONDING TO GROUND SYSTEM MADE GROUND ELECTRODES PROVIDE/INSTALL (1) 20A GROUND SHALL BE EXOTHERMIC TYPE. (GROUND RODS) IN GROUNDING WP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MARKER. FIELD PATTERN. ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM CONTROLLER. 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. I. 1. S. NIAGNOLIA AVE, SANFOIZD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 F'x 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL ■ COMPLEX BUILDING 'D' IF 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G ■ 'I These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Brian T Bulholtz, PE CA# 67979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 I ■ 0 0 L Date 04.23.08 Drawn By TKR ■ Checked By JAA Approved By BTB Project No. 08109-00 TITTLE BLDG YYBYY M ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM DRAWING NO. E5mO N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 15 copyright BUHOLI'Z PROFESS[C)NAL .ENGINEERING, INC, All Rights Reserved. A ■ B ■ C D ■ E F ■ G ■ H ■ J ■ K ■ 1 ■ M ■ N 1 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 I PROVIDE 2-#12 GA HANGERS FOR 25LB. LIGHT FIXTURE. FIXTURE SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY APPROVED HANGERS. (2 CORNERS) Q #12 GAUGE HANGER AT (4) CORNERS Q 2 X 4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ® LIGHT SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM WITH POSITIVE CLAMP DEVICES (NOT SHOWN) e ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS (TYPICAL) LAY -IN FIXTURE INSTALLATION.DETAIL LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOGUE NO. LAMP(S) REMARKS A DAY-BRITE/CAPRI #2TG8-332-01-UNV-1/3 (3) 32W 35K (3) LAMP, 2x4 RECESSED STATIC TROFFER, PRISMATIC ACRYLIC LENS, CONCEALED IN OR EQUIVALENT WHITE FLAT STEEL DOOR, (1) 3L ELECTRONIC BALLAST DAY-BRITE/CAPRI 1. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR NEW EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND SHALL BE FIELD LOCATED DURING A SITE WALK-THROUGH BY THE CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, AND/OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ■ 6" RECESSED CAN, LOW IRIDESCENT CLEAR REFLECTOR, (2) 32 WATT B OR EQUIVALENT #CM6-F232U-H65 (2) 32W CFL HORIZONTAL COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS, UNIVERSAL ELECTRONIC 2. ALL WORK PERFORMED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT MUST CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ADDITIOANL (1) 1"C TO PROP LINE (TV) BALLAST C DAY-BRITE/CAPRI #2TG8-332-01-UNV-1/21 (3) 32W 35K (3) LAMP, 2x4 RECESSED STATIC TROFFER, PRISMATIC ACRYLIC LENS, M OR EQUIVALENT 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ WHITE FLAT STEEL DOOR, (1) 3L & (1) 2L ELECTRONIC BALLAST 4. DAY-BRITE/CAPRI # SWW-232-UNV-1/2 (2) 32W 35K (2) LAMP, SURFACE WRAPAROUND, PRISMATIC ACRYLIC LENS, WHITE D OR EQUIVALENT MOLDED END -CAPS, (1) 2L ELECTRONIC BALLAST F DAY-BRITE/CAPRI #CM6-F226U-H66 (2) 26W CFL 6" RECESSED CAN, WHITE REFLECTOR, (2) 26 WATT HORIZONTAL ®HAWING N®. OR EQUIVALENT 5. ALL LABELING MUST BE TYPEWRITTEN. COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS, UNIVERSAL ELECTRONIC BALLAST G PROGRESS LIGHTING #P3260-06 (3) 25W INCAN 24" VANITY STRIP, (3) 25W INCAN LAMPS, SATIN NICKEL FINISH, WHITE OR EQUIVALENT Copyright BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. FAUX ALABASTER GLOBES H NOT USED DAY-BRITE/CAPRI 6" RECESSED CAN, LOW IRIDESCENT CROSS BLADE BLADE REFLECTOR, K OR EQUIVALENT #CM6-F242U-H65XB (2) 42W CFL (2) 42 WATT COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS, UNIVERSAL BALLAST, DAMP LOCATION DAY-BRITE HIGH -BAY TYPE FLOURSCENT FIXTURE, STEEL HOUSING, SPECULAR ALUM. L OR EQUIVALENT #FHB-654HO-120-1/42EB (6) 54H0 40K REFLECTORS, 24" CHAIN KIT, WITH ALP #PAL54HO POLYCARBONATE LAMP SLEEVES DAY-BRITE #TIS-232-UNV-2/2-WG 8 FT. ALL PURPOSE IDUSTRIAL STRIP, SOLID TOP REFLECTOR, TANDEM M OR EQUIVALENT & ALP #PALT8 (4) 32W 35K CONFIGURATION, (4) LAMP, WHITE FINISH, WIRE -GUARD AND POLY LAMP PROTECTORS, (2) 2L ELECTRONIC BALLAST N DAY-BRITE #WCS-150M-MT (1) 150W MH FULL CUT-OFF EXTERIOR WALL PACK, CAST ALUM CONSTRUCTION, METAL OR EQUIVALENT HALIDE LAMP, MULTI -TAP BALLAST P SPERO LIGHTING #725-G1-3-G1/SC-GN23-SPA (1) 20OW A19DLL ANGLE TYPE RLM 12"DIA, ALUMINUM REFLECTOR, 24" WAL MOUNTED OR EQUIVALENT SHEPARDS HOOK ARM, INCANDESCENT LAMP SOURCS, COLOR BY OWNER, R SPERO LIGHTING 10OW A19DLL CAST ALUMINUM INCANDESCENT VAPRORTIGHT FIXTURE, PRISMATIC GLASS OR EQUIVALENT #VX -3-30-42-P-200-0-01 (1) GLOBE, ALUM GUARD, INCANDESCENT LAMP SOURCE S NOT USED T SPERO LIGHTING 10OW A19DLI_ CAST ALUMINUM INCANDESCENT WALL MOUNTED VAPROTIGHT FIXTURE, OR EQUIVALENT #VW -15 -41 -P -G -G1 (1) PRISMATIC GLASS GLOBE, ALUM GUARD, INCANDESCENT LAMP SOURCE HOLOPHANE ALUMINUM ROUND DECORATIVE RLM TYPE FULL CUT-OFF SHOEBOX, W GLASWERKS II BERN #GB-175MH-120-P-B-S-1A (1) 175W MH PENDANT/SHEPARD HOOK ARM, MOUNTED ON DIRECT BURY FIBERGLASS OR EQUIVALENT POLE, FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT 0 16' A.F.G. EM BEGHELLI #XLP-S1 (2) 5.4W TUNGSTEN EMERGENCY WALL PAK, EMERGENCY BATT UNIT/CHARGER FOR OR EQUIVALENT 90 MIN. OPERATION, (2) 5.4W TUNGSTEN ADJ LAMPS HEADS, EM 1 BEGHELLI #PILA-3 (2) LAMP OPERATION EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST, 1400 LUMEN, 2 LAMP OPERATION, MIN. OR EQUIVALENT 90 MIN. OPERATION, F -X BEGHELLI (2) 5.4W TUNGSTEN THERMOPLASTIC COMBO LED EXIT W EMERGENCY BATT UNIT/CHARGER OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT #XCL-R-U-W & LED 90 MIN. OPERATION, WHITE HOUSING W/ RED LETTERS, MTG, FACES, FINISH & CHEVRONS AS REQD. LIGHTING FIXTURE NOTES: 1.) SOME MODEL NUMBERS MAY INDICATE A FINISH OR COLOR HOWEVER, ALL FINAL COLOR AND/OR FINISHES SHALL BE SELECTED AND/OR APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. 2.) REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES. IF ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CONFLICT IN EXACT COUNT OR FIXTURE TYPE, PROVIDE/INSTALL THE GREATER QUANTITY OR COST TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED, ALL LAMPS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL ELECTRIC, SYLVANIA, PHILLIPS, OR VENTURE, U.O.N. 3.) ALL FLUORESCENT BALLAST SHALL BE THE ELECTRONIC TYPE, AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ADVANCE, IOTA, SYLVANIA, OR MOTOROLA, U.N.O. 4.) PROVIDE/INSTALL IN-LINE FUSE FOR ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES THAT CONTAIN AN "EM" EMERGENCY TYPE BATTERY BALLAST, INCLUDING EXIT TYPE FIXTURES. 5.) REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, 6.) ALL MR -16 TYPE LAMPS, SHALL BE 10,000 HOUR LAMPS AS MANUFACTURED BY EYE (IWASAKI) LIGHTING INTERNATIONAL #JR8 SERIES LAMPS. 7.) FOR EACH SCHEDULED FIXTURE, PROVIDE/INSTALL ALL APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLIANT INSTALLATION IN THE APPLICATION/SPECIFIED ARCHITECTURAL CEILING TYPE. 8.) ALL ADJUSTABLE TYPE FIXTURES, SHALL BE POSITIONED/AIMED/ADJUSTED PER THE OWNERS INSTRUCTIONS. ■ 2 e 3 ■ 4 ■ 6 ■ 6 ■ WITH (2) CAT5e CABLES HOMERUN WITH (1) CAT5e CABLE HOMERUN TO APPROPRIATE MDF/IDF TO APPROPRIATE MDF/IDF 3/4"C STUBBED -UP, ROUTED TO AN 3/4"C STUBBED -UP, ROUTED TO AN ACCESSIBLE CLG, REAMED AND ACCESSIBLE CLG, REAMED AND TERMINATED WITH BUSHING TERMINATED WITH BUSHING RJ45 RJ45 LABEL WINDOW 18" AFF U.O.N EXAMPLE = D2 "D2" DATA OUTLET RJ45 18" AFF — ' U.O.N EXAMPLE = E "D I" DATA OUTLET WALL PHON MTG. POST WITH (1) CAT5e CABLE HOMERUN TO APPROPRIATE MDF/IDF `UBBED-UP, ROUTED TO AN LE CLG, REAMED AND ED WITH BUSHING WITH ONE RG -6 (WHITE) COAXIAL CABLE HOMERUN TO APPROPRIATE IDF/MDF. 3/4"C STUBBED—UP, ROUTED TO AN T\r ACCESSIBLE CLG, REAMED AND TERMINATED WITH BUSHING LABEL WINDOW 'F' CONNECTOR -- 0 54" A.F.F. — HEIGHT VARIES U.0.N (SEE FLOOR PLAN) EXAMPLE _ �W EXAMPLE = TV "W11 WAIL PHONE OUTLET "TV" CATV OUTLET 1-1 /2"C TO TELECO (12' x12' x6 ,CCB) CLOSET - ` ENCLOSURE BOX MTD SECURITY AREA ABOVE DOOR OR SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX ACCESSIBLE CEILINGSECURED SIDE SECURED SIDE MOTION 6" DETECTOR (REQUEST TO EXIT) SINGLE GANG BOX 2 1/2" WALL MOUNTING BRACKET #6 GREEN INSULATED CU. 0 INSULATOR TO BLDG STEEL l COPPER BUS BAR o 4 COMPRESSION LUC 0 DOUBLE BOLT 4" 7/16"0 0 - TO BIDS BAR �:. MOUNTING BOLT BASE OF RACK #4 GREEN W/ISOLATED INSULATED CU. WASHERS TO ELECTRICAL RUBBER SERVICE GROUND GROUNDING RELAY _ 10" MATRACK BASE COMPRESSION LUG � SINGLE BOLT 6 GREEN INSU ATED CU. TO BUS BAR ) CEMENT OR 0 ALL EQUIP. TYP. R w TILE BASE 1 /4" CU. CHATSWORTH PART#10622-010 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) "GBB" GROUND BUS DETAIL RACK MOUNTING DETAIL TELECO CLOSET TTB (TYP. @ 2 LOCATIONS) QTY. OF (2) READYSPEC #RB-A4848-NPG 44 TELEPHONE BACKBOARDS °GBB" REFERENCE ROOM LAYOUT FOR #4AWG EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ELECTRICAL EXACT TERMINATION LOCATIONS --\SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM, REFERENCE DETAIL AND ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM 2ND FLR FOR ADDITIOANL REQUIREMENTS, EXTEND CONDUIT TO BOTTOM OF TTB, REAM, AND TERMINATE WITH BUSHING, AND INSTALL PULL STRING. DEEP UNSECURED SIDE (CCTV CAMERA) DOOR ONTACT ETH - SINGLE GANG (PLASTIC) HOT. BOX 2 1/2" DEEP SECURED PER SIDE (REQUEST TO EXIT) MFG. SINGLE GANG (PLASTIC) BOX 2 1/2" DEEP UNSECURED SIDE (READER) ELECTRIC DOOR 10` 42" STRIKE GURE SIpE EXAMPLE = AC1 ylpE SEpURE ACCESS/CCTV SYSTEM ROUGH -IN NOTES: 1.) THE ACTIVE COMPONENTS FOR THE ACCESS CONTROL AND CCTV DEVICES WILL BE INSTALLED AT A LATER DATE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE RACEWAYS, BACKBOXES, TO SUPPORT THESE DEVICES. 2.) DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT LOCATIONS AS IDENTIFIED/DIMENSIONED ON THESE PLAN WHERE POSSIBLE. AT LOCATIONS WHERE IT IS PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE, THE DEVICES LOCATIONS MAY BE ADJUSTED OR RELOCATED TO AN ADJACENT WALL, WITH APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. 3.) PROVIDE/INSTALL BLANK COVERS FOR ALL BOXES, WEATHER-PROOF WHERE REQD, STYLE AND FINISH AS SELECTED BY THE OWNER. 4.) ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4" DIA U.O.N. SINGLE LEAF EXTERIOR. DOOR CONTROLS A w 64 ■ Q I ■ B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. I10 5, MAGNOLIA AVE., SANFOIZD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 j D E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING'13' IF 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Rernain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL ■ r J i I Brian T Buh®Itz, PE CA# 57979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 Q ■ II �I SCALE: 1/2' = 1'-0" U RACEWAYS ROUTED CONCEALED IN GENERAL IT SYSTEM NOTES CHASE 1ST FLR 1. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR NEW EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND SHALL BE FIELD LOCATED DURING A SITE WALK-THROUGH BY THE CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, AND/OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ■ REFERENCE SITE Drawn By TKR Checked By JAA UTILITY PLAN FOR (1) 2"C TO PROP. LINE (TELE) =J 2. ALL WORK PERFORMED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT MUST CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ADDITIOANL (1) 1"C TO PROP LINE (TV) Project NoL, 08109-00 3. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL MATERIAL AND REQUIREMENTS. TITLE�� 13�r BLDG LABOR NECESSARY FOR THE FULL AND PROPER FUNCTIONING OF THE SYSTEM, 4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE REAMED AND BUSHED. M TELEPHONE AND TV TERMINAL BOARD DETAIL 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ DEEP UNSECURED SIDE (CCTV CAMERA) DOOR ONTACT ETH - SINGLE GANG (PLASTIC) HOT. BOX 2 1/2" DEEP SECURED PER SIDE (REQUEST TO EXIT) MFG. SINGLE GANG (PLASTIC) BOX 2 1/2" DEEP UNSECURED SIDE (READER) ELECTRIC DOOR 10` 42" STRIKE GURE SIpE EXAMPLE = AC1 ylpE SEpURE ACCESS/CCTV SYSTEM ROUGH -IN NOTES: 1.) THE ACTIVE COMPONENTS FOR THE ACCESS CONTROL AND CCTV DEVICES WILL BE INSTALLED AT A LATER DATE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE RACEWAYS, BACKBOXES, TO SUPPORT THESE DEVICES. 2.) DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT LOCATIONS AS IDENTIFIED/DIMENSIONED ON THESE PLAN WHERE POSSIBLE. AT LOCATIONS WHERE IT IS PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE, THE DEVICES LOCATIONS MAY BE ADJUSTED OR RELOCATED TO AN ADJACENT WALL, WITH APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. 3.) PROVIDE/INSTALL BLANK COVERS FOR ALL BOXES, WEATHER-PROOF WHERE REQD, STYLE AND FINISH AS SELECTED BY THE OWNER. 4.) ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4" DIA U.O.N. SINGLE LEAF EXTERIOR. DOOR CONTROLS A w 64 ■ Q I ■ B UHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. I10 5, MAGNOLIA AVE., SANFOIZD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 j D E SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING'13' IF 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 ■ G These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Rernain H The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Without Written License Is Prohibited SEAL ■ r J i I Brian T Buh®Itz, PE CA# 57979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description K 0 Q ■ II �I SCALE: 1/2' = 1'-0" U L GENERAL IT SYSTEM NOTES Date 04.23.08 1. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR NEW EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND SHALL BE FIELD LOCATED DURING A SITE WALK-THROUGH BY THE CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, AND/OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ■ Drawn By TKR Checked By JAA 2. ALL WORK PERFORMED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT MUST CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. Approved By BTB Project NoL, 08109-00 3. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL MATERIAL AND TITLE�� 13�r BLDG LABOR NECESSARY FOR THE FULL AND PROPER FUNCTIONING OF THE SYSTEM, 4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE REAMED AND BUSHED. M I 5. ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE VOICE, DATA, AND VIDEO SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ELECTRICAL 4. ACCORDANCE WITH BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: BUILDING INDUSTRY CONSULTING SERVICES INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION DISTRIBUTION DETAILS ■ �, METHODS MANUAL LATEST EDITION 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE IEEE STANDARDS 802,6 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ®HAWING N®. 5. ALL LABELING MUST BE TYPEWRITTEN. E51 N PERMIT DOCUMENTS 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 16 Copyright BUHOLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved. A B ■ C ■ D ■ E F ■ G ■ H .i ■ J ■ K ■ L ■ M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ B ■ 7 ■ 8 ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 1i ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Through—penetration Firestop System No. C—AJ-1044 December 10, 1997 (Formerly System No.319) F Ratings —2,3, and 4 Hr (See Items 2A and 4) T Rating —0 Hr L Rating At Ambient —2 CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F —less than 1 CFM/sq ft ELECTRICAL ABBREVATIONS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 2 1P One pole E Wired on emergency circuit MAX Maximum SEC Secondary 2P 3P Two pole Three pole ELEC Electrical MCB Main Circuit Breaker SIG Signal 4P Four pole ELEV Elevator 4-1/2 Mechanical CID SP S are P 1P1W One pole, one wire EMT Electric metallic tubing MCC Motor Control Center SPDT Single pole double throw 1 P2 One pole, two wire EOL End of line MFR Manufacturer �� 33 s Stainless .,s „ 2P2W 2P3W Two pole, two wire Two pole, three wire EWC Electric water cooler MIN Minimum STD Standard 3P2W Three pole, two wire Approved By BTB MH Mounting Height STP Shielded twisted pair 3P3W Three pole, three wire FA Fire alarm MISC Miscellaneous SUSP Suspended 3P4W Three pole, four wire FBO Furnished by others MLO Main lugs only SW Switch 4P4W Four pole, four wire FLUOR Fluorescent 1 y SWBD Switchboard A Ampere P FLA Full load amps MTD Mounted AC Alternating Circuit MTG tin Mounting AFF Above finished floor GA Gauge TC Telephone cabinet AFC Above finished grade GF Ground fault receptacle N/A Not applicable TEL Telephone AHU Air Handling Unit GFCI Ground fault circuit interrupter NC Normally closed TEL/DATA Telephone/data AIC Ampere interrupting capacity GND Ground/Grounded NEC National Electrical Code TELECOM Telecommunications AL ARCH Aluminum Architect NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc. TERM Terminals ATS Automatic transfer switch HP Horse ower P NIC Not in contract TL Twist Lock A/V Audio visual HVAC Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning NF Non—fused TR Tamer resistant p Hz Hertz (cycle per second) NO Normally open TS Time switch AWG American Wire Gauge NRTL Nationally recognized testing lab TYP Typical C Conduit (Generic term for IG Isolated ground NTS Not to scale raceway. Provide as specified) UG Underground CAM Carrera JB Junction box P PA Pole Public address UTP Unshielded twisted pair CATV Cable Television PB Pull Box V Volt CB Circuit Breaker KCMIL Thousand circular mils PC Photocell UL Underwriters Laboratories CKT Circuit KO Knock—out PH PNL Phase Panel(board) U01 Unless otherwise indicated CLO Ceiling CT Current transformer KVA Kilovolt ampere PP Power panel w/ With CU Capper KW Kilowatt PR PRI Pair Primary w/o Without KWH Kilowatt — hour WH W our CL Centerline PVC Polyvinyl chloride conduit WP Weatherproof W PWR Power WT Watertighteeaaththeerprp DC Direct Current LTS Lights A\ Delta LTG Lighting REC REV Recessed ion RR XMFR Transformer DISC Disconnect LV Low Voltage Revevisisainion DP Distribution Panelboard SECTION A•—A CONSULT CURRENT UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" FOR DETAILS I. Floor or Wall Assembly : lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf) concrete. Except as noted in table under Item 4, min thickness of solid concrete floor or wall assembly is 4-1/2 in. Floor may also be constructed of any min 6 in. thick UL Classified hollow core Precast Concrete Units*. When floor is constructed of hollow core precast concrete units, packing material (Item 3) and caulk fill material (Item 4) to be installed symmetrically on both sides of floor, flush with floor surface. Wall assembly may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is in solid lightweight or nonnal weight concrete. Floor is 32 in. Max diam of opening in floor constructed of hollow—core precast concrete units is 7 in. See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) and Precast Concrete Units (CFTV) categories in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. A. Steel Sleeve (Optional, not shown) —Max 15 in. ID (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly. Sleeve may extend a max of 2 in. above top of floor or beyond either surface of wall. Max 16 in. ID (or smaller) min 0.028 wall thickness (or heavier) galvanized steel sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly. Sleeve may extend a max of 1/2 in. beyond either surface of floor or wall. 2. Through Penetrants One metallic pipe. conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Max annular space between pipe, conduit or tubing and edge of through opening or sleeve is dependent on the parameters shown in Item 4. Min annular space between pipe or conduit and edge of through opening is zero in. (point contact). Pipe conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing maybe used. A. Steel Pipe Nom 30 in. diam (or stmller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe Nom 30in. diam (or stmller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Conduit Nom 6 in. diam(or smaller) rigid steel conduit. D. Conduit Nom 4 in. diam or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing. E. Copper Tubing Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tube. F. Copper Pipe Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3 Packing Material Polyethylene backer rod or nom 1 in, thickness of tightly—packed mineral wool batt or glass fiber insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing tmterial to be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of caulk fill material (Item 4). 4. Fill Void or Cavity Material* — Caulk applied to fill the annular space' flush with top surface of floor. In wall assemblies, required caulk thickness to be installed symmetrically on both sides of wall, flush with wall surface. At point contact ]ocation between penetrant and sleeve or between penetrant and concrete, a min 1/4 in. diam bead of caulk shall be applied at top surface of floor and at both surfaces of wall. The hourly F Ratings and the min required caulk thicknesses are dependent upon a number of parameters, as shown in the following table; Min Floor or Wall Thkns In. Nom Pipe Tube or Conduit Diam In. Max Annular Space In. Min Caulk Thkns In. F Rating Hr 2-1/2 1/2-12 1-3/8 1/2 2 2-1/2 1/2-12 3-1/4 1 2 4-1/2 1/2-6 1-3/8 1 /4(a) 2 4-1/2 1/2-12 1-1/4 1/2 3 4-1/2 1/2-20 2 1 3 4-1/2 1/2-20 2 1 3 4-1/2 1/2-12 3-1/4 1 3 4-1/2 22-30 2 2 3 5-1/2 1/2-6 1-3/8 1(b) 4 WbMin 2 in thickness of mineral wool batt insulation required in annular space. Min I in. thickness of mineral wool batt insulation required in annular space on both sides of floor or wall assembly. Min 1 in, thickness of caulk to be installed flush with each surface of floor or wall assembJy. 3M COMPANY — CP 25WB+ *Bearing the UL Classification Mark Through—penetration Firestop Systems I 3 System No. W—L-1001 March 28,2003 (Formerly System No— 147) F Ratings —1,2,3 and 4 Hr (See Items 2 and 3) _ T Ratings —0, 1,2,3, and 4 Hr (See Item 3) L Rating At Ambient —less than 1 CFM/sq ft 2 L Rating At 400 F —less than I CFM/sq ft iB A SECTION A—A CONSULT CURRENT UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" FOR DETAILS 1. Wall Assembly — The 1,2, 3 or 4 hr fire—rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall or Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs (max 2 h fire rated assemblies) or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. lumber spaced 16 in. OC with nom 2 by 4 in. lumber end plates and cross braces. Steel studs to be min 3-5/8 in. wide by 1-3/8 in. deep channels spaced max 24 in. OC. B. Gypsum Board* —Nom or 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 26 in. 2. Through—Penetrant — One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between pipe, conduit or tubing and periphery of opening shall be min of 0 in. (point contact) to max 2 in. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing maybe used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) service weight (or heavier) cast iron soil pipe, nom 12 in diam (or smaller) or Class 50 (or heavier) ductile iron pressure pipe. C. Conduit — Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) steel conduit or nom 4 in diam (or smaller) steel electrical IT.I9 WA99. — Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing E. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. F. Through Penetrating Product* — Flexible Metal Piping The following types of steel flexible metal gas piping mqy �AnYs2din. diam (or smaller) steel flexible metal gas piping. Plastic covering on piping may or may not be removed on both sides of flocOME&A R&K INCsembly. 2. Nom I in. diam (or smaller) steel flexible metal gas piping. Plastic covering on piping may or may not be removed on both sides of floo1itTR5tExv00Rlb4s8bN0y.00 3. Nom I in. diam (or smaller) steel flexible metal gas piping. Plastic covering on piping may or may not be removed on both sides of flooWAR6 MF61IINCssembly. 3. Fill Void or Cavity Material* — Caulk — Min 5/8. 1-1/4,1-7/8 and 2-1/2 in. thickness of caulk for I, 2,3 and 4 hr rated assemblies, respectively, applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. Min 1/4 in. diam bead of caulk applied to gypsum board/penetrant interface at point contact location on both sides of wall. The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is dependent upon the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed, as shown in the following table. The hourly T Rating of the firestop system is dependent upon the type or size of the pipe or conduit and the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is installed, as tabulated below: Max Plea or Conduit Diam In F Rating Hr T Rating Hr 1 1 or 2 0+ 1 or 2 1 3or4 3or4 4 1 or 2 0 6 3 or 4 0 12 1 or 2 0 +When copper pipe is used, T Rating is 0 In 3M COMPANY — CP 25WB+. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark ELECTRICAL FIRE RATED PENETRATION DETAILS MC Type Cable Through—penetration Firestop Systems 2 System No. W—L-3015 December 15, 1998 (Formerly System No— 328) F RATING — 1 AND 2 HR. (SEE ITEM 3) T RATINGS — 0, 3/4 AND 2 HR. (SEE ITEM 2) '=t= 3 L RATING AT AMBIENT — LESS THAN 1 CFM PER SQ FT. (SEE ITEM 3) �c L RATING AT 400 F — LESS THAN 1 CFM PER A SQ. FT. (SEE ITEM 3) SECTION A — A CONSULT CURRENT UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" FOR DETAILS 1, WALL ASSEMBLY — THE 1 OR 2 HR. FIRE RATED GYPSUM WALLBOARD/STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U300 OR U400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTUION FEATURES: A. STUDS — WALL FRAMING MAY CONSIST OF EITHER WOOD STUDS OR STEEL CHANNEL STUDS. WOOD STUDS TO CONSIST OF NOM 2 BY 4 IN. LUMBER SPACED 16 IN. OC. WITH NOM 2 BY 4 IN. LUMBER END PLATES AND CROSS BRACES. STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8 IN. WIDE BY 1-3/8 IN. DEEP CHANNELS SPACED MAX 24 IN. OC. B. GYPSUM BOARD* — NOM 5/8 IN. THICK, 4 FT. WIDE WITH SQUARE OR TAPERED EDGES. THE GYPSUM WALLBOARD TYPE, NUMBER OF LAYERS AND SHEET ORIENTATION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN. MAX DIAM. OF OPENINGS CUT IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD IS 2 IN. C. FASTENERS — WHEN WOOD STUD FRAMING IS EMPLOYED, GYPSUM WALLBOARD ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH CEMENT COATED NAILS AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN. WHEN STEEL CHANNEL STUD FRAMING IS EMPLOYED, GYPSUM WALLBOARD ATTACHED TO STUDS WITH TYPE S SELF DRILLING, SELF TAPPING BUGLE HEAD STEEL SCREWS AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN. DIAM. OF CIRCULAR THROUGH OPENING CUT THROUGH GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON EACH SIDE OF WALL ASSEMBLY TO BE MIN. 1/4 IN. TO MAX 11/16 IN. LARGER THAN DIAM, OF THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT (ITEM 2) INSTALLED IN THROUGH OPENING. SIDE EDGE OF CIRCULAR OPENING TO BE MIN. 3 IN. FROM NEAREST STUD IN WALL CAVITY. 2. THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT* — MAX FOUR COPPER CONDUCTOR No. 2 AWG (OR SMALLER) ALUMINUM OR STEEL ARMORED CABLE OR METAL—CLAD CABLE, MAX ONE ARMORED CABLE OR METAL CLAD CABLE TO BE INSTALLED NEAR CENTER OF CIRCULAR OPENING IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD. THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY. WHEN INSTALLED IN 1 HR. FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLY, T RATING IS 0 HR. WHEN INSTALLED IN 2 HR. FIRE RATED WALL ASEMBLY, T RATING IS 3/4 HR. WHEN MAX No. 2 AWG CABLE IS USED AND 2 HR. WHEN MAX 12 AWG CABLE IS USED. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC. 3, FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL* — CAULK — CAULK FILL MATERIAL FORCED INTO ANNULAR SPACE AROUND ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THROUGH PENETRATING PRODUCT TO COMPLETELY FILL OPENING IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY. A MIN, 5/8 IN. THICKNESS OF CAULK IS REQUIRED FOR THE 1 HR. F RATING, A MIN. 1-1/4 IN. THICKNESS OF CAULK IS REQUIRED FOR THE 2 HR. F RATING. MINNESOTA MINING & MFG. CO.— CP 5WB+. *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING A ■ B I. i ■ C ■ D ■ i F ■ F i I s i I G i ■ I H J �h. ■ i K ■ L j I- i i ■ i M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ® 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ $ ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright B UHOLZ'G PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved, BU14OLTZ PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC, 110 S. MAGNOLIA AVE, SANFORD, FL 32771 Ph 407-330-4848 Fx 407-330-4688 CA 00009600 SHOEMAKER INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX BUILDING F 2525 OLD LAKE MARY ROAD SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 These Plans And Designs Illustrated Hereon Remain The Property of Brian T. Buholtz, P.E. Their Use Withaut Written License Is Prohibited SEAL Brian T Buholtz, ISE CA# 67979 REVISIONS: Rev. # Date Description 0 0 0 0 0 Date 04.23.08 Drawn By TKR Checked By JAA Approved By BTB Project No.08109-00 "Bly TITLE BLDG ELECTRICAL DETAILS DRAWING NO. E5n2 PERMIT DOCUMENTS A ■ B I. i ■ C ■ D ■ i F ■ F i I s i I G i ■ I H J �h. ■ i K ■ L j I- i i ■ i M ■ N 1 ■ 2 ® 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ $ ■ 9 ■ 10 ■ 11 ■ 12 ■ 13 ■ 14 ■ 15 Copyright B UHOLZ'G PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING, INC. All Rights Reserved, JOB NUMBER: 533456 BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION CUSTOMER: NEWIHOME OFFICE LOCATION: SANFORD, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE El ANCHOR BOLT PLAN E2 BASE PLATE DETAIL E3 COLUMN REACTIONS , PLANSREVIEWED CITy OF SANFORD DATE: /0 .- a '17 OFFICE ASTM DESCRIPTION A529 A572' A1011 A36 A529 A572 A500 A653 AlQll WAREHOUSE NOTE: DRAWINGS DENOTED ffDff SHOWN ON TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS DRAWING NO, DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE E4 CROSS SECTION (FRAME LINES 1 & 3) E14 CROSS SECTION (FRAME LINE 3) E5 CROSS SECTION (FRAME LINE 2) E15 CROSS SECTION (FRAME LINES 4 & 5) E5 ROOF.`. -FRAMING PLAN E16 CROSS SECTION (FRAME. LINE 6.) E7 ROOF SHEETING PLAN E17 ROOF PLAN E8 ROOF SOFFIT PLAN E18 BACK SIDEWALL ELEVATION (COLUMN ROW A) E9 KIRBY RIB 11 HIP DETAIL E19 FRONT SIDEWALL ELEVATION (COLUMN ROW F) Elo BACK SIDEWALL ELEVATION (COLUMN ROW B) E20 LEFT ENDWALL ELEVATION (FRAME LINE 3) Ell FRONT.SIDEWALL ELEVATION (COLUMN ROW E) E21 RIGHT ENDWALL ELEVATION (FRAME LINE 6) E12 LEFT ENDWALL ELEVATION (FRAME LINE 1) 25 ZINC -ALUMINUM E13 RIGHT ENDWALL ELEVATION (FRAME LINE 3) BOLTED.JOINTS SHALL BE CONNECTED F - STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ANDINSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "SPECIFICATIONOR - (FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL -NUMBER :.4838.1) ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: ASTM A,325 OR A490 BOLTSff.,JUNE IT WALL SHEETING: KIRBY RIB 11 25 ZINC -ALUMINUM GENERAL: NOTES: 1. MATERIALS STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE HOT ROLLED MILL SHAPES COLD FORM SHAPES __D ASTM DESCRIPTION A529 A572' A1011 A36 A529 A572 A500 A653 AlQll NOTE: DRAWINGS DENOTED ffDff SHOWN ON INCLUDE ALL DDRAWINGS ERECTION DETAILS APPLIES TO THE NOT SHOWN DIRECTLY SPECIFIC CONDITIONS ON ERECTIOR DRAWINGS. EACH DETAIL, OF THIS PROJECT. PANEL TYPE: GAUGE: COLOR: FINISH. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: ROOF AND WALL SHEETING A653 A792 FEDERAL SPECIFICATION TTP -536. BOLTS A307 A325 CABLE A475 STRUCTURAL PRIMER; RED OXIDE RODS A572 A 1 .08 WHILE IN THE CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBYS PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED BUNDLE" PANELS SHOULD BE. PROTECTED'FROM HIGH',.TE,MPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND MOISTURE, OTHERWISE, DAMAGE CAN 2. A325 BOLT TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS ROOF SHEETING: KIRBY R:.!B 11 25 ZINC -ALUMINUM ZINC -ALUMINUM BUNDLE OF FLUOROPOLYMER.FlNISHED'PANELS,FOR.PROPER STORAGE PROCEDURES. BOLTED.JOINTS SHALL BE CONNECTED F - STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ANDINSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "SPECIFICATIONOR - (FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL -NUMBER :.4838.1) ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: ASTM A,325 OR A490 BOLTSff.,JUNE 23,2000, RESEARCH COUNCIL ON.STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS. UNLESS NOTED, OTHERWISE ON THE. WALL SHEETING: KIRBY RIB 11 25 ZINC -ALUMINUM ZINC -ALUMINUM (OFFICE BLDG. ONLY). KBS ERECTION DRAWINGS, ALL A325 BOLTS ARE USED IN CONNECTIONS DEFINED AS•S.N.UG-T.IGHTENED J.O I NTS..(.ST) (FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL NUMBER: 4837.1) "nAl cur)D COAT PA T KIT WALL SHEETING:* KIRBY WALL 26 UNDEFINED COLOR FLUOROPOLYMER (WAREHOUSE BLDG. ONLY) I M k­)k� I : PROTECT -,COA -CT THE STEEL FRAMING FOR ONLY A SHORT PERIOD. OF 'THE.OF SHOP PRIMER IS INTENDED TO EXPOSURE TO (FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL NUMBER; 4837.2) .COAT ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS. SHOP COAT PRIMER DOES NOT PROVIDE THE APPEARANCE, DURABILITY AND/OR PROTECTION OF AN APPROPRIATC.FIELD.APPLIED-FINISH. KIRBY STANDARD SHOP COAT PAINT SHALL MEET OR EXCEED*.THE REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATION TTP -536. KIRBY ENGINEER'S SEAL 4. TEMPORARY PANEL STORAGE PAINTED BUILDING PANELS WITH FLUOROPOLY,MER FINISH ARE HIGH -.QUALITY CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. WHILE IN THE CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBYS PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED BUNDLE" PANELS SHOULD BE. PROTECTED'FROM HIGH',.TE,MPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND MOISTURE, OTHERWISE, DAMAGE CAN TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING OCCUR TO THE PAINTED SURF -ACE OF THE PANEL:. PLEASE REFER TO THE. ffWARNING LABEL" THAT KIRBY APPLIES TO EACH SYSTEMS, INC., IF ERECTED.AS INDICATED. - NOTE THAT KIRBYS ENGINEER 15 NOT ACTING AS THE BUNDLE OF FLUOROPOLYMER.FlNISHED'PANELS,FOR.PROPER STORAGE PROCEDURES. ENGINEER. OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. DESIGN LOADS HAVE BEEN APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 5. TEMPORARY BRACING 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE WITH THE 2005 6, ZUUb bUl`FLLMLN1b BUILDER/CUSTOMER SHALL SPECIFICALLY RAL RAW ING IS . D 'NOTE THAT BRAGING,FURNISHED BY KIRBY IS INTENDED TO BE FOR THE: OCCUPANCY CATEGORY: II. COLLATERAL LOAD: 5.00 PSF STRUCUJ LIVE LOAD: 20.00 PSF WITH TRIBUTARY MINIMUM LIVE LOAD: 12.00 PSF esign of this project and rnav COMPLETED BUILDING; KIRBYDOES NOT REPRESENT OR'GUARANTEE .'THAT THE BRACING WILL BE:ADEQUATE .AS TEMPORARY. .�EXPOSURE B I w : 1 .00 Kzt: 1.00 d accuratply depict the final d WIND LOAD :.120.00 MPH i -tr Or r sizes. Prior to the delivery Of t11h -ION OF THE,BUILDING. to rt .1ing member Kl;�I'v BRACING DURING ERECT the piece marks and any �,fi.tI,aWillgi; -V�ilt be issued with t a Ct, pro.ie 6. PANEL HANDLING ad ditiq I ! (,Uit I", 11GcWiW-y for the constructionof this metalt al building -C n , ta: iiieoe drawing6 are not to be used as approval drawings and METAL BUILDING PANELS ARE WAXED OR OILED FOR FINISH PROTECTION DURING SHIPPING AND STORAGE. THE WAX 00 - OIL MAKES 'Yotu! le may delay the delivery Of this Project - THE PANELS SLIPPERY AND HAZARDOUS TO ..WALK ON OR STAND ON. THE WAX OR OIL CAN BUILD UP ON SHOES, GLOVES, AND CLOTHING any c' MAKING CLIMBING OR WALKING ON OTHER COMPONENTS HAZARDOUS. 7. ERECTION NOTES PLANS STANDARD DETAILS DETA,ILS,'.AND NOTES TO ASSURE THE BUILDING MUST BE ERECTED ACCORDING TO THE FRAMING COMPLIANCE WITH DESIGN LOADS AND BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS.- FIELD -MODIFICATION OF THE BUILDINGS OR BUILDING COMPONENTS AFFECT THE STRUCTURAL INT OF THE 60 1 LD.1 NG WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL AN AUTHORIZED DEAD LOAD: NORMAL WEIGHT OF METAL, BUILDING WHICH WILL AFF COMPONENTS AS SUPPL.IED BY THE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE OF KIRBY BUILDI.NG SYSTEMS. - THESE BUILDINGS ARE DESIGNED AS' ENCLOSED STRUCTURES. ALL EXTERIOR COMPONENTS MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA B.. WELDING SPE CIFI'CAT 4ONS (DOORS, WINDOWS, ETC.)- MUST BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND THE WIND LOADINGS FLORIDA P.E. #35931 ALL SHOP WELDS ON'MATE RIALS GRE ATE THAN, OR EQUAL TO 0.125".' IN THICKNESSWERE PRODUCED. -IN ACCORDANCE WITHIN THE 2004 AWS SPECIFIED FOR THE DESIGN OF COMPONENTS AND CLADDING IN THE DESIGN CODE LISTED ABOVE. 6115 COCA—COLA BLVD. D1.1 STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL. THE REMA'I.:NING WELDS'ON OTHER THIN - . NER MATER . I ALS- . WERE :PRODUCED IN . ACCORDANCE :WITH THE IN ADDITION, ALL AREAS OF EXTERIOR GLAZING MUST BE PROTECTED FROM BREAKAGE COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 ..'. 1998 AWS :Dl.3 STRUCTURAL* WELDING CODE SHEET STEEL. ALL WELDINGBY WINDBORNE DEBRIS BY ASCREEN OR BARRIER. ' WAS PERFORMED BY AWS CERT I F I ED WELDERS.- r1\1E) �;d 4vv f N 1 1 - kJ y L.J',, '_4 1y ,,....• •_ -•---P-1 I -gym ��-- FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS r �1 � + FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS OFFICE,MAIN FRAME LINES 1 & 3 MAIN FRAME LINE 2 CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL B 3.2 7.2 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL E -3.2 7.2 0.0 0175 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) B -1.0 -2.6 0.0 0175 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) E -0.6 -0.6 0.0 5175 Anti -Symmetry of 0175 8 0.6 -0.6 0.0 5175 Anti -Symmetry of 0175 E 1.0 -2,6 0.0 0177 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) 8 -0.8 -0.6 0.0 0177 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) E -0.9 1.5 0.0 5177 And -Symmetry of 0177 B 0.9 1.5 0.0 5177 Anti -Symmetry of 0177 IDL+. E 0.8 -0.6 0.0 0263 75 (LL+CL+WBL) 8 1.7 0.1 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) E -1.3 0.6 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) B 1.3 0.6 0,0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) E -1.7 0.1 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL B -0.7 -7.9 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL E 1.2 -6.1 0.0 5301 Anti -Symmetry of 0301 8 -0.7 -6.8 0.0 5301 Anti -Symmetry of 0301 E 1.2 -7.2 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR B -1.3 -6.1 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR E 0:8 -6.8 0.0 0303 .6DL+WLP+EPL 8 -4.4 -11.4 0.0 0303 .6DL+WLP+EPL E 2.1 -7.6 0.0 5303 Anti -Symmetry of 0303 B -2.1 -7.6 0.0 5303 Anti -Symmetry of 0303 E 4.4 -11.4 0.0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL B -4.1 -8.7 0.0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL E 1.9 -4.9 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 B -1.9 -4.9 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 E 4.1 -8.7 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+Lll B 3.2 8.0 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+L11 E -3.2 7.2 0.0 9000 Anti -Symmetry of 4000 B 1 3.21 7.2 0.0 9000 Antl-Symmetry of 4000 E 1 -3.210.01 0302 0,0 �1 � + FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS WAREHOUSE OFFICE MAIN FRAME LINE 2 CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL 2.4 8 7.9 15.4 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL 6.0 E -7.9 15.4 0.0 0151 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP) 0.0 B -0.4 -2.1 0,0 0151 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP) 5175 E -2.4 1.3 0.0 5151 Anti -Symmetry of 0151 B 2.4 1.3 0.0 5151 Anti -Symmetry of 0151 E 0,4 -2.1 0.0 0153 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS) -0.8 B 0.2 2.4 0.0 0153 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS) 0.9 E -3.0 5.8 0.0 5153 Anti -Symmetry of 0153 B 3.0 5.8 0.0 5153 Antl-Symmetry of 0153 E -0.2 2.4 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) B 3.9 -0.4 0.0 0263 DL+,75(LL+CL+WBL) F E -3.1 0.8 0.0 0254 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) -0.2 B 3.1 0.6 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) -4.6 E -3.9 -0.4 0.0 0297 .6DL+WLP 0.0 B -8.1 -19.7 0.0 0297 .60L+WLP 0303 E 4.3 -13.1 0.0 5297 Anti -Symmetry of 0297 B -4.3 -13.1 0.0 5297 Anti -Symmetry of 0297 E 8.1 -19.7 0.0 0299 .6DL+WLS 4.0 B -7.2 -13.7 0.0 0299 .6DL+WLS -7.1 E 3.4 -7.1 0.0 5299 Anti -Symmetry of 0299 B -3.4 -7.1 0.0 5299 Anti -Symmetry of 0299 E 7.2 -13.7 0.0 0301 .60L+WBL A B -2.2 -17.5 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL F E 3.4 -13.7 0.0 5301 Anti -Symmetry of 0301 B -2.2 -15.3 0.0 5361 Anti -Symmetry of 0301 E 3.4 -15.9 0.0 0302 .60L+WBR A B -3.5 -13.8 0.0 0302 .60L+WBR F E 2.4 -15.4 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+Lll A B 7.8 17.0 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+Lll F E -7.8 15.4 0.0 9000 Anti -Symmetry of 4000 B 7.8 15.4 0.0 9000 Anti -Symmetry of 4000 E -7.8 17.0 0.0 FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS + FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS WAREHOUSE MAIN FRAME.LINE 3 ANCHOR BOLT PLAN CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL A 2.4 6.0 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL F -2.4 6.0 0.0 0175 DL+,75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) A -1.3 -2.7 0.0 0175 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) F -0.8 -0.7 0.0 5175 Antl-Symmetry of 0175 A 0.8 -0.7 0.0 5175 Antl-Symmetry of 0175 F 1.3 -2.7 0.0 0177 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) A -1.3 -1.1 0.0 0177 DL+.'75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) F -0.8 0.9 0.0 5177 Anti -Symmetry of 0177 A 0.8 0.9 0.0 5177 Antl-Symmetry of 0177 F 1.3 -1.1 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) A 1.6 0.4 0,0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) F -1.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) A 1.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) F -1.6 0.4 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL A -0.2 -5.1 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL F 0.6 -4.6 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR A -0.6 -4.6 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR F 0.2 -5.1 0.0 0303 .60L+WLP+EPL A -4.0 -9.2 0,0 0303 .60L+WLP+EPL F 1.2 -6.6 0.0 5303 Anti -Symmetry of 0303 A -1.2 -6.6 0.0 5303 Antl-Symmetry of 0303 F 4.0 -9.2 0.0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL A -4.0 -7.1 0.0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL F 1.2 -4.5 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 A -1.2 -4.5 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 F 4.0 -7.1 0.0 + FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS WAREHOUSE MAIN FRAME LINES 4 & 5 ENDWALL FRAME LINE 6 ANCHOR BOLT PLAN CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL A A 4.7 11.0 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL -2.4 F -4.7 11.0 0.0 0151 DL+,75(LL+CL+WLP) -2.7 A -0.7 -1.3 0.0 0151 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP) 0.0 F -2.1 1.3 0.0 5151 Antl-Symmetry of 0151 A 2.1 1.3 0.0 5151 Antl-Symmetry of 0151 F 0.7 -1.3 0.0 0153 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS) F A -0.6 1.8 0.0 0153 DL+,75(LL+CL+WLS) 0.6 F 1 -2.2 4.4 0.0 5153 Anti -Symmetry of 0153 A 1 2.2 4.4 0.0 5153 Antl-Symmetry of 0153 F 0.6 1.8 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) 0264 A 2.9 0.0 0.0 0263 DL+. 75 (LL+CL+WBL) DL+. 75 (LL+CL+WBR) F -2.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) A A 2.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+,75(LL+CL+WBR) 0.6 F 1 -2.9 0.0 0,0 0297 .6DL+WLP -4.6 A -5.4 -12.2 0.0 0297 .60L+WLP 0.0 F 1.7 -8.8 0.0 5297 Anti --Symmetry of 0297 A -1.7 -8.8 0.0 5297 Anti -Symmetry of 0297 F 5.4 -12.2 0.0 0299 1.6D1_+WLS F A -5.3 -8.0 0.0 0299 .6DL+WLS -4.0 F 1.6 -4.6 0.0 5299 Anti -Symmetry of 0299 A -1.6 -4.6 0.0 5299 Anti -Symmetry of 0299 F 5.3 -8.0 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL 0161 A -0.7 -10.4 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL .6DL+WL+GWS F 1.4 -9.4 0.0 0302 .60L+WBR C A -1.4 -9.4 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR 3.5 F 0.7 -10.4 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+Lll 0.2 A 4.8 11.3 0.0 4000 DL+LL+CL+Lll 0.0 F -4.8 11.2 0.0 9000 Anti -Symmetry of 4000 A 4.8 11.21 0.0 9000 Anti-Symmatry of 4000 F -4.8 11.3 0.0 FRAME COLUMN REACTIONS WIND COLUMN REACTIONS WAREHOUSE MAIN FRAME LINE 6 ENDWALL FRAME LINE 6 ANCHOR BOLT PLAN CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL A 2,4 6.0 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL F -2.4 6.0 0.0 0175 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) A -1.3 -2.7 0,0 0175 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLP+EPL) F -0.8 -0.7 0.0 5175 Anti -Symmetry of 0175 A 0.6 -0.7 0.0 5175 Anti -Symmetry of 0175 F 1.3 -2.7 0.0 0177 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) A -1.3 -1.1 0.0 0177 DL+,75(LL+CL+WLS+ESL) F -0.8 0.9 0.0 5177 Anti -Symmetry of 0177 A 0.6 0.9 0.0 5177 Anti -Symmetry of 0177 F 1.3 -1.1 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) A 1.6 0.4 0.0 0263 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBL) F -1.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+.75(LL+CL+WBR) A 1.3 0.8 0.0 0264 DL+. 75 (LL+CL+WBR) F -1.6 0,4 0.0 0301 .6DL+WBL A -0.2 -5.1 0.0 0301 .60L+WBL F 0.6 -4.6 0.0 0302 .6DL+WBR A -0.6 -4.6 0.0 0302 .61)L+WBR F 0.2 -5.1 0.0 0303 .GDL+WLP+EPL A -4.0 -9.2 0.0 0303 .6DL+WLP+EPL F 1.2 -6.6 0.0 5303 Antl-Symmetry of 0303 A -1.2 -6.6 0.0 5303 Anti -Symmetry of 0303 F 4.0 -9.2 0.0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL A -4.0 -7.1 0,0 0305 .6DL+WLS+ESL F 1.2 -4.51 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 A -1.2 -4.5 0.0 5305 Anti -Symmetry of 0305 F 4.0 -7.1 0.0 0161 .6DL+WL+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0161 .6DL+WL+GWS D 3,5 0.2 0.0 0162 .6DL+WR+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0162 .6DL+WR+GWS D 3.5 0.2 0.0 WIND COLUMN REACTIONS 4.9K 0.1K 52.9K F T WIND BRACING REACTIONS AT FIXED BASE COLUMNS: B/2 & E/2 3.5K --I 1- 3. SK 4.8K 6. OK WND BRACING REACTIONS AT PORTAL FRAME COLUMNS, .A/4,A/5,F/4 & F/5 COMBINE WITH MAIN FRAME COMBINATIONS: 0301 & 0302 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS These dray, hags accurately depict the final design of this project and may be usecl to floe f'rarning member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this projcct, a . c t or cIj•awingg will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building systern. Note: t.°rrese drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. �r MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. *35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. WAREHOUSE ENDWALL FRAME LINE 6 ANCHOR BOLT PLAN CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 NAME LOAD DESCRIPTION ROW HORIZ VERT MOMENT 0001 DL+LL+CL C 0,0 0.4 0.0 0001 DL+LL+CL D 0.0 0.4 0.0 0100 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLI+GWS) C 2.6 0.4 0.0 0100 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLI+GWS) D 2.6 0.4 0.0 0104 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLI+GWP) C -2.4 0.4 0.0 0104 DL+.75(LL+CL+WLI+GWP) D -2.4 0.4 0.0 0108 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL2+GWS) C 1 2.6 0.4 0.0 0108 DL+. 75 (LL+CL+WL2+GWS) D 2.6 0.4 0,0 0109 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR2+GWS) C 2,6 0,4 0.0 0109 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR2+GWS) D 2.6 0.4 0.0 0114 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL2+GWP) C -2.4 0.4 0.0 0114 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL2+GWP) D -2.4 0.4 0.0 0115 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR2+GWP) C -2.4 0.4 0.0 0115 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR2+GWP) D -2.4 0,4 0,0 0129 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL+GWS) C 2.6 0.4 0.0 0129 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL+GWS) D 2.6 0.4 0.0 0130 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR+GWS) C 2.6 0.4 0.0 0130 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR+GWS) D 2.6 0.4 0.0 0135 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL+GWP) C -2.4 0.4 0.0 0135 DL+.75(LL+CL+WL+GWP) D -2.4 0.4 0.0 0136 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR+GWP) C -2.4 0.4 0.0 0136 DL+.75(LL+CL+WR+GWP) D -2.4 0.4 0.0 0159 .6DL+WLI+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0159 .6DL+WLI+GWS D 3.5 0.2 0.0 0160 .60L+WLI+GWP C -3.1 0.2 0.0 0160 .6DL+WLI+GWP D -3.1 0.2 0.0 0161 .6DL+WL+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0161 .6DL+WL+GWS D 3,5 0.2 0.0 0162 .6DL+WR+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0162 .6DL+WR+GWS D 3.5 0.2 0.0 0163 .6DL+WL+GWP C -3.1 0.2 0.0 0163 .6DL+WL+GWP D -3.1 0.2 0.0 0164 .6DL+WR+GWP C -3.1 0.2 0.0 0164 .6DL+WR+GWP 0 -3.1 0.2 0.0 0165 .6DL+WL2+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0165 .6DL+WL2+GWS D 3.5 0.2 0.0 0166 .60L+WR2+GWS C 3.5 0.2 0.0 0166 .6DL+WR2+GWS 0 3.5 0.2 0.0 0167 .6DL+WL2+GWP C -3.1 0.2 0.0 0167 .GDL+WL2+GWP D -3.1 0.2 0.0 0168 .60L+WR2+GWP C 1 -3.1 0.21 0.0 0168 .60L+WR2+GWP 0 1 --3.1 0.21 0.0 4.9K 0.1K 52.9K F T WIND BRACING REACTIONS AT FIXED BASE COLUMNS: B/2 & E/2 3.5K --I 1- 3. SK 4.8K 6. OK WND BRACING REACTIONS AT PORTAL FRAME COLUMNS, .A/4,A/5,F/4 & F/5 COMBINE WITH MAIN FRAME COMBINATIONS: 0301 & 0302 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS These dray, hags accurately depict the final design of this project and may be usecl to floe f'rarning member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this projcct, a . c t or cIj•awingg will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building systern. Note: t.°rrese drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. �r MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. *35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. El FOR ANCHOR BOLT PLAN CSHEET SSC:ESHEET E2 FOR BASE PLATE DETAILS 4.9K 0.1K 52.9K F T WIND BRACING REACTIONS AT FIXED BASE COLUMNS: B/2 & E/2 3.5K --I 1- 3. SK 4.8K 6. OK WND BRACING REACTIONS AT PORTAL FRAME COLUMNS, .A/4,A/5,F/4 & F/5 COMBINE WITH MAIN FRAME COMBINATIONS: 0301 & 0302 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS These dray, hags accurately depict the final design of this project and may be usecl to floe f'rarning member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this projcct, a . c t or cIj•awingg will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building systern. Note: t.°rrese drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. �r MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. *35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. MEMBER INFORMATION ON COLUMNS, PIECES ARE SHOWN FROM BOTTOM TO TOP ON RAFTERS,.PIECES ARE SHOWN FROM LOW SIDE UP. O.F. 1/4 X 5 t O CV CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S EB 10GA 1 I.F. 1/4 X 5 Z ONN 11/2 X 8 X 0-10 1/2 X 6 X 1-9-1/2 D.F. 1/4 X 5 BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING s EB IOGA 10GA E � o D I.F. 1/4 X 5 REFERENCE ELEVATION = 100"0". 7. ALL FLANGE BRACE LOCATIONS MARKED BOTH SIDES DETAIL KEY = ONN 1/2 X 6 X 1-9-1/2 3/8 X_ 6X_ 1-2-1/2 C CN r 12 5 CANOPYARM (W8X10) B E 2"0" CANOPY 24'C 48"0" OUT TO OUT STEEL CROSS SECTION AT FRAME LINE 2 ------ � RIDGE SYM. ABOUT � RIDGE BOLT INFORMATION KEY QTY SIZE 1 8 3/4".X 2" 2 4 3/4" X 1-3/4' STRUCTURAL DRANVINGS These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to =rer.i l.y the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a ,_;; >>' drawings: will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. #35931 6115 COCA --COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 �. t O CV CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S 0 PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE Z OFF ICE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING s E � o PURLIN DEPTH = 8 1. REFERENCE ELEVATION = 100"0". 7. ALL FLANGE BRACE LOCATIONS MARKED BOTH SIDES DETAIL KEY = ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kift GIRT DEPTH = 8 2. ALL BASE PLATES AT REFERENCE ELEVATION UNLESS (BS) AT EXPANDABLE END FRAMES REQUIRE ONE FLANGE BOLT NOTE: .� _ e NOTED. LL DUE TO K I RBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08 Building T WHILE THE OTHER IS TO BE STORED AND USED AT THE J CL lU Co BRACES TO FRAME. 3. SEE ANCHOR BOLT PLAN FOR ANCHOR BOLT SIZES AND TIME OF A FUTURE ADDITION. DETAIL NO. PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CUSTOM syeftm USE 112' X I' A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE DETAILS. 8. ALL CONNECTION BOLTS OR FIELD WE LDS, PURLINS z L1.1 r- Q BRACES TO PURLINS/GIRTS. 4. ¢ t- e- x AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE ¢ LU TITLE CROSS SECTION y VERTICAL CLEAR AT BACK HAUNCH = 10-10-1/9 OR ONE SIDE COS) AS NOTED. Q 0 CL a0 VERTICAL CLEAR AT FRONT HAUNCH = 10-10-1/8 S. ALL MAIN FRAME CONNECTION BOLTS ARE A32S BOLTS. AND BEFORE ERECTION LOADS ARE APPLIED. REFERENCE ERECTION REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. " " LUZ BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: - VERTICAL CLEAR AT PEAK = 20-2-5/16 6. FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON ONE SIDE COS) < ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2 X 1 11 2307 ARE Q CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2 A325 ry OF FRAME, SEE DETAIL BRIo� FOR FLANGE BRACE BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATE, u.1 CONNECTIONS ON BOTH SIDES CBS) OF FRAME AND INSTALL AS NOTED. J ID NUMBER: 533456A-X02A AES JOB N0: 533456 DWG. NO: E5 OF: 21 C) B E 2"0" CANOPY 24'C 48"0" OUT TO OUT STEEL CROSS SECTION AT FRAME LINE 2 ------ � RIDGE SYM. ABOUT � RIDGE BOLT INFORMATION KEY QTY SIZE 1 8 3/4".X 2" 2 4 3/4" X 1-3/4' STRUCTURAL DRANVINGS These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to =rer.i l.y the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a ,_;; >>' drawings: will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. #35931 6115 COCA --COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 �. CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE OFF ICE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. PURLIN DEPTH = 8 1. REFERENCE ELEVATION = 100"0". 7. ALL FLANGE BRACE LOCATIONS MARKED BOTH SIDES DETAIL KEY ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kift GIRT DEPTH = 8 2. ALL BASE PLATES AT REFERENCE ELEVATION UNLESS (BS) AT EXPANDABLE END FRAMES REQUIRE ONE FLANGE BOLT NOTE: NOTED. BRACE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF ERECTION, DUE TO K I RBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08 Building USE 1/2' X 1' A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE WHILE THE OTHER IS TO BE STORED AND USED AT THE BRACES TO FRAME. 3. SEE ANCHOR BOLT PLAN FOR ANCHOR BOLT SIZES AND TIME OF A FUTURE ADDITION. DETAIL NO. PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CUSTOM syeftm USE 112' X I' A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE DETAILS. 8. ALL CONNECTION BOLTS OR FIELD WE LDS, PURLINS CURRENT ERECTION DRAWINGS'ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1 /2" 1 " ���® BRACES TO PURLINS/GIRTS. 4. FLANGE BRACES ARE REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES CSS) AND ALL FLANGE BRACES (FBB) MUST BE PROPERLY x AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE TITLE CROSS SECTION DRN.BY: VERTICAL CLEAR AT BACK HAUNCH = 10-10-1/9 OR ONE SIDE COS) AS NOTED. INSTALLED ON MAIN FRAMES AS THEY ARE ERECTED VERTICAL CLEAR AT FRONT HAUNCH = 10-10-1/8 S. ALL MAIN FRAME CONNECTION BOLTS ARE A32S BOLTS. AND BEFORE ERECTION LOADS ARE APPLIED. REFERENCE ERECTION REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. " " BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: - VERTICAL CLEAR AT PEAK = 20-2-5/16 6. FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON ONE SIDE COS) DETAILS ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2 X 1 11 2307 ARE CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2 A325 OF FRAME, SEE DETAIL BRIo� FOR FLANGE BRACE BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATE, CONNECTIONS ON BOTH SIDES CBS) OF FRAME AND INSTALL AS NOTED. ID NUMBER: 533456A-X02A AES JOB N0: 533456 DWG. NO: E5 OF: 21 SEE DETAIL BR1 as REF BRACE NO. PIECEMARK 1 CB082803 2 CB08260B R O C1_. O ♦ Z ATT CH THIS END OF . U FRAMING STRUT-TO E901 -+�- SRO80400 PB05,0204—�- CTT T P.) t Q P8030406 + CJD d' SROB0400--�- i E 5018-- U1 J CC F - U7 n_ F- PURLIN BRACE LAYOUT J UA UJ F_ U1 F -- O O' F-- O OD LLl .1� R Cn . R >- ATTACH THIS END 0, Q . SAVE STRUT TO O O FRAMING (BY OTHERS) CV U PURLIN CONN. DTLS: PURLIN BRACE RUN LOCATIONS: J R 41, CV [V N a] PURLIN LAPS: © 3 X �� x SPECIAL NOTES: 1. FOR EAVE STRUT CONNECTION DETAILS, SEE PR235 2. ALL PURLIN AND SAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNS. USE A325 BOLTS 3, FOR BRACING CONNECTION, SEE BR13s FOR PURLIN BRACE DETAILS, SEE- BR110 BRI I I BR112 BRlse GENERAL NOTES;, 1. USE F DIA. X 1'k" A325 BOLTS FOR ALL PURLIN LAP CONNECTIONS. 2. USE I- DIA. X 1 *" A325 BOLTS FOR PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING IS DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK.'' (ROD X . 0808 +"A" ANDDN 1010 "- 0) 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 2'0"1 1 2 *" 4r0" 2.0" RAKE EXT. O U 24 ° 1 i" 25`4" 50'8 OUT TO OUT STEEL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 24'11` 25'4" PR110 � OR124 "T CV 2 fV a + + OD CJD m m a] PURLIN LAPS: © 3 X �� x SPECIAL NOTES: 1. FOR EAVE STRUT CONNECTION DETAILS, SEE PR235 2. ALL PURLIN AND SAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNS. USE A325 BOLTS 3, FOR BRACING CONNECTION, SEE BR13s FOR PURLIN BRACE DETAILS, SEE- BR110 BRI I I BR112 BRlse GENERAL NOTES;, 1. USE F DIA. X 1'k" A325 BOLTS FOR ALL PURLIN LAP CONNECTIONS. 2. USE I- DIA. X 1 *" A325 BOLTS FOR PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING IS DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK.'' (ROD X . 0808 +"A" ANDDN 1010 "- 0) 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 2'0"1 1 2 *" 4r0" 2.0" RAKE EXT. O U 24 ° 1 i" 25`4" 50'8 OUT TO OUT STEEL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 24'11` 25'4" DETAIL KE � "T CV CV fV a + + a] PURLIN LAPS: © 3 X �� x SPECIAL NOTES: 1. FOR EAVE STRUT CONNECTION DETAILS, SEE PR235 2. ALL PURLIN AND SAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNS. USE A325 BOLTS 3, FOR BRACING CONNECTION, SEE BR13s FOR PURLIN BRACE DETAILS, SEE- BR110 BRI I I BR112 BRlse GENERAL NOTES;, 1. USE F DIA. X 1'k" A325 BOLTS FOR ALL PURLIN LAP CONNECTIONS. 2. USE I- DIA. X 1 *" A325 BOLTS FOR PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING IS DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK.'' (ROD X . 0808 +"A" ANDDN 1010 "- 0) 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 2'0"1 1 2 *" 4r0" 2.0" RAKE EXT. O U 24 ° 1 i" 25`4" 50'8 OUT TO OUT STEEL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 24'11` 25'4" O R (� OD v X C.7 STRIJCTt RAL PRAWINGS 4 These drawings accurately dt-Act .tie final design of this project and may be «sfcl tt1 y the framing mer fiber sizes. Prior to the delivery of this ty, project, a'A � drawing will e issued with the piece marks and an;MTAPPA VR I SHABHENDRA additional detail necessary for t] a construction of this metal buildin6F.�OR I DA P.E. *35931 system. Note: these drawings are i of to be used as approval drawings ancCOUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 �'i15 COCA-COLA BLVD. any chanQts made may delay the c elivery of this project. CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.OF THE O F F C E BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEM, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kimy S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08 Buddina SYBWM A 14U=Ott TITLE, ROOF FRAMING PLAN DRN.BY, BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER:NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BYs LOCATION.SANFORD, FL DATE: ID NUMBER: 533456A.RUF" AESJ08 N0: 533456 DWG.NO, E6 OF, 21 � DETAIL KE BOLT NOTE : 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. 8. DO NOT USE METAL BUILDING PANELS AS WALK BOARDS OR MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED WORKING PLATFORMS. NEVER STAND OR WALK'ON METAL PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE ROOF PANELS, BUILDING PANELS BETWEEN SUPPORTS UNLESS THE PANELS ARE MINOR FIRMLY FASTENED AT BOTH ENDS AND BOTH SIDES. 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE M ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS . TO BOTH PURLINS AND G I RTS 9. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS. 7. DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON SECONDARY FRAMING MEMBERS SUCH AS'GIRTS, PURLINS AND EAVE STRUTS UNLESS THEY ARE FIRMLY 'SECURED AT BOTH ENDS AND LATERALLY SUPPORTED,' DETAIL NO. DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 1" AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" X 1 1/2" A307 ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X1 1/2" A325 BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS AND INSTALL AS NOTED. (� ,---, REFERENCE ERECTION DETAILS O R (� OD v X C.7 STRIJCTt RAL PRAWINGS 4 These drawings accurately dt-Act .tie final design of this project and may be «sfcl tt1 y the framing mer fiber sizes. Prior to the delivery of this ty, project, a'A � drawing will e issued with the piece marks and an;MTAPPA VR I SHABHENDRA additional detail necessary for t] a construction of this metal buildin6F.�OR I DA P.E. *35931 system. Note: these drawings are i of to be used as approval drawings ancCOUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 �'i15 COCA-COLA BLVD. any chanQts made may delay the c elivery of this project. CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.OF THE O F F C E BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEM, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kimy S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08 Buddina SYBWM A 14U=Ott TITLE, ROOF FRAMING PLAN DRN.BY, BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER:NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BYs LOCATION.SANFORD, FL DATE: ID NUMBER: 533456A.RUF" AESJ08 N0: 533456 DWG.NO, E6 OF, 21 � KIRBYRIB PANEL STEP 2 1. POSITION INSIDE CLOSURES WITH I"x V TAPE SEAL UNDER CLOSURE. FASTEN THRU HIP FLASH AND INTO HIP PLATE WITH #12 X1 �"SDS W/O WASHER (CAD V (2 PER CLOSURE) 2. APPLY V TAPE SEALANT TO VALLEY FLASH. STEP 3 1. FASTEN PANEL WITH #12 x 1 V"SDS (W/WASHER) AT (0"6" 0. C. ) H I P PEAK TRIM (MXT) 3" 18 GAGE HIP PLATE #14 x i"SDS W/WASHER (1'0" O.C.) r-- K I RBYR I B PANEL ""TRIM (PCT) 14 GAGE HI P PLATE OUTSIDE CLOSURE #12 x 1i ff SDS (HIPS) (TAPE SEALER W/WASHER AT TOP AND BOTTOM) M SECTION "An FSTpj,jJC?yURAL DRAWINGS drawiliusaccurately depict the final design of this project road �� oy tr til ,"pejf, !1-,e framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery Of tills e ed, a Fy ,t ,;l r F'awiragy will be issued with the piece marks sand any. additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. r Af MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. #35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909--5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEM, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. Io cu R C C\ CN INSIDE CLOSURE WITH TAPE SEAL AT TOP &• BOTTOM OF CLOSURE #14 X r SDS ZAC (6" O.C.), GUTTER STRAP (GTS02) (36" 0. C. ) 1 BILND RIVET (1 PER STRAP) (4) �0 0 X 11r" FLAT HEAD W/FINS EAVE GUTTER .(PROFILE VARIES) z SPACER TRIM (SPT) 7w 2 > SOFFIT TRIM (MXT) w H w z 0 #14 X f' SDS < d w WITHOUT WASHER C, (120 0. C. ) Q w #12'X 1i" SDS ROOF PANEL ZAC (4" O . C . ) (KR I I ) CANOPY ARM (WSX10) EAVE STRUT PURLIN #14 X" SDS ZAC" WI EQ (2 PER' STRAP) (2)1"0 X 1 ik A325 BOLTS 505 I / X 1P" (4)1 0 X 1 *" A325 BOLTS 5NER CANOPY TO FRAME �W�a W Q GN (TYP. U.N. ) -TRIM (CLH) I --�--- MAI N FRAME OUTLINE (SHAPE VARIES) WALL -PANEL -1 II#12-24 X 1 fir" IMPAX--4S (KR II) NOTES= CANOPY I II WITH WASHER (12" O.C:) 1. FIELD TRIM BOTH FLANGES OF � EAVE STRUT INSIDE GUTTER SECTION AS SHOWN. STRUCTURAL BASE CHANNEL 2. APPLY *' 'BEAD OF SEALANT 2" FROM OUTER EDGE .ON OUTER SECTION. SOFFIT PANEL --/3. PLACE GUTTER SECTIONS TOGETHER (MSCI ARTISAN L12)100 HIGH•{ WITH 2" LAP. RIM MASONRY WALL 4. SECURE GUTTER SECTIONS TOGETHER SOFFIT T (T-503 R . (BY OTHERS) WITH POP RIVETS. #14X -"SDS 2 WITHOUT WASHER" (12" O.C.) 210" 8" TUBE SEALANT l,CA VUF T GUTTER SPLICE ASSEMBLY NOTE: TAPE SEALANT IS REQ'D. BETWEEN GUTTER STRAP & ROOF PANE L; AT SCREW LOCAT"TONS .: PL113 - E12 B 12 5 8 2`0" CANOPY MAIN FRAME OUTLINE (SEE SHEET E4) / . TOP 0(YOTHFRAMING BER, ——— -— — - — —_ -- --__.— .._--- -%'—_—_ _-- I I I I Iri 46'8" 48 r 0 w OUT TO OUT STEEL �^ 8 A 2�0" CANOPY FRAMING ELEVATION DETAIL AT FRAME LINE..— 1 GENERAL NOTES: LAP KEY 1. USE 1'0 x 10 A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT LAP AND GIRT 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE MINOR CD w � TO CLIP CONNECTIONS. r a ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS TO BOTH.PURLINS AND GIRTS 2. USE 1'0.x 1+" A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT TO COLUMN n PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS. f" SDS FLANGE CONNECTIONS, 7.. .BEGIN SHEETING AT PEAK. 3. REFER TO BEARING FRAME DETAILS BF FOR CONNECTION B. BUILDER TO FIELR CUT OR BACK LAP PANELS AS REQUIRED. REQUIREMENTS OF RAFTER TO RAFTER AND RAFTER TO COLUMN. 9. BUILDER TO F1ELD.BEVEL ENDWALL PANELS ON SLOPES OF 4, ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE 2:12 AND GREATER. ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 10. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. W J MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE WALL PANELS. �^ 8 A 2�0" CANOPY S LU z I w a w U A J Pq W X t - z Z W w_ C� w R � CU W CV w w W r n.. 0 Z U 2"0" CANOPY' GIRT F-- DETAIL KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE R (V r-- CD w�• 1. w Q w R 0, CV r- CD w � H r a Q w n #14 X f" SDS U Z w WITHOUT WASHER d o (12 U DETAIL N0. z S LU z I w a w U A J Pq W X t - z Z W w_ C� w R � CU W CV w w W r n.. 0 Z U 2"0" CANOPY' GIRT LAP DETAIL KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE INSIDE CLOSURE'WITH TAPE SEAL AT TOP & BOTTOM.OF CLOSURE #14 X f" SDS ZAC (6" Q.C. ) GUTTER STRAP (GTS02) (36" 0 . C . ) BILND RIVET (1 PER STRAP) TRIM (CLH) — EAVE GUTTER (PROFILE VARIES) SPACER TRIM (SPT) H W M ISSUE W BY DATE SOFFIT TRIM (MXT) - w H #14 X f" SDS U 4 w WITHOUT WASHER STRUCTURAL o (12 0.C.): DETAIL N0. z o' SYSWIM W J c., 1'2" LAP............ A 2'40 LAP........... B 3"6'*" LAP.....,..... C 4"Biff LAP........... D NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0"2 V DO.OR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE, END TO A DOOR JAMB ARE 16 GAGE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. #12 X1 +' SDS ZAC (4" O,C.) ROOF PANEL (KR I I ) #14 X f" SDS ZAC (2 PER STRAP) •#12 X 1I' SDS WITHOUT WASHER (12" D.C.) (TYP. U.N.) SOFFIT PANEL--/" (MBC1 ARTISAN L12) SOFFIT TRIM (T-5031) I # 14 X f* SDS f WITHOUT WASHER (12" Q.C. ) 6'0° (CANOPY) SEE PL125 FOR ROOF TO WALL CONDITION PORCH STRUCTURE FRAMING (BY OTHERS) (PROFILE IS PER BUILDER) P'0' RAKE EXT, <ABOVE) LTAPE SEALANT IS REQ"D. BETWEEN GUTTER & RO.OF.PANEL AT SCREW LOCATIONS P L 1 0 4 X E12 B E PFB5XB NOTES: - 1. FIELD TRIM BOTH FLANGES OF INSIDE GUTTER SECTION AS SHOWN. 2. APPLY *" BEAD OF SEALANT 2" FROM OUTER EDGE ON OUTER SECTION.• 3, PLACE GUTTER SECTIONS TOGETHER WITH 2" LAP. 4. SECURE GUTTER SECTIONS TOGETHER WITH POP RIVETS. A '-TUBE SEALANT GUTTER SPLICE ASSEMBLY PLI94 PL197 �- DSE02XC F- ---DSE02XC DSBI4XC LU CD (FIELD WORK) z R SEE PL 91 R [V w DSR01XC Q N (TYP.) -- w r j LU DSBI4XC CL 0 Z -+-- DSE01 XC U TYP.'DOWNSPOUT LAYOUT (2) REQUIRED THIS ENDWALL 48'0"" OUT TO OUT STEEL J 2'0f Al P`y I M E L E V A T I 0 N A T F R A M E L,,��,I�aN, �.� wince:: acc�ra.tely depict the f"uial design of this project and may T I be _, °�'•' air, � ;L fi audw6, member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this RAKE TRIM IS 26GA. UNDEFINED COLOR MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA � project, :, set al =.rawit�� ��vill be issued ���ith the piece marks and any additional retail necessary for the construction of this metal building FLORIDA P.E. #35931 system. Nate: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE O F F I C E BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. DETAIL KEY ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE mmy BOLT NATE: �� DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL2--27-0Building DETAIL N0. PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR SYSWIM CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" X1 ®n AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE TITLE LEFT ENDWALL DRN.BY: REFERENCE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: ERECTION DETAILS ANY REFERENCE TO 1 /2" X 1 1 /2" A307 ARE CUSTOMER: NEW .HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X1 1/2" A325 SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATE: .BOLTS: AND INSTALL ,� NOTED. ID NUMBER:533456A-533456AAES JOB NO: 533456 DWG.NO: E 1 OF : 21 MEMBER INFORMATION ON COLUMNS, PIECES ARE SHOWN FROM BOTTOM TO TOP ON RAFTERS, PIECES ARE SHOWN FROM LOW SIDE UP. O.F. 1/4 X 5 EB I 06 I.F. 1/4 X 5 ONN 3/8 X 7 X 0-9 3/8 X 6 X 1-7-1/2 ONN 13/8 X 6 X 1-7- PURLIN DEPTH = 6 GIRT DEPTH = B USE 1/2" X 1" A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE BRACES TO FRAME. USE 1/2" X 1" A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE BRACES TO PURLINS/GIRTS. VERTICAL CLEAR AT BACK HAUNCH = 15-1-7/16 VERTICAL CLEAR AT FRONT HAUNCH = 15-1-7/16 VERTICAL CLEAR AT PEAK = 25-5-5/16 3/8 X 6 X 1-2- 12 5 R 0 c- 1. REFERENCE ELEVATION = 100"0". 2. ALL BASE PLATES AT REFERENCE ELEVATION UNLESS. NOTED. 3. SEE ANCHOR BOLT PLAN FOR ANCHOR BOLT SIZES AND DETAILS. 4. FLANGE BRACES ARE REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES (BS) OR ONE SIDE (OS) AS NOTED. 5. ALL MAIN FRAME CONNECTION BOLTS ARE A325 BOLTS. 6. FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON ONE SIDE (OS) OF FRAME, SEE DETAIL ,FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON BOTH SIDES CBS) OF FRAME SEE DETAIL aRios l I LJ AUU 1 1 1 UNAL #12 X 1 �" SDS 27'0" 0" 540" OUT TO OUT STEEL CROSS SECTION AT FRAME LINE 6 7. ALL FLANGE BRACE LOCATIONS MARKED BOTH SIDES DETAIL KEY (BS) AT EXPANDABLE END FRAMES REQUIRE ONE FLANGE BRACE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF ERECTION, WHILE THE OTHER IS TO BE STORED AND USED AT THE TIME OF A FUTURE ADDITION. DETAIL NO. � 8. ALL CONNECTION BOLTS OR FIELD WELDS, PURLINS AND ALL FLANGE BRACES (FBB) MUST BE PROPERLY INSTALLED ON MAIN FRAMES AS THEY ARE ERECTED AND BEFORE ERECTION LOADS ARE APPLIED. REFERENCE ERECTION DETAILS I �--- RIDGE SYM. ABOUT � RIDGE BOLT NOTE: DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 1" AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" X 1 1/2" A307 ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2" A325 BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS AND INSTALL AS NOTED.�.�_.� BOLT INFORMATION KEY I QTY =W 2 >1 4 SIZE 3/4" X 1-3/4" 3/4" X 1-3/4" STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to vopfy the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a set of drawings will be issued with the piece marks and any additional s atail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. I•Jote: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. *35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE AND IF WAREHOUSE ERECTEDGASESIGNED INDICATED. NOTELIED THATBKIRBY'SKIBY ENGINEER ISUILDINGSTENOTSACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. F. 11/4 X 5 z EB IOGA 1C STRUCTURAL I.F. 1/4 X 5 ONN 13/8 X 6 X 1-7- PURLIN DEPTH = 6 GIRT DEPTH = B USE 1/2" X 1" A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE BRACES TO FRAME. USE 1/2" X 1" A307 BOLTS TO CONNECT FLANGE BRACES TO PURLINS/GIRTS. VERTICAL CLEAR AT BACK HAUNCH = 15-1-7/16 VERTICAL CLEAR AT FRONT HAUNCH = 15-1-7/16 VERTICAL CLEAR AT PEAK = 25-5-5/16 3/8 X 6 X 1-2- 12 5 R 0 c- 1. REFERENCE ELEVATION = 100"0". 2. ALL BASE PLATES AT REFERENCE ELEVATION UNLESS. NOTED. 3. SEE ANCHOR BOLT PLAN FOR ANCHOR BOLT SIZES AND DETAILS. 4. FLANGE BRACES ARE REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES (BS) OR ONE SIDE (OS) AS NOTED. 5. ALL MAIN FRAME CONNECTION BOLTS ARE A325 BOLTS. 6. FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON ONE SIDE (OS) OF FRAME, SEE DETAIL ,FOR FLANGE BRACE CONNECTIONS ON BOTH SIDES CBS) OF FRAME SEE DETAIL aRios l I LJ AUU 1 1 1 UNAL #12 X 1 �" SDS 27'0" 0" 540" OUT TO OUT STEEL CROSS SECTION AT FRAME LINE 6 7. ALL FLANGE BRACE LOCATIONS MARKED BOTH SIDES DETAIL KEY (BS) AT EXPANDABLE END FRAMES REQUIRE ONE FLANGE BRACE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF ERECTION, WHILE THE OTHER IS TO BE STORED AND USED AT THE TIME OF A FUTURE ADDITION. DETAIL NO. � 8. ALL CONNECTION BOLTS OR FIELD WELDS, PURLINS AND ALL FLANGE BRACES (FBB) MUST BE PROPERLY INSTALLED ON MAIN FRAMES AS THEY ARE ERECTED AND BEFORE ERECTION LOADS ARE APPLIED. REFERENCE ERECTION DETAILS I �--- RIDGE SYM. ABOUT � RIDGE BOLT NOTE: DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 1" AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A325 BOLTS. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" X 1 1/2" A307 ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2" A325 BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS AND INSTALL AS NOTED.�.�_.� BOLT INFORMATION KEY I QTY =W 2 >1 4 SIZE 3/4" X 1-3/4" 3/4" X 1-3/4" STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to vopfy the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a set of drawings will be issued with the piece marks and any additional s atail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. I•Jote: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. *35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE AND IF WAREHOUSE ERECTEDGASESIGNED INDICATED. NOTELIED THATBKIRBY'SKIBY ENGINEER ISUILDINGSTENOTSACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATEKJ Building A AMU=®FI S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08 TITLE: CROSS SECTION DRN.BY: BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER:NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATE, ID NUMBER: 533456BFRY—XO4A AES JOB N0: 533456 DWG. N0: E16 OF, 21 REF I BRACE NO. PIECEMARK 1 C8082610 2 CB082110 E5018 - SR080203 PB050204 (TYP.) P8030405 SROB0203 ES018- U7 z J a 0 I- Q PURLIN BRACE LAYOUT PURLIN CONN. DTLS : PRI 02 3 PURLIN BRACE RUN LOCATIONS: PURLIN LAPS: X c� k oa k O rt' U-) O log, 2 co G G PR110 BR124 k 4 k CV 0 co v M .-.- cin Co 00 BRI 24 O O 5 PR110 BR124 k 4 k CV 0 co v x PR102 k d MR CD OD n N- v , Y R k 0s 1 k O� 00 0 N t t o U FOR PURLIN BRACE DETAILS, SEE: BR110 BR111 BR112 BR158 GENERAL NOTES : 1. USE f- DIA. X 1*" A325 BOLTS FOR ALL PURLIN LAP CONNECTIONS. 2, USE i' DIA. X 1 *" A325 BOLTS FOR PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING 15 DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK. (RODE 0808 i- O ANDN101= x X67 . 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. �1 I- O O x x L) U 18"51" 18"51" 19,8 PR110 . 198", BRI 24 O O 5 N � O 58"8" CV %C J OUT TO OUT STEEL �r x PR102 k d MR CD OD n N- v , Y R k 0s 1 k O� 00 0 N t t o U FOR PURLIN BRACE DETAILS, SEE: BR110 BR111 BR112 BR158 GENERAL NOTES : 1. USE f- DIA. X 1*" A325 BOLTS FOR ALL PURLIN LAP CONNECTIONS. 2, USE i' DIA. X 1 *" A325 BOLTS FOR PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING 15 DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK. (RODE 0808 i- O ANDN101= x X67 . 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. �1 I- O O x x L) U 18"51" 18"51" 19,8 19"4 . 198", O O N � 58"8" Q J OUT TO OUT STEEL J LU ROOF FRAMING PLAN Q DETAIL KEY CL LL.. BOLT NOTE: 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. 8. DO NOT USE METAL BUILDING PANELS AS WALK BOARDS OR DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE ROOF PANELS. WORKING PLATFORMS. NEVER STAND OR WALK ON METAL BUILDING PANELS BETWEEN SUPPORTS UNLESS THE PANELS ARECURRENT DETAIL NO. _ CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE Vm Lo FIRMLY FASTENED AT BOTH ENDS AND BOTH SIDES. Q BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 1" 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE MINOR C3 AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS AJ ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS TO BOTH PURLINS AND GIRTS 9. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.. REFERENCE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/4" A3 PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS. ERECTION DETAILS ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2' X 1 1/2" 7. DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON SECONDARY FRAMING MEMBERS SUCH z TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1SECURED AS GIRTS, PURLINS AND EAVE STRUTS UNLESS THEY ARE FIRMLY BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNA AT BOTH ENDS AND LATERALLY SUPPORTED, AND INSTALL AS NOTED. t O U-) SPECIAL NOTES. 1. FOR SAVE STRUT CONNECTION DETAILS, SEE PR133 PR134 2. ALL PURLIN AND EAVE STRUT TO FRAME CONNS. USE A325 BOLTS 3. FOR BRACING CONNECTION, SEE BR135 ROOF PANEL 15 25GA. KIRBY RIB II UNDEFINED COLOR MAIN FRAME RAFTER (SHAPE VARIES) BUILT-UP BASKET BALL GOAL SUPPORT BEAM <MXBO1) Y4' STIFF. PLATE (2)%'0 X A325OBOLTS A325 BOLTS (2) BACK TO BACK ANGLES (AXH) (3'X4'Xlt' ANGLE) PR105 X E17 in n m N STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS aC) These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to veaFy the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a set ,.)i' d!'awiag- will be issued with the piece marks and any additional c: es >wil necessw.y for the construction of this metal building systera-fir}t&: th(s,3e drawings are not to be used as approval drawings a any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. a = ✓ -'' MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. +35931 6115 COCA—COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEM, IF WAREHOUSE ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY�S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kirby S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-OQ Building Systalm A 14LACMIR Company TITLE: ROOF PLAN DRN.BY1 BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE= CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION.SANFORD, FL DATE: ID NUMBER: 5334568_RUF AES JOB NO: 533456 DWG. N0: E17 OF, 21 O O N � Q J J LU z Q CL LL.. O (D Vm Lo Q CL a C3 W Ix Ln z cc O fV STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS aC) These drawings accurately depict the final design of this project and may be used to veaFy the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a set ,.)i' d!'awiag- will be issued with the piece marks and any additional c: es >wil necessw.y for the construction of this metal building systera-fir}t&: th(s,3e drawings are not to be used as approval drawings a any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. a = ✓ -'' MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. +35931 6115 COCA—COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEM, IF WAREHOUSE ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY�S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE Kirby S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-OQ Building Systalm A 14LACMIR Company TITLE: ROOF PLAN DRN.BY1 BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE= CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION.SANFORD, FL DATE: ID NUMBER: 5334568_RUF AES JOB NO: 533456 DWG. N0: E17 OF, 21 6" START SHEETING �C3 ow o °� mm 58'8' OUT TO OUT STEEL SHEETING AND TRIM ELEVATION AT COLUMN ROW A PANEL IS 26GA. KIRBY WALL UNDEFINED COLOR EAVE TRIM IS 26GA. UNDEFINED COLOR SHEETING GENERAL NOTES: 1. USE 1'0 x 1' A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT LAP AND GIRT TO CLIP CONNECTIONS. 2. USE F0 x 1+" A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT TO COLUMN FLANGE CONNECTIONS. 3. THE DIAMETER OF THE BRACING IS DENOTED BY THE THIRD AND FOURTH DIGITS OF THE PIECE MARK. (EX. 08 = *'o 10 = 1"0) 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE PANELS. 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS TO BOTH PURLINS AND GIRTS PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS. 7. ERECTOR TO FIELD SLOT FLUSH FRAME GIRTS FOR CABLE BRACING. 8. BUILDER TO FIELD CUT OR BACK LAP PANELS AS REQUIRED. 9. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WALL PANELS, IT IS IMPORTANT TO REFERENCE WALL PANEL FASTENER LAYOUT DETAILS ( PL153 KI.RBYWALL KIRBYRIB I) TO INSURE CORRECT USAGE.OF FASTENERS. 10. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. FRAMING ELEVATION AT COLUMN ROW - A GIRT LAP DETAIL KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE 1"2" LAP............ A 2"4i" LAP........... B 3'6r LAP........... C 4'W LAP........... D NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0'21" DOOR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE END TO A DOOR. JAMB ARE 16 GAGE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WAREHOUSE DETAIL KEY ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY BOLT NOTE: DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL DETAIL NO. PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR �-- CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 10 AND 1/2" X 1 1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE REFERENCE REPLACED WITH 1 /2" X 1 1/4o A325 BOLTS. ERECTION DETAI RECTIR ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2' X 1 1/2' A307 ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2" A325 BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS AND INSTALL AS NOTED. ID NUMBER: 533456BX-SWB DSBI4XC (2) REQ"D 05R01 XC (TYP.) OSE01XC TYP. DOWNSPOUT LAYOUT (2) REQUIRED PER SIDEWALL (WAREHOUSE ONLY) STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ravings accurately depict the final design of this project and may to vfa.r .1 y� the framing member sixes. Prior to the delivery of this a set o drLawingg will be issued with the piece marks and any az:l detail necessary for the construction of this metal building Nob,,: the ;e drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and _ages made may delay the delivery of this project. , MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA 641 FLORIDA P.E. #35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S- PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY"S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. DATE Kirby -27-08 Building TITLE: BACK SIDEWALL DRN.BY4 BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER:NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATES AES JOB NO, 533456 DWG . NO : E18 OF, 21 ar R Nr CV F 12 s MAIN FRAME OUTLINE (SEE SHEET E14) -// OFFICE OUTLINE G - (BZ16) G -(8Z16) I BG016B20 80016820 I -CMU WALL (BY OTHERS) 48"0" OUT TO OUT STEEL (OFFICE) 54'0',r OUT TO OUT STEEL CMU WALL - (BY OTHERS) FRAMING ELEVATION AT FRAME LINE -- 3 GENERAL NOTES: 1. 'USE 1"0 x 1" A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT LAP AND GIRT TO CLIP CONNECTIONS. 2. USE 1-0 x 1fir" A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT TO COLUMN FLANGE CONNECTIONS. 3. REFER TO BEARING FRAME DETAILS er+ FOR CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF RAFTER TO RAFTER AND RAFTER TO COLUMN, 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST.BE PROVIDED BY THE ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE WALL PANELS. 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS TO BOTH PURLINS AND GIRTS PRIOR TO,INSTALLING PANELS. 7. BEGIN SHEETING AT PEAK. 8. BUILDER TO FIELD CUT OR BACK LAP PANELS AS REQUIRED, 9. BUILDER TO FIELD BEVEL ENDWALL PANELS ON SLOPES OF 2:12 AND GREATER. 10. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE, R NT fV LAP AP DETAIL. KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE 1'2" LAP..,,........ A 2'4V LAP........... B 3"6'r" LAP.....,...,. C 4'81' LAP........... D NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0"21" DOOR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE END TO A DOOR JAMB ARE 16 GAGE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIELD LOCATED ACCESSORIES (8) 2020 WINDOW OPENINGS AC151 4 Q PFB5XB Ca Cn O 0aC O 07 Lf) (.O 0 CD o O 3"0" 48"0" 3'0" OUT TO OUT STEEL (OFFICE) 54'0'7 OUT TO OUT STEEL SHEETING AND TRIM ELEVATION AT FRAME LINE - 3 PANEL IS 26GA. KIRBY WALL UNDEFINED COLOR RAKE TRIM IS 26GA. UNDEFINED COLOR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS A These drawings accurately repro the final design of this project, ail may be used toify the framing member size. Prior to the delivery of this project, a ,yet of draw-ingv will be issued with the Niece marks and any �► `�� additional detail necer33ary for the construction of this metal building ez- \ 4' system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings AA�PA VR I SHABHENDRA any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. FLORI DA P.E. #35931 6-1-15 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 WAREHOUSE DETAIL KEY ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY [BOLTS. NOTE: KIRBY BUILDING SDB CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL DETAIL NO, M OF PRODUCT IMPR, OUR T CUSTOM ERECTIONGS ARE UPDATED. ANY REFETO 1/2" x 1" Z" X 1 1/4" A307 RE TO BE REFERENCE ED WITH 1 /2" X 1 125 BOLTS .ERECTIONDETAILS FERENCE TO 1/2" XA307 AREREPLACED WITH 1/2/2" A325, SUBSTITUTE THE TED BOLTS STALL AS NOTED. PD! NUMBER: 533456B�EWL CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. DATEKirby -27-08 Building systaim Ar1upon TITLE: LEFT ENDWALL DRN.BY: BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION,SANFORD, FL DATE: AE5 JOB N0: 533456 DWG. NO, Ego OF: 21 z T e -U O TwT CO w U w LAP AP DETAIL. KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE 1'2" LAP..,,........ A 2'4V LAP........... B 3"6'r" LAP.....,...,. C 4'81' LAP........... D NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0"21" DOOR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE END TO A DOOR JAMB ARE 16 GAGE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIELD LOCATED ACCESSORIES (8) 2020 WINDOW OPENINGS AC151 4 Q PFB5XB Ca Cn O 0aC O 07 Lf) (.O 0 CD o O 3"0" 48"0" 3'0" OUT TO OUT STEEL (OFFICE) 54'0'7 OUT TO OUT STEEL SHEETING AND TRIM ELEVATION AT FRAME LINE - 3 PANEL IS 26GA. KIRBY WALL UNDEFINED COLOR RAKE TRIM IS 26GA. UNDEFINED COLOR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS A These drawings accurately repro the final design of this project, ail may be used toify the framing member size. Prior to the delivery of this project, a ,yet of draw-ingv will be issued with the Niece marks and any �► `�� additional detail necer33ary for the construction of this metal building ez- \ 4' system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings AA�PA VR I SHABHENDRA any changes made may delay the delivery of this project. FLORI DA P.E. #35931 6-1-15 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 WAREHOUSE DETAIL KEY ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY [BOLTS. NOTE: KIRBY BUILDING SDB CONTINUING S STRUCTURAL TL DETAIL NO, M OF PRODUCT IMPR, OUR T CUSTOM ERECTIONGS ARE UPDATED. ANY REFETO 1/2" x 1" Z" X 1 1/4" A307 RE TO BE REFERENCE ED WITH 1 /2" X 1 125 BOLTS .ERECTIONDETAILS FERENCE TO 1/2" XA307 AREREPLACED WITH 1/2/2" A325, SUBSTITUTE THE TED BOLTS STALL AS NOTED. PD! NUMBER: 533456B�EWL CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY'S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING DESIGNED AND SUPPLIED BY KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS, IF ERECTED AS INDICATED. NOTE THAT KIRBY'S ENGINEER IS NOT ACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. DATEKirby -27-08 Building systaim Ar1upon TITLE: LEFT ENDWALL DRN.BY: BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE: CUSTOMER: NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION,SANFORD, FL DATE: AE5 JOB N0: 533456 DWG. NO, Ego OF: 21 N 12 F D T�7 A (n OD d S zU OD PF150 i� PF151 WBC11 �� �_ `��YA WBC12 nilWBC14 ryG G42 (SZi6) _WBC13 CXR BZ16 / / 8216 MAIN FRAME OUTLINE N A G37-(SZ16) (SEE SHEET E16) it i GT129 C ,, �' _ ` GT129 (TYP.) ,/ / _ - (TYPGC49) co �'� / 040-(eZ16) A A G37^ -(8Z16) A A G40 --(8Z16) (Y -)W O T G39 -(8Z16) A A G37-(BZ16) A A 039--Cezi6) (V Q W t GT108 I fI GT110 OIL O GT999 SA014A ( I LF) t O 0 W (3)BG016820 N N c— W __J < aE t Q W as as 00 C) I I ENDWALL GIRT ELEVS. 0 174" 18"0" 18"0" 54 " O" OUT TO OUT STEEL El 17"4" 18"0" FRAMING ELEVATION AT FRAME LINE --- 6 GENERAL NOTES: OD 00 1. USE �'O x 1" A307 BOLTS FOR ALL GIRT LAP AND GIRT 6. IT MAY BE NECESSARY DURING ERECTION TO MAKE MINOR W W TO CLIP CONNECTIONS. 00 ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS TO BOTH PURLINS AND GIRTS 2. USE �'O x 1� A307 BOLTS FOR ALL,GIRT TO COLUMN OD OD PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS. co . FLANGE CONNECTIONS. 7, BEGIN SHEETING AT PEAK. 3, REFER TO BEARING FRAME DETAILS BF FOR CONNECTION 8. BUILDER TO FIELD CUT OR BACK LAP,PANELS AS REQUIRED. O O REQUIREMENTS OF RAFTER TO RAFTER AND RAFTER TO COLUMN. g. BUILDER TO FIELD BEVEL ENDWALL PANELS ON SLOPES OF 4. ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE PL140 2:12 AND GREATER. Q ERECTOR DURING THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING. 10. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 5. ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY FRAMING, WIND BRACING, ETC. N MUST BE INSTALLED, PROPERLY ALIGNED, BOLTED OR WELDED •-- 00 UO PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE WALL PANELS. •- C) Ln GTI 08 G048 SA014A 0 PFB5XB GIRT LAP DETAIL KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE 1"2" LAP.... ....... A 2'41' LAP........... B 3"6k- LAP......,.... C 4'8V LAP........... D, NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0"2�" DOOR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE END TO A DOOR JAMB ARE 15 GAGE UNLESS NOTED. OTHERWISE. DETAIL KEY (A OD 00 (T) CJD 00 W W W 0D 00 00 0D OD OD OD W co . 0 0 o C) O O Q O T Q = PL140 o Q N <D N N N •-- 00 UO N •- C) Ln N PL140 = d .- Q O Q .-- O Q r Q Q O .- O Q O 01 d r-- N Nr U7 (D Iv M (n ti U tt V' N •- O CD Q r- r- r-- r- r r . .— . . r s - c — c a— r^ Q ® W 0 w (4)BTI5XA Q WW W PL138 X w w E19 t Q W � / OPEN FOR CMU WALL (BY OTHERS) M . . . . . GIRT LAP DETAIL KEY GIRT LAP KEY CODE 1"2" LAP.... ....... A 2'41' LAP........... B 3"6k- LAP......,.... C 4'8V LAP........... D, NOTE: ALL GIRT LAPS NOT INDICATED WILL BE 0"2�" DOOR GIRTS: ALL GIRTS ATTACHED AT ONE END TO A DOOR JAMB ARE 15 GAGE UNLESS NOTED. OTHERWISE. DETAIL KEY (A OD 00 (T) CJD 00 W W W 0D 00 00 0D OD OD OD W co . 0 0 o C) O O Q O o Q O o Q o Q N <D N N N •-- 00 UO N •- C) Ln N O O d .- Q O Q .-- O Q r Q Q O .- O Q O 01 d r-- N Nr U7 (D Iv M (n ti (.C) Ln V' N •- O CD Q r- r- r-- r- r r . .— . . r s - c — c a— r^ Q 54'0" OUT TO OUT STEEL SHEETING AND TRIM ELEVATION AT FRAME LINE - 6 PANEL IS 26GA. KIRBY WALL UNDEFINED COLOR RAKE TRIM IS 26GA. UNDEFINED COLOR WINGS -JCTURAL DRAWINGS F,These dx wiri <; %xcc�tratv'l,� depict the final design of this project and may be used to vt,rvy the framing member sizes. Prior to the delivery of this project, a set of drawing, will be issued with the piece marks and any additional detail necessary for the construction of this metal building system. Note: these drawings are not to be used as approval drawings and any changes made may delay the delivery of this project- DUE TO KIRBY BUILDING SYSTEMS CONTINUING DETAIL NO. PROGRAM OF PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT, OUR CURRENT CUSTOM ERECTION DRAWINGS ARE BEING UPDATED. ANY REFERENCE TO 1/2" x 1" AND 1/2" X 1.1/4" A307 BOLTS ARE TO BE REFERENCE REPLACED WITH 1 /2" X 1 1/4' A325 BOLTS. ERECTION DETAILS ANY REFERENCE TO 1/20 X 1 1/2' A307 ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH 1/2" X 1 1/2" A325 BOLTS. SUBSTITUTE THE DESIGNATED BOLTS AND INSTALL AS NOTED. MADAPPA VRISHABHENDRA FLORIDA P.E. #35931 6115 COCA-COLA BLVD. COLUMBUS, GA 31909-5590 CERTIFICATION EXTENDS ONLY FOR THE LOADS SPECIFIED ON KIRBY"S PURCHASE ORDER AS APPLIED TO.THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE WAREHOUSE ERECTEDGASSESIGINDIICATED. NOTEED ANDLIED THATBKIRBYBS ENGINEER ISKIRY BUILDINGSNOT SACTING AS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY DATE S STRUCTURAL TL 02-27-08ud, ng sum System A rJuCan CmpmW TITLE: RIGHT ENDWALL DRN.BY: BUILDER: SHOEMAKER CONSTRUCTION DATE:. CUSTOMER:NEW HOME OFFICE CKD.BY: LOCATION:SANFORD, FL DATE: I D NUMBER: 533456BREW-EWR AES JOB N0: 533456 DWG. N0: E21 OF: 21